CN211955768U

CN211955768U - Installation detection device and LED straight lamp

Info

Publication number: CN211955768U
Application number: CN201921421430.5U
Authority: CN
Inventors: 陈俊仁; 熊爱明
Original assignee: Jiaxing Super Lighting Electric Appliance Co Ltd
Current assignee: Jiaxing Super Lighting Electric Appliance Co Ltd
Priority date: 2018-08-30
Filing date: 2019-08-29
Publication date: 2020-11-17
Anticipated expiration: 2029-08-29

Abstract

The application provides an installation detection device. The installation detection device comprises a misuse detection module and a prompt module. The misuse detection module is provided with a terminal for electrically connecting a power supply loop of an LED straight tube lamp, and is used for acquiring a signal in the power supply loop through the terminal and outputting a first detection signal when the signal is detected to be a ballast characteristic signal; the prompt module is electrically connected with the misuse detection module and used for sending the misuse prompt of the LED straight tube lamp according to the received first detection signal.

Description

Installation detection device and LED straight lamp

Technical Field

The application relates to the field of lighting fixtures, in particular to an installation detection device and an LED straight lamp.

Background

LED lighting technology is rapidly advancing to replace traditional incandescent and fluorescent lamps. Compared with a fluorescent lamp filled with inert gas and mercury, the LED straight lamp does not need to be filled with mercury. Therefore, LED straight tube lamps have become a highly desirable lighting option unintentionally in various lighting systems for homes or work places dominated by lighting options such as traditional fluorescent bulbs and tubes. Advantages of LED straight lamps include improved durability and longevity and lower power consumption. Therefore, a LED straight tube lamp would be a cost effective lighting option, taking all factors into account.

The known LED straight lamp generally includes a lamp tube, a circuit board disposed in the lamp tube and having a light source, and lamp caps disposed at two ends of the lamp tube, wherein a power supply is disposed in the lamp caps, and the light source and the power supply are electrically connected through the circuit board. However, the conventional straight LED lamp still has the following quality problems to be solved, for example, the circuit board is generally a rigid board, when the lamp tube is broken, especially when the lamp tube is partially broken, the whole straight LED lamp is still in a straight tube state, and a user may misunderstand that the lamp tube can still be used, so that the lamp tube can be installed by himself, which easily causes an electric leakage and an electric shock accident. The applicant has proposed a corresponding structural improvement in a previous case, such as CN 105465640U.

Furthermore, the circuit design of the existing LED straight tube lamp does not provide a proper solution for meeting the relevant certification standards. For example, the fluorescent lamp has no electronic components inside, and is quite simple in terms of meeting the UL certification and EMI specifications of the lighting equipment. However, the LED straight lamp has a lot of electronic components inside the lamp, and it is important to consider the influence caused by the layout among the electronic components, so that it is not easy to conform to the UL certification and EMI specifications.

Furthermore, the driving signal for driving the LED is a dc signal, while the driving signal for the fluorescent lamp is a low-frequency and low-voltage ac signal of the commercial power or a high-frequency and high-voltage ac signal of the electronic ballast, and even when the fluorescent lamp is applied to emergency lighting, the battery for emergency lighting is a dc signal. The voltage and frequency range difference between different driving signals is large, and the driving signals can be compatible without simple rectification.

There are two main ways of replacing the existing lighting device, i.e. the fluorescent tube, with the light emitting diode (i.e. LED straight tube) tube in the market.

One is a ballast compatible light emitting diode lamp (T-LED lamp), and the traditional fluorescent lamp is directly replaced by the light emitting diode lamp on the basis of not changing the circuit of the original lighting device. The other is a Ballast by-pass type (Ballast by-pass) LED lamp tube, the traditional Ballast is omitted from the circuit, and the commercial power is directly connected to the LED lamp tube. The latter is suitable for new decoration environment, and adopts new drive circuit and LED lamp tube. Among them, the ballast compatible Type LED lamp tube can be generally called "Type-a" Type LED lamp tube, and the ballast bypass Type LED lamp tube with built-in lamp tube driving can be generally called "Type-B" Type LED lamp tube.

In the case of a ballast bypass type led lamp, a user may mistakenly insert the lamp into a lamp socket having a ballast due to unfamiliarity with a new installation environment, and a high frequency and high voltage signal of the ballast (particularly, an electronic ballast) may damage a lamp tube, thereby causing an unsafe failure mode.

In addition, in the prior art, because the lamp socket corresponding to the Type-B Type LED lamp tube is directly connected to the mains signal and does not pass through the ballast first, when the LED straight lamp is a double-ended power supply, if one of the two ends of the LED straight lamp is inserted into the lamp socket and the other end of the LED straight lamp is not inserted into the lamp socket, a user may touch a metal or conductive part of the end of the lamp socket, which is not inserted into the lamp socket, and then risk of electric shock may occur.

Many of the known international lighting factories are also limited by the above technical problems, and thus there is no further advance in the technology of Type-B LED lamps driven by a double-ended power supply. Taking GE Lighting as an example, in the literature entitled "connecting LED Tubes" (reviewed in 7/8/2014) and the literature entitled "wells & Sense: Type B LED Tubes" (reviewed in 21/10) disclosed by the american Lighting company, the exotic Lighting company has repeatedly mentioned that the defects of electric shock risk and the like of the Type-B LED tube cannot be overcome, so that further product commercialization and sale consideration cannot be made for the Type-B tube.

In addition, when the LED tube lamp is a double-ended LED lamp (e.g. 8 feet and 42W double-ended LED lamp), a wire (called Line or Neutral) is disposed between (at least one pin of) two end lamp caps along a lamp panel (e.g. flexible circuit board) in the lamp tube for receiving an external driving voltage. The lead Line is different from (1) an LED + Line and an LED-Line which are connected with the anode and the cathode of the LED unit and (2) a Ground Line (Ground) in the lamp tube. However, since the wire Line runs through the lamp panel and is close to the LED + Line, a parasitic capacitance (e.g., about 200PF) exists between the two lines, the wire Line is easily generated or affected by electromagnetic interference (EMI), and the conduction of the power supply becomes poor.

In view of the above, the present application and embodiments thereof are presented below.

Disclosure of Invention

This abstract describes many embodiments in connection with the "present application". The term "present application" is used herein to describe only some embodiments disclosed in the specification (whether or not in the claims), and not a complete description of all possible embodiments. Certain embodiments of the various features or aspects described below as "the present application" may be combined in various ways to form an LED straight tube lamp or a portion thereof.

The present application provides an installation detection device and a suitable LED straight lamp, and various aspects (and features) thereof, to solve the above-mentioned problems.

The embodiment of the application provides an installation detection device, includes: a misuse detection module and a prompt module; the misuse detection module is provided with a terminal for electrically connecting a power supply loop of an LED straight tube lamp, and is used for acquiring a signal in the power supply loop through the terminal and outputting a first detection signal when the signal is detected to be a ballast characteristic signal; the prompt module is electrically connected with the misuse detection module and used for sending the misuse prompt of the LED straight tube lamp according to the received first detection signal.

In some embodiments, the misuse detection module determines whether the signal is a ballast characterization signal by detecting at least one of a frequency, a phase, and an amplitude of a signal in the power supply loop.

In some embodiments, a terminal of the misuse detection module is connected to an output end or an input end of a rectifying circuit in the LED straight lamp.

In some embodiments, the prompting module comprises: the switching circuit is connected in series with the power supply loop; and the control circuit is electrically connected with the misuse detection module and is used for controlling the switching circuit to be switched on or switched off according to the received first detection signal, so that the switching circuit enables the LED module in the LED straight tube lamp to send the misuse prompt by influencing the current continuity of the power supply loop.

In some embodiments, the prompt module includes a prompt circuit electrically connected to the misuse detection module, and configured to send a prompt signal according to the received first detection signal to provide a misuse prompt.

In some embodiments, the hint circuitry comprises at least one of: buzzer and warning light.

In some embodiments, the mounting detection apparatus further includes a detection result latch circuit electrically connected between the misuse detection module and the prompt module, for temporarily storing the first detection signal output by the misuse detection module, and outputting the temporarily stored first detection signal to the prompt module.

The embodiment of the application provides an installation detection device, which comprises a detection pulse generation module, a detection module and a control module, wherein the detection pulse generation module is used for generating a pulse signal; the detection judging circuit is used for detecting a signal of a power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp or a signal on a current path electrically connected with the power supply loop, and generating a corresponding detection result signal when the detected signal indicates that the LED straight tube lamp is not correctly installed on a lamp holder because a human body contacts the LED straight tube lamp; the misuse detection module is used for outputting a first detection signal when detecting that the signal of the power supply loop is a ballast characteristic signal; the installation prompting module is electrically connected with the detection judging circuit and the misuse detecting module and is used for controlling the power supply circuit to be disconnected according to the prompting logic of the pulse signal and the detection result signal; and/or sending a misuse prompt of the LED straight lamp according to the first detection signal.

In some embodiments, the installation prompting module comprises: the switching circuit is connected in series with the power supply loop; the control circuit is electrically connected with the detection pulse generation module, the detection judgment circuit, the misuse detection module and the switch circuit and is used for controlling the switch circuit to be switched off when the LED straight lamp is determined to be not correctly installed on the lamp holder according to the pulse signal and the detection result signal; or when the first detection signal is received, the switch circuit is controlled to be switched on or switched off to influence the continuity of the current on the power supply loop.

In some embodiments, the installation prompting module includes a prompting circuit electrically connected to the misuse detecting module, and configured to send a prompting signal according to the received first detection signal to provide a misuse prompt.

In some embodiments, the mounting detection apparatus further includes a detection result latch circuit electrically connected to the misuse detection module and/or the detection decision circuit, and configured to temporarily store the first detection signal output by the misuse detection module and/or the detection result signal output by the detection decision circuit, and output the temporarily stored first detection signal and/or detection result signal to the mounting prompt module.

In some embodiments, the installation detection device further includes an emergency control module electrically connected to the power supply circuit and the installation prompt module, and configured to detect whether a signal in the power supply circuit is a dc signal provided by an auxiliary power supply module and output a status signal according to a detection result, so that the installation prompt module controls the continuity of the current on the power supply circuit based on a control logic preset by the status signal, the pulse signal, and the detection result signal.

The embodiment of the application provides a LED straight tube lamp, includes: an LED module, a rectifier circuit, a filter circuit, a driver circuit and a mounting detection device as described in any of the above embodiments; the LED module is arranged in a lamp body, and at least one side of the lamp body is provided with a wiring terminal for connecting an external power supply; the rectifying circuit is electrically connected with the connecting terminal and used for rectifying a power supply signal of an external power supply; the filter circuit is electrically connected to the rectifying circuit and is used for filtering rectified signals; the driving circuit is electrically connected to the filter circuit and used for performing power conversion based on the filtered signal to generate a current for driving the LED module; the rectifying circuit, the filter circuit, the driving circuit and the current path of the LED module form a power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp.

The embodiment of the application provides a LED straight tube lamp, includes: the LED module, the rectifying circuit, the filter circuit, the drive circuit and the installation detection device; the LED module is arranged in a lamp body, and at least one side of the lamp body is provided with a wiring terminal for connecting an external power supply; the rectifying circuit is electrically connected with the connecting terminal and used for rectifying a power supply signal of an external power supply; the filter circuit is electrically connected to the rectifying circuit and is used for filtering rectified signals; the driving circuit is electrically connected to the filter circuit and used for performing power conversion based on the filtered signal to generate a current for driving the LED module; the rectifying circuit, the filter circuit, the driving circuit and the current path of the LED module form a power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp; the installation detection device is electrically connected with the power supply circuit and acquires a signal of the power supply circuit, and is used for sending a misuse prompt of the LED straight tube lamp when detecting that the signal is a ballast characteristic signal and/or disconnecting the power supply circuit when detecting that the signal is in contact with a human body.

In some embodiments, the installation detection device comprises: a buzzer and/or a warning light for providing a misuse warning.

In some embodiments, the installation detection device comprises: the switching circuit is connected in series with the power supply loop; and the control circuit is electrically connected with the switch circuit and used for controlling the switch circuit to be switched on or switched off when the signal is detected to be a ballast characteristic signal, so that the switch circuit enables an LED module in the LED straight tube lamp to send a misuse prompt by influencing the current continuity of the power supply loop, or the switch circuit is switched off when the signal is detected to be contacted by a human body.

Drawings

Fig. 1A is a plan sectional view of a lamp panel and a power module of an LED straight tube lamp in a first embodiment of the present application inside a lamp tube;

fig. 1B is a plan sectional view of a lamp panel and a power module of an LED straight tube lamp according to a second embodiment of the present application inside a lamp tube;

fig. 1C is a plan sectional view of a lamp panel and a power module of an LED straight tube lamp according to a third embodiment of the present application inside a lamp tube;

fig. 2 is a plan sectional view of a lamp panel of an LED straight lamp according to an embodiment of the present application;

fig. 3 is a perspective view of a lamp panel of an LED straight lamp according to an embodiment of the present application;

fig. 4 is a perspective view of a lamp panel of an LED straight tube lamp and a printed circuit board of a power module according to an embodiment of the present application;

Fig. 5A to 5C are partial schematic views illustrating a welding process of a lamp panel and a power supply according to an embodiment of the present application;

fig. 5D is a partial schematic view of a lamp panel of an LED straight tube lamp according to an embodiment of the present application;

fig. 5E is a plan sectional view of a connection between a lamp panel of the LED straight lamp and a circuit board of the power module according to an embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 5F is a partial schematic structural diagram of a light source pad of an LED straight tube lamp according to an embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 5G is a schematic partial structure diagram of a power pad of the LED straight tube lamp according to the embodiment of the present application;

fig. 6A is a schematic perspective view of a lamp panel and a power module of an LED straight tube lamp according to a first embodiment of the present application;

fig. 6B is a schematic perspective view of a lamp panel and a power module of an LED straight tube lamp according to a second embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 7 is a schematic view of the internal leads of an LED straight tube lamp according to an embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 8A is a schematic block diagram of an LED straight tube lamp lighting system according to a first embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 8B is a schematic block diagram of an LED straight tube lamp lighting system according to a second embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 8C is a schematic block diagram of an LED straight tube lamp lighting system according to a third embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 8D is a schematic block diagram of an LED straight tube lamp lighting system according to a fourth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 8E is a schematic block diagram of an LED straight tube lamp lighting system according to a fifth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 9A is a schematic block diagram of a power module according to a first embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 9B is a schematic block diagram of a power module according to a second embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 9C is a schematic block diagram of a power module according to a third embodiment of the present application;

fig. 10A is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an LED module according to a first embodiment of the present application;

fig. 10B is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an LED module according to a second embodiment of the present application;

fig. 10C is a schematic diagram of traces of the LED module according to the first embodiment of the present application;

fig. 10D is a schematic diagram of traces of an LED module according to a second embodiment of the present application;

fig. 10E is a schematic diagram of traces of an LED module according to a third embodiment of the present application;

fig. 10F is a schematic diagram of traces of an LED module according to a fourth embodiment of the present application;

fig. 10G is a schematic trace diagram of an LED module according to a fifth embodiment of the present application;

fig. 10H is a schematic diagram of traces of an LED module according to a sixth embodiment of the present application;

fig. 10I is a schematic wiring diagram of an LED module according to a seventh embodiment of the present application;

fig. 11A is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a rectifier circuit according to a first embodiment of the present application;

fig. 11B is a schematic circuit diagram of a rectifier circuit according to a second embodiment of the present application;

Fig. 11C is a schematic circuit diagram of a rectifier circuit according to a third embodiment of the present application;

fig. 11D is a schematic circuit diagram of a rectifier circuit according to a fourth embodiment of the present application;

fig. 11E is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a rectifier circuit according to a fifth embodiment of the present application;

fig. 11F is a schematic circuit diagram of a rectifier circuit according to a sixth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 12A is a block diagram of a filter circuit according to a first embodiment of the present application;

fig. 12B is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a filtering unit according to the first embodiment of the present application;

fig. 12C is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a filtering unit according to a second embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 12D is a block diagram of a filter circuit according to a second embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 12E is a schematic diagram of a circuit architecture of a filter unit and a negative voltage elimination unit according to an embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 13A is a block diagram of a driving circuit according to a first embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 13B is a circuit diagram of a driving circuit according to the first embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 13C is a circuit diagram of a driving circuit according to a second embodiment of the present application;

fig. 13D is a circuit architecture diagram of a driving circuit according to a third embodiment of the present application;

fig. 13E is a circuit architecture diagram of a driving circuit according to a fourth embodiment of the present application;

Fig. 14A is a signal waveform diagram of a driving circuit according to the first embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 14B is a signal waveform diagram of a driving circuit according to a second embodiment of the present application;

fig. 14C is a signal waveform diagram of a driving circuit according to a third embodiment of the present application;

fig. 14D is a signal waveform diagram of a driving circuit according to a fourth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 15A is a schematic circuit block diagram of a power module according to a fourth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 15B is a schematic circuit block diagram of a power module according to a fifth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 15C is a schematic circuit diagram of an over-voltage protection circuit according to an embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 16A is a schematic circuit block diagram of a power module according to a sixth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 16B is a schematic circuit block diagram of a power module according to a seventh embodiment of the present application;

fig. 16C is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an auxiliary power supply module according to an embodiment of the present application;

fig. 16D is a circuit block diagram of a power module according to an eighth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 16E is a block diagram of an auxiliary power module according to the first embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 16F is a schematic circuit block diagram of a power module according to a ninth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 16G is a block diagram of an auxiliary power module according to a second embodiment of the present application;

Fig. 16H is a circuit block diagram of an auxiliary power supply module according to a third embodiment of the present application;

fig. 16I is a schematic configuration diagram of an auxiliary power supply module according to the first embodiment of the present application;

fig. 16J is a schematic configuration diagram of an auxiliary power supply module according to a second embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 16K is a schematic circuit block diagram of a LED straight tube lamp lighting system according to a sixth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 16L is a schematic circuit block diagram of an LED straight tube lamp lighting system according to a seventh embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 16M is a schematic circuit block diagram of an LED straight tube lamp lighting system according to an eighth embodiment of the present application;

fig. 16N is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an auxiliary power supply module according to the first embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 16O is a schematic circuit diagram of an auxiliary power module according to a second embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 16P is a timing diagram of signals when the auxiliary power module is in a normal state according to an embodiment of the present application;

fig. 16Q is a timing diagram of signals when the auxiliary power supply module of an embodiment of the present application is in an abnormal state;

FIG. 17A is a schematic circuit block diagram of a ninth embodiment of the present application of an LED straight tube lamp lighting system;

fig. 17B is a schematic circuit block diagram of an LED straight tube lamp lighting system according to a tenth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 18 is a schematic block circuit diagram of a power module according to a tenth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 19A is a schematic block diagram of a first embodiment of an installation detection module of the present application;

fig. 19B to 19E are schematic circuit architectures of the installation detection module according to the first embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 20A is a schematic block diagram of a second embodiment of the installation detection module of the present application;

fig. 20B to 20E are schematic circuit architectures of an installation detection module according to a second embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 21A is a schematic block diagram of a third embodiment of the installation detection module of the present application;

fig. 21B to 21E are schematic circuit architectures of an installation detection module according to a third embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 22A is a schematic block diagram of a fourth embodiment of the installation detection module of the present application;

fig. 22B to 22F are schematic circuit architectures of an installation detection module according to a fourth embodiment of the present application;

fig. 22B is a circuit architecture diagram of a signal processing unit of an installation detection module according to a fourth embodiment of the present application;

fig. 22C is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a signal generating unit of an installation detection module according to a fourth embodiment of the present application;

fig. 22D is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a signal acquisition unit of an installation detection module according to a fourth embodiment of the present application;

Fig. 22E is a circuit architecture diagram of a switch unit of an installation detection module according to a fourth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 22F is a schematic block diagram of an internal power detection unit of an installation detection module according to a fourth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 23A is a schematic block diagram of a fifth embodiment of the installation detection module of the present application;

FIG. 23B is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection path circuit according to the first embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 23C is a circuit diagram of a detection path circuit according to a second embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 23D is a circuit diagram of a detection path circuit according to a third embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 24A is a schematic block diagram of an installation detection module according to a sixth embodiment of the present application;

fig. 24B is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an installation detection module according to a fifth embodiment of the present application;

fig. 24C is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an installation detection module according to a sixth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 25A is a schematic block diagram of a mounting detection module according to a seventh embodiment of the present application;

fig. 25B is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an installation detection module according to a seventh embodiment of the present application;

fig. 25C is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an installation detection module according to an eighth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 26A is a schematic block diagram of an installation detection module according to an eighth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 26B is a schematic block diagram of a mounting detection module according to a ninth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 27 is a schematic block circuit diagram of a power module according to an eleventh embodiment of the present application;

fig. 28A is a schematic circuit block diagram of an installation detection module according to a tenth embodiment of the present application;

fig. 28B is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an installation detection module according to a tenth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 29 is a circuit block diagram of a power module according to a twelfth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 30A is a schematic block diagram of an installation detection module according to an eleventh embodiment of the present application;

fig. 30B to 30F are schematic circuit architectures of an installation detection module according to an eleventh embodiment of the present application;

fig. 30G is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an installation detection module according to a twelfth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 31A is a schematic block diagram of a mounting detection module according to a twelfth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 31B is a circuit diagram of a bias voltage adjustment circuit according to an embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 32A is a schematic block diagram of a mounting detection module according to a thirteenth embodiment of the present application;

fig. 32B is a schematic circuit diagram of a driving circuit with shock detection function according to a first embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 33A is a schematic block diagram of a mounting detection module according to a fourteenth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 33B is a schematic circuit diagram illustrating a driving circuit with shock detection function according to a second embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 33C is a block diagram of an integrated controller according to an embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 33D is a schematic circuit diagram illustrating a driving circuit with shock detection function according to a third embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 34 is a schematic block diagram of a power module according to a thirteenth embodiment of the present application;

fig. 35A is a schematic circuit block diagram of an installation detection module according to a fifteenth embodiment of the present application;

fig. 35B and 35C are schematic circuit architectures of an installation detection module according to a thirteenth embodiment of the present application;

fig. 35B is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a detection pulse generating module of an installation detection module according to a fifteenth embodiment of the present application;

fig. 35C is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a detection path circuit of an installation detection module according to a fifteenth embodiment of the present application;

fig. 36A is a schematic circuit block diagram of an installation detection module according to a sixteenth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 36B is a circuit diagram of a bias circuit according to the first embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 36C is a circuit diagram of a bias circuit according to a second embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 37 is a block diagram of a detection pulse generation module according to an embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 38A is a schematic diagram of a circuit architecture of a detection pulse generation module according to a first embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 38B is a schematic circuit diagram of a detection pulse generating module according to a second embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 39A is a schematic timing diagram of a signal of a detection pulse generating module according to the first embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 39B is a schematic timing diagram of a signal of a detection pulse generating module according to a second embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 39C is a schematic timing diagram of the signal of the detection pulse generating module according to the third embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 39D is a schematic timing diagram of a signal of a detection pulse generating module according to a fourth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 40 is a schematic block diagram of a power module according to a fourteenth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 41A is a schematic signal timing diagram of a power module according to a first embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 41B is a schematic signal timing diagram of a power module according to a second embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 41C is a signal timing diagram of a power module according to a third embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 41D is a schematic diagram showing the waveform of the detection current according to the first embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 41E is a schematic diagram of the waveform of the detection current according to the second embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 41F is a schematic diagram showing a waveform of a detection current according to the third embodiment of the present application;

fig. 42A is a schematic circuit block diagram of a power module according to a fifteenth embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 42B is a block diagram of a misuse alert module according to the first embodiment of the present application;

fig. 43A is a schematic circuit block diagram of a power module according to a fifteenth embodiment of the present application;

fig. 44A is a flowchart illustrating steps of an electric shock detection method according to a first embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 44B is a flowchart illustrating the steps of a control method for an installation detection module according to the first embodiment of the present application;

FIG. 44C is a flowchart illustrating the steps of a method for controlling an installation detection module according to a second embodiment of the present application; and

fig. 44D is a flowchart illustrating steps of a method for controlling a misuse alert module according to the first embodiment of the present application.

Detailed Description

The present application proposes a new LED straight lamp to solve the problems mentioned in the background art and the above problems. In order to make the aforementioned objects, features and advantages of the present application more comprehensible, embodiments accompanying the present application are described in detail below. The following description of the various embodiments of the present application is intended for purposes of illustration only and is not intended to be exhaustive or limited to the embodiments of the application. In addition, the same component numbers may be used to represent the same, corresponding or similar components, and are not limited to representing the same components.

In addition, it should be noted that the present disclosure is described below in terms of various embodiments in order to clearly illustrate various inventive features of the present disclosure. But not to mean that the various embodiments can only be practiced individually. One skilled in the art can design the present invention by combining the practical examples or by replacing the replaceable components/modules of the different embodiments according to the design requirements. In other words, the embodiments taught by the present disclosure are not limited to the aspects described in the following embodiments, but include various combinations and permutations of various embodiments/elements/modules as appropriate, as will be described in the foregoing.

Although the applicant has proposed an improvement method for reducing the leakage accident by using a flexible circuit board in the prior art, such as CN105465640U, some embodiments can be combined with the circuit method of the present application to achieve more significant effects.

Referring to fig. 1A, fig. 1A is a plan sectional view of a lamp panel and a power module of a straight LED lamp in a lamp tube according to a first embodiment of the present application. The LED straight lamp includes a lamp panel 2 and a power supply 5, wherein the power supply 5 may be in a modular type, that is, the power supply 5 may be an integrated power supply module. The power source 5 may be an integrated single unit (e.g., all components of the power source 5 are disposed in a body) and disposed in a lamp cap at one end of the lamp. Alternatively, the power supply 5 may be two separate components (e.g., the assembly of the power supply 5 is divided into two parts) and disposed in the two lamp bases, respectively.

In the present embodiment, the power source 5 is illustrated as being integrated into a module (hereinafter referred to as the power source module 5), and the power source module 5 is disposed in the lamp head in parallel with the axial direction cyd of the lamp tube. More specifically, the axial cyd of the lamp is the direction in which the axis of the lamp is directed, which is perpendicular to the end wall of the base. The axial direction cyd of the power module 5 parallel to the lamp tube means that the circuit board of the power module equipped with electronic components is parallel to the axial direction cyd, i.e. the normal of the circuit board is orthogonal to the axial direction cyd. In different embodiments, the power module 5 may be disposed at a position where the axial cyd passes through, and at an upper side or a lower side (with respect to the drawings) of the axial cyd, which is not limited in the present application.

Referring to fig. 1B, fig. 1B is a plan sectional view of a lamp panel and a power module of a LED straight tube lamp in a lamp tube according to a second embodiment of the present application. The main difference between this embodiment and the embodiment of fig. 1A is that the power module 5 is disposed in the lamp base perpendicular to the axial direction cyd of the lamp tube, i.e. parallel to the end wall of the lamp base. Although the drawings show the electronic components on the power module 5 disposed on the side facing the inside of the lamp tube, the present invention is not limited thereto. In another exemplary embodiment, the electronic assembly may also be disposed on a side of the end wall of the base. Under the configuration, the opening can be arranged on the lamp holder, so that the heat dissipation effect of the electronic component can be improved.

In addition, since the vertical configuration of the power module 5 can increase the available accommodating space in the lamp head, the power module 5 can be further split into a configuration of a plurality of circuit boards, as shown in fig. 1C, where fig. 1C is a plan sectional view of the lamp panel and the power module of the LED straight tube lamp in the third embodiment of the present application inside the lamp tube. The main difference between this embodiment and the aforementioned embodiment shown in fig. 1B is that the power supply 5 is composed of two power supply modules 5a and 5B, the two power supply modules 5a and 5B are both disposed in the lamp head perpendicular to the axial direction cyd, and the power supply modules 5a and 5B are arranged in sequence along the axial direction cyd and face the end wall of the lamp head. More specifically, the power modules 5a and 5B have independent circuit boards, and the circuit boards are respectively configured with corresponding electronic components, wherein the two circuit boards can be connected together through various electrical connection means, so that the overall power circuit topology is similar to the aforementioned embodiment shown in fig. 1A or fig. 1B. With the configuration shown in fig. 1C, the accommodating space in the lamp head can be utilized more effectively, so that the circuit layout space of the

power modules

5a and 5b is larger. In an exemplary embodiment, electronic components (e.g., capacitors, inductors) that may generate more heat energy may be selectively disposed on the power module 5b near the end wall of the lamp cap, so as to increase the heat dissipation effect of the electronic components through the opening of the lamp cap. On the other hand, in order to vertically arrange the

power modules

5a and 5b in the cylindrical lamp cap, the circuit boards of the

power modules

5a and 5b may adopt an octagonal structure to maximize the layout area.

Regarding the connection mode between the

power modules

5a and 5b, the separated

power modules

5a and 5b can be connected with the female plug through the male plug or connected with the female plug through the wire bonding, and the outer layer of the wire can be wrapped by the insulating sleeve to be used as electric insulation protection. In addition, the

power modules

5a and 5b can also be directly connected together by rivet, solder paste, soldering or wire bonding.

Referring to fig. 2, fig. 2 is a plan sectional view of a lamp panel of an LED straight lamp according to an embodiment of the present application. The flexible circuit board as the lamp panel 2 includes a circuit layer 2a with a conductive effect, and the LED light source 202 is disposed on the circuit layer 2a and electrically connected to a power supply through the circuit layer 2 a. The circuit layer having a conductive effect in this specification may also be referred to as a conductive layer. Referring to fig. 2, in the embodiment, the flexible circuit board may further include a dielectric layer 2b stacked on the circuit layer 2a, the area of the dielectric layer 2b is equal to or slightly smaller than that of the circuit layer 2a, and the circuit layer 2a is disposed on the surface opposite to the dielectric layer 2b for disposing the LED light source 202. The circuit layer 2a is electrically connected to a power source 5 (see fig. 1) for passing a dc current. The dielectric layer 2b is bonded to the inner circumferential surface of the lamp tube 1 via an adhesive sheet 4 on the surface opposite to the wiring layer 2 a. The wiring layer 2a may be a metal layer or a power layer with wires (e.g., copper wires) disposed thereon.

In other embodiments, the outer surfaces of the circuit layer 2a and the dielectric layer 2b may be coated with a circuit protection layer, which may be an ink material having functions of solder resistance and reflection increase. Or, the flexible circuit board may be a layer structure, that is, it is composed of only one circuit layer 2a, and then the surface of the circuit layer 2a is covered with a circuit protection layer made of the above-mentioned ink material, and the protection layer may be provided with an opening, so that the light source can be electrically connected with the circuit layer. Either a one-layer wiring layer 2a structure or a two-layer structure (a wiring layer 2a and a dielectric layer 2b) can be used with the circuit protection layer. The circuit protection layer may be disposed on one side of the flexible circuit board, for example, only one side having the LED light source 202. It should be noted that the flexible circuit board is a one-layer circuit layer structure 2a or a two-layer structure (a circuit layer 2a and a dielectric layer 2b), which is significantly more flexible and flexible than a common three-layer flexible substrate (a dielectric layer sandwiched between two circuit layers), and therefore, the flexible circuit board can be matched with a lamp tube 1 having a special shape (e.g., a non-straight tube lamp) to attach the flexible circuit board to the wall of the lamp tube 1. In addition, the flexible circuit soft board is closely attached to the tube wall of the lamp tube, so that the better the configuration is, the smaller the number of layers of the flexible circuit soft board is, the better the heat dissipation effect is, the lower the material cost is, the more environment-friendly is, and the flexibility effect is also improved.

Certainly, the flexible circuit board of the present application is not limited to one or two layers of circuit boards, and in other embodiments, the flexible circuit board includes a plurality of circuit layers 2a and a plurality of dielectric layers 2b, the dielectric layers 2b and the circuit layers 2a are sequentially stacked in a staggered manner and disposed on a side of the circuit layer 2a opposite to the LED light source 202, and the LED light source 202 is disposed on the uppermost layer of the plurality of circuit layers 2a and is electrically connected to the power source through the uppermost layer of the circuit layer 2 a. In other embodiments, the length of the axial projection of the flexible circuit board as the lamp panel 2 is greater than the length of the lamp tube.

Referring to fig. 3, fig. 3 is a perspective view of a lamp panel of an LED straight tube lamp according to an embodiment of the present application. In an embodiment, the flexible circuit board as the lamp panel 2 sequentially includes a first circuit layer 2a, a dielectric layer 2b and a second circuit layer 2c from top to bottom, the thickness of the second circuit layer 2c is greater than that of the first circuit layer 2a, the axial projection length of the lamp panel 2 is greater than that of the lamp tube 1, wherein the lamp panel 2 is not provided with the LED light source 202 and protrudes out of the end region of the lamp tube 1, the first circuit layer 2a and the second circuit layer 2c are electrically connected through two through

holes

203 and 204, but the through

holes

203 and 204 are not connected to each other to avoid short circuit.

In this way, since the second circuit layer 2c has a larger thickness, the first circuit layer 2a and the dielectric layer 2b can be supported, and the lamp panel 2 is not easily deflected or deformed when attached to the inner wall of the lamp tube 1, thereby improving the manufacturing yield. In addition, first circuit layer 2a and second circuit layer 2c are electric to be linked together for circuit layout on first circuit layer 2a can extend to second circuit layer 2c, makes circuit layout on lamp plate 2 more many units. Moreover, the wiring of original circuit layout becomes the bilayer from the individual layer, and the circuit layer individual layer area on lamp plate 2, the ascending size in width direction promptly can further reduce, lets the batch carry out the lamp plate quantity of solid brilliant can increase, promotes productivity ratio.

Furthermore, the first circuit layer 2a and the second circuit layer 2c, which are disposed on the lamp panel 2 and protrude from the end region of the lamp tube 1, can also be directly used to implement the circuit layout of the power module, so that the power module can be directly configured on the flexible circuit board.

If the lamp panel 2 is not fixed on the inner circumferential surface of the lamp tube 1 along the two axial ends of the lamp tube 1, if the lamp panel is connected by the wire, the wire may be broken because the two ends are free and the wire is easily shaken in the subsequent moving process. Therefore, the connection mode of the lamp panel 2 and the power supply 5 is preferably welding.

Fig. 4 is a perspective view of a lamp panel of an LED straight tube lamp and a printed circuit board of a power module according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in fig. 4, a specific implementation may be to leave a power supply pad a at the output end of the power supply 5, and leave tin on the power supply pad a, so that the thickness of tin on the pad is increased, which is convenient for welding, and correspondingly, leave a light source pad b on the end portion of the lamp panel 2, and weld the power supply pad a at the output end of the power supply 5 and the light source pad b of the lamp panel 2 together. If the plane on which the pads are located is defined as the front surface, the connection between the lamp panel 2 and the power supply 5 is most stable due to the abutting of the pads on the front surfaces, but when soldering, the soldering pressure head typically presses the back surface of the lamp panel 2, and the solder is heated through the lamp panel 2, which is more likely to cause a reliability problem. If in some embodiments, a hole is formed in the middle of the light source pad b on the front surface of the lamp panel 2, and the light source pad b is overlaid on the power source pad a on the front surface of the power source 5 in an upward mode to be welded, the welding pressure head can directly heat and melt the soldering tin, and practical operation is easy to achieve.

As shown in fig. 4, in the above embodiment, most of the flexible circuit board as the lamp panel 2 is fixed on the inner circumferential surface of the lamp 1, only two ends of the flexible circuit board are not fixed on the inner circumferential surface of the lamp 1 (see fig. 3), the lamp panel 2 not fixed on the inner circumferential surface of the lamp 1 forms a free portion 21 (see fig. 1A-1C and 3), and the portion of the lamp panel 2 fixed on the inner circumferential surface of the lamp 1 forms a fixed portion 22. The free portion 21 has the light source pad b, one end of which is welded to the power source 5, and the other end of which is integrally extended to the fixed portion 22, and the portion between the two ends of the free portion 21 is not attached to the inner circumferential surface of the lamp tube 1 (i.e., the middle section of the free portion 21 is in a floating state). During assembly, the free portion 21 is drawn toward the inside of the lamp tube 1 by the end of the free portion 21 welded to the power source 5. It should be noted that, when the flexible circuit board as the lamp panel 2 has a structure in which two

circuit layers

2a and 2c sandwich a dielectric layer 2b as shown in fig. 3, the lamp panel 2 is not provided with the LED light source 202 and protrudes from the end region of the lamp tube 1 to serve as the free portion 21, so that the free portion 21 realizes the connection of the two circuit layers and the circuit layout of the power module.

In addition, in the pin design of the LED straight lamp, the structure may be a single pin (two pins in total) with two ends or a double pin (four pins in total) with two ends. Therefore, in the case of power supply from both ends of the LED straight lamp, at least one pin of each of both ends can be used to receive the external driving signal. The conductors disposed between each leg of the two terminals are typically referred to as a hot (generally designated "L") and neutral (generally designated "N") conductors and may be used for signal input and transmission.

Referring to fig. 5A to 5C, fig. 5A to 5C are partial schematic views of a welding process of a lamp panel and a power supply according to an embodiment of the present application, which illustrate a connection structure and a connection manner between the lamp panel 2 and a power circuit board 420 of the power supply 5. In this embodiment, the lamp panel 2 has the same structure as that shown in fig. 4, the free portion is a portion of the lamp panel 2 at two opposite ends for connecting the power circuit board 420, and the fixed portion is a portion of the lamp panel 2 attached to the inner circumferential surface of the lamp tube. The lamp panel 2 is a flexible circuit board, and the lamp panel 2 includes a circuit layer 200a and a circuit protection layer 200c which are stacked. The surface of the circuit layer 200a away from the circuit protection layer 200c is defined as a first surface 2001, and the surface of the circuit protection layer 200c away from the circuit layer 200a is defined as a second surface 2002, that is, the first surface 2001 and the second surface 2002 are opposite surfaces of the lamp panel 2. The plurality of LED light sources 202 are disposed on the first surface 2001 and electrically connected to the circuit of the circuit layer 200 a. The circuit protection layer 200c is a Polyimide (PI) layer, which is not easy to conduct heat, but has an effect of protecting the circuit. First face 2001 of lamp plate 2 has pad b, is used for placing soldering tin g on the pad b, and the welding end of lamp plate 2 has breach f. The power circuit board 420 includes a power circuit layer 420a, and the power circuit board 420 defines a first surface 421 and a second surface 422 opposite to each other, and the second surface 422 is located on a side of the power circuit layer 420a of the power circuit board 420. The first surface 421 and the second surface 422 of the power circuit board 420 are respectively formed with pads a corresponding to each other, and solder g may be formed on the pads a. As a further optimization in terms of soldering stability and automation processing, in the present embodiment, the lamp panel 2 is placed under the power circuit board 420 (refer to the direction of fig. 5A), that is, the first surface 2001 of the lamp panel 2 is connected to the second surface 422 of the power circuit board 420.

As shown in fig. 5B and 5C, when the lamp panel 2 is welded to the power circuit board 420, the circuit protection layer 200C of the lamp panel 2 is first placed on the supporting platform 42 (the second surface 2002 of the lamp panel 2 contacts the supporting platform 42), the pad a of the second surface 422 of the power circuit board 420 is directly and sufficiently contacted with the pad B of the first surface 2001 of the lamp panel 2, and then the welding pressure head 41 is pressed on the welding position of the lamp panel 2 and the power circuit board 420. At this time, the heat of the welding pressure head 41 can be directly transferred to the pad b of the first surface 2001 of the lamp panel 2 through the pad a of the first surface 421 of the power circuit board 420, and the heat of the welding pressure head 41 cannot be affected by the circuit protection layer 200c with relatively poor heat conductivity, so that the efficiency and stability of the welding process of the connection between the pad a and the pad b of the lamp panel 2 and the power circuit board 420 are further improved. Meanwhile, the pad b of the first surface 2001 of the lamp panel 2 is in contact welding with the pad a of the second surface 422 of the power circuit board 420, and the pad a of the first surface 521 of the power circuit board 520 is connected with the welding pressure head 41. As shown in fig. 5C, the power circuit board 420 and the lamp panel 2 are completely welded together by the solder g, and the virtual lines M and N in fig. 5C are the main connection portions of the power circuit board 420, the lamp panel 2 and the solder g, and sequentially include, from top to bottom, a pad a on the first surface 421 of the power circuit board 420, a power circuit layer 420a, a pad a on the second surface 422 of the power circuit board 420, a circuit layer 200a of the lamp panel 2, and a circuit protection layer 200C of the lamp panel 2. Power supply circuit board 420 and lamp plate 2 integrated configuration that forms according to this order, it is more stable firm.

In different embodiments, another circuit protection layer (PI layer) may be further disposed on the first surface 2001 of the circuit layer 200a, that is, the circuit layer 200a is sandwiched between the two circuit protection layers, so that the first surface 2001 of the circuit layer 200a may also be protected by the circuit protection layers, and only a portion of the circuit layer 200a (the portion having the pad b) is exposed for connecting with the pad a of the power circuit board 420. At this time, a portion of the bottom of the LED light source 202 contacts the circuit protection layer on the first surface 2001 of the circuit layer 200a, and another portion contacts the circuit layer 200 a.

In addition, with the design scheme of fig. 5A to 5C, after the solder is placed in the circular hole h on the pad a of the power circuit board 420, in the automatic welding process, when the welding ram 41 is automatically pressed down to the power circuit board 420, the solder is pushed into the circular hole h due to the pressure, thereby well meeting the requirement of automatic processing.

Referring to fig. 5D, fig. 5D is a partial schematic view of a lamp panel of an LED straight tube lamp according to an embodiment of the present application, which illustrates a structure of an insulating sheet with a hollow hole k disposed at a free portion of the lamp panel. Most of the solder pads are used for the lamp panel 2 with more than 2 solder pads. The width of the insulating sheet 210 is substantially the same as that of the lamp panel 2; the length of the insulating sheet 210 is 1 to 50 times of the length of the bonding pad, and preferably, the length of the edge sheet is 10 times of the length of the bonding pad; the thickness of the insulating sheet 210 is 0.5 to 5 times of the thickness of the lamp panel 2, and preferably, the thickness of the insulating sheet 210 is the same as that of the lamp panel 2; the insulation sheet 210 has a hollow-out shape substantially the same as the pad, and the hollow-out area is slightly larger than the pad area (preferably, the hollow-out area is between 101% and 200% of the pad area). The insulating sheet 210 is substantially elongated or elliptical in shape as a whole. Such a design has the following benefits; firstly, during welding, molten tin paste is surrounded, so that the molten tin paste is prevented from diffusing to the periphery, and the risk of short circuit between welding pads during welding is reduced; secondly, ink of the lamp panel 2 in a circuit board welding area with a power supply is possibly damaged, a lead covered under the ink is exposed, and an insulating sheet 210 is additionally arranged in the area to reduce the risk of short circuit and improve the welding reliability; thirdly, performing a pretreatment; the lamp panel 2 is provided with L or N lines, strong electricity (distributed N lines) flows through the lamp panel 2 when the straight tube lamp adopting the scheme is electrified, in some occasions, the voltage of the strong electricity in the welding area of the lamp panel 2 and the short circuit board exceeds the high voltage of 300V, at this time, the ink covered on the surface of the lamp panel 2 can be broken through by the high voltage, and therefore the conductive layer under the ink is short-circuited with the short circuit board of the power supply. In this case, the insulating member (insulating sheet 210) is additionally disposed in this region, thereby reducing the risk of short-circuiting and improving the reliability of the straight tube lamp.

Fig. 5E is a plan sectional view of the connection between the lamp panel 2 and the circuit board of the power supply module in the LED straight tube lamp according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the schematic diagram of the pad b41 partially shifted out of the pad b11 is shown. As shown in fig. 5E, the free portion of the lamp panel 2 is configured with 3 pads b10, b11, b12 (the pads are configured in 2 rows in the y direction, b10 row, b11 row and b12 row), and corresponding 3 pads are configured on the circuit board of the power supply (not shown); during soldering, the pad of the lamp panel 2 and the pad of the circuit board of the power supply may be shifted in the y direction, and at this time, the corresponding pad (also referred to as a pad) of the short circuit board of the power supply, which is disposed to match the connection pad b11 or b12, is shifted. The offset portion of pad b41 (also referred to as pad b41) is pressed between pads b11 and b 12.

Since this area is provided with a conductive layer through which a strong current flows, the ink applied thereto is, in some cases, broken down by a high voltage, resulting in the conductive layer being short-circuited to a pad of a short circuit board of a power supply.

In some embodiments, the pad b10 on the lamp panel 2 is electrically connected to the hot line or the neutral line, the pad b11 corresponds to the first driving output terminal, and the pad b12 corresponds to the second driving output terminal. In some embodiments, pad b10 is electrically connected to a hot or neutral line, pad b11 corresponds to the second drive output, and b12 corresponds to the first drive output. In some embodiments, pad b10 corresponds to a first drive output, pad b11 corresponds to a second drive output, and b12 is electrically connected to a hot or neutral line. In some embodiments, pad b10 corresponds to a first drive output, pad b12 corresponds to a second drive output, and b11 corresponds to a hot or neutral line.

Referring to fig. 5F, fig. 5F is a schematic partial structure diagram of a light source pad of an LED straight tube lamp according to an embodiment of the present application, where fig. 5F illustrates an arrangement of the end pad of the lamp panel 2. In this embodiment, the pads b1 and b2 on the lamp panel 2 are suitable for being soldered to the power pads of the power circuit board. The pad configuration of the present embodiment is applicable to a dual-terminal single-pin power-in manner, that is, the pads on the same side receive external driving signals with the same polarity.

Specifically, the pads b1 and b2 of the present embodiment are connected together through an S-shaped fuse FS, wherein the fuse FS is formed by a thin wire, for example, and has a relatively low impedance, so that the pads b1 and b2 can be regarded as being short-circuited together. Under proper application conditions, the pads b1 and b2 receive external driving signals with the same polarity. With this arrangement, even if the pads b1 and b2 are mistakenly connected to external driving signals of opposite polarities, the fuse FS blows in response to a large current passing therethrough, thereby preventing the lamp from being damaged. In addition, after the fuse FS is fused, the configuration is formed that the pad b2 is connected to the lamp panel 2 in the air and the pad b1 is still connected to the lamp panel 2, so that the lamp panel 2 can still continue to be used by receiving an external driving signal through the pad b 1.

On the other hand, in an exemplary embodiment, the thickness of the trace and pad body of the pads b1 and b2 is at least 0.4mm, and the actual thickness can be any thickness greater than 0.4mm in practical cases, as will be appreciated by those skilled in the art. After verification, under the configuration that the thickness of the routing of the bonding pads b1 and b2 and the bonding pad body at least reaches 0.4mm, when the lamp panel 2 is butted and placed in the lamp tube through the bonding pads b1 and b2 and the power circuit board, even if the copper foils at the bonding pads b1 and b2 are broken, the circuits of the lamp panel 2 and the power circuit board can be connected by the additional copper foils at the periphery, so that the lamp tube can normally work.

Referring to fig. 5G, fig. 5G is a schematic partial structure diagram of a power pad of a straight LED tube lamp according to an embodiment of the present application. In the present embodiment, the power circuit board may have, for example, 3 pads a1, a2, and a3, and the power circuit board may be, for example, a printed circuit board, but the present application is not limited thereto. Each of the pads a1, a2 and a3 has a plurality of through holes hp formed therein. In the process of welding the power circuit board and the lamp panel 2, at least one of the through holes hp is filled with a welding substance (e.g., solder), so that the pads a1, a2, and a3 (hereinafter, referred to as power pads) on the power circuit board and the pads (e.g., b1, b2, hereinafter, referred to as light source pads) on the lamp panel 2 are electrically connected to each other, wherein the lamp panel 2 may be, for example, a flexible circuit board.

Since the through holes hp increase the contact area between the solder and the power pads a1, a2, and a3, the adhesion between the power pads a1, a2, and a3 and the light source pads is further enhanced. In addition, the arrangement of the through holes hp can also increase the heat dissipation area, so that the thermal characteristics of the lamp tube can be improved. In the present embodiment, the number of the through holes hp can be selected to be 7 or 9 according to the sizes of the pads a1, a2 and a 3. If an implementation with 7 perforations hp is chosen, the perforations hp may be arranged in an arrangement where 6 perforations hp are arranged on a circle and the remaining one is arranged on the center of the circle. If the implementation is selected to have a configuration of 9 perforations hp, the perforations hp may be arranged in an array of 3 × 3. The above configuration selection can preferably increase the contact area and improve the heat dissipation effect.

Referring to fig. 6A and 6B, fig. 6A and 6B are schematic perspective views of a lamp panel and a power module of an LED straight tube lamp according to different embodiments of the present application. In another embodiment, the lamp panel 2 and the power supply 5 fixed by soldering may be replaced by a circuit board assembly 25 mounted with the power supply module 5. The circuit board assembly 25 has a long circuit board 251 and a short circuit board 253, the long circuit board 251 and the short circuit board 253 are adhered to each other and fixed by adhesion, and the short circuit board 253 is located near the periphery of the long circuit board 251. The short circuit board 253 has a power module 25 integrally formed thereon to constitute a power source. The short circuit board 253 is made of a hard material and the longer circuit board 251 is made of a hard material so as to support the power module 5.

The long circuit board 251 may be the flexible circuit board or the flexible substrate as the lamp panel 2, and has the circuit layer 2a shown in fig. 2. The way that the circuit layer 2a of lamp plate 2 and power module 5 are connected electrically can have different electric connection modes according to the actual in service condition. As shown in fig. 6A, the power module 5 and the circuit layer 2a on the long circuit board 251 to be electrically connected to the power module 5 are both located on the same side of the short circuit board 253, and the power module 5 is directly electrically connected to the long circuit board 251. As shown in fig. 6B, the power module 5 and the circuit layer 2a on the long circuit board 251, which is electrically connected to the power module 5, are respectively located at two sides of the short circuit board 253, and the power module 5 penetrates through the short circuit board 253 and is electrically connected to the circuit layer 2a of the lamp panel 2. Among them, the electronic components of the power module 5 on the left short circuit board 253 may be referred to as a power module 5a, and the electronic components of the power module 5 on the right short circuit board 253 may be referred to as a power module 5 b.

Fig. 7 is a schematic view of an internal lead of an LED straight tube lamp according to an embodiment of the present application. Referring to fig. 7, the LED straight lamp of the present disclosure may include a lamp tube, a lamp cap (not shown in fig. 7), a lamp panel 2 (or a long circuit board 251), a short circuit board 253, and an inductor 526 in an embodiment. The two ends of the lamp tube are respectively provided with at least one pin for receiving an external driving signal. In the pin design of the LED straight lamp, the structure may be a single pin (two pins in total) with two ends or a double pin (four pins in total) with two ends. Therefore, in the case of power supply from both ends of the LED straight lamp, at least one pin of each of both ends can be used to receive the external driving signal. The conductors disposed between each leg of the two terminals are typically referred to as a hot (generally designated "L") and neutral (generally designated "N") conductors and may be used for signal input and transmission.

The lamp caps are disposed at both ends of the lamp tube, and (at least part of the electronic components of) the short circuit boards 253 on the left and right sides of the lamp tube as shown in fig. 7 may be respectively disposed in the lamp caps at both ends. The lamp panel 2 is arranged in the lamp tube and includes an LED module, and the LED module includes an LED unit 632. The

power modules

5a and 5b are electrically connected to the lamp panel 2 through the corresponding short circuit boards 253, respectively, and this electrical connection (for example, through a pad) may include connecting corresponding pins at two ends of the lamp panel 2 through a signal terminal (L) to be respectively used for connecting the positive and negative electrodes of the LED unit 632 through the driving

output terminals

531 and 532, and connecting a ground reference of the lamp panel 2 through a ground terminal, which is connected to a ground GND through the ground terminal, so that the level of the ground reference may be defined as a ground level. The inductor 526 is connected in series between the fourth terminals of the short circuit board 253 at both ends of the lamp tube, in an embodiment, the inductor 526 may comprise, for example, a hook inductor or Dual-inductor-Package inductor.

More specifically, since in the design of the double-end-fed straight tube lamp, especially in the long (e.g. eight-foot) straight tube lamp, a part of the power supply circuit (power supply modules a and b) may be disposed in the lamp caps at both ends, the signal conductor LL and the ground conductor GL extending along the lamp panel 2 may need to be disposed. The signal line LL is usually close to the positive line of the lamp panel 2, so that a parasitic capacitance may be generated between the two lines. High frequency interference through the positive conductor is reflected on the signal conductor LL through the parasitic capacitance, thereby generating a detectable electromagnetic interference (EMI) effect.

Therefore, in this embodiment, by the configuration of serially connecting the inductor 526 on the ground line GL, the high impedance characteristic of the inductor 526 at high frequency can be utilized to block the signal loop of the high frequency interference, so as to eliminate the high frequency interference on the positive line, thereby avoiding the EMI effect of the parasitic capacitance reflected on the signal line LL. In other words, the inductor 526 functions to eliminate or reduce the EMI effect or influence caused by the positive wire LL, so as to improve the quality of the power signal transmission (including the signal wire LL, the positive wire, and the negative wire) in the lamp tube and the quality of the LED straight tube lamp.

Referring to fig. 8A, fig. 8A is a schematic circuit block diagram of an LED straight tube lamp lighting system according to a first embodiment of the present application. The ac power source 508 (or external grid 508) is used to provide an ac power signal. The AC power source 508 may be a commercial power source with a voltage range of 100 and 277V and a frequency of 50 or 60 Hz. The LED straight lamp 500 receives an ac power signal supplied from an ac power supply 508 as an external drive signal, and is driven to emit light. In the present embodiment, the LED straight lamp 500 is a driving structure of a single-ended power supply, and the lamp head at the same end of the lamp has a first pin 501 and a second pin 502 for receiving an external driving signal. The first pin 501 and the second pin 502 of the present embodiment are used for receiving an external driving signal; in other words, when the LED straight lamp is mounted on the lamp socket, a power module (not shown) in the LED straight lamp 500 is coupled (i.e., electrically connected, or directly or indirectly connected) to the ac power source 508 through the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 to receive the ac power signal.

In addition to the application of the single-ended power supply, the LED straight lamp 500 of the present application can also be applied to a circuit structure with two ends and a single pin and a circuit structure with two ends and two pins. Fig. 8B shows a circuit structure of a double-ended single-pin LED straight tube lamp lighting system according to a second embodiment of the present application, where fig. 8B is a schematic circuit block diagram. Compared with the circuit shown in fig. 8A, the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 of the present embodiment are respectively disposed on the two-end lamp caps of the LED straight lamp 500 opposite to the lamp tube to receive external driving signals from the two ends of the lamp tube to form a configuration of entering power from two ends, and the rest of the circuit connections and functions are the same as those of the circuit shown in fig. 8A.

Fig. 8C to 8E show circuit structures of two terminals and two pins, and fig. 8C to 8E show circuit block diagrams of LED straight tube lamp lighting systems according to third to fifth embodiments of the present application. Compared to fig. 8A and 8B, the present embodiment further includes a third pin 503 and a fourth pin 504. The lamp head at one end of the lamp tube has a first pin 501 and a third pin 503, and the lamp head at the other end has a second pin 502 and a fourth pin 504. The first pin 501, the second pin 502, the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504 can be used for receiving an external driving signal to drive an LED assembly (not shown) in the LED straight lamp 500 to emit light.

In the dual-ended dual-pin circuit structure, the power supply of the lamp can be realized by adjusting the configuration of the power module in either a single-ended power feeding manner (as shown in fig. 8C), a dual-ended single-pin power feeding manner (as shown in fig. 8D), or a dual-ended dual-pin power feeding manner (as shown in fig. 8E). In an exemplary embodiment, in a dual-ended single-pin power-on mode (i.e., external driving signals with different polarities are respectively provided to the two end lamp cap pins, or it can be considered that the live line and the neutral line of the ac power supply 508 are respectively coupled to the two end lamp cap pins), as shown in fig. 8D, one of the two end lamp caps may be idle/floating, for example, the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504 of fig. 8D may be idle/floating, so that the lamp tube receives the external driving signal through the first pin 501 and the second pin 502, thereby enabling the power module inside the lamp tube to perform subsequent rectifying and filtering operations. In another exemplary embodiment, as shown in fig. 8E, the pins of the dual-ended lamp cap may be shorted together through a circuit outside the lamp or inside the lamp, for example, the first pin 501 is shorted together with the third pin 503 of the same lamp cap, and the second pin 502 is shorted together with the fourth pin 504 of the same lamp cap, so that the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 are also used to receive the external driving signal with positive polarity or negative polarity, and the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504 are used to receive the external driving signal with opposite polarity, so as to enable the power module inside the lamp to perform the subsequent rectifying and filtering operations.

Next, referring to fig. 9A, fig. 9A is a schematic circuit block diagram of a power module according to a first embodiment of the present application. The power module 5 of the LED lamp of the present embodiment is coupled to the LED module 50, and includes a rectifying circuit 510 (may be referred to as a first rectifying circuit 510), a filtering circuit 520, and a driving circuit 530. The rectifying circuit 510 is coupled to the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 to receive the external driving signal, rectify the external driving signal, and then output the rectified signal through the first rectifying output terminal 511 and the second rectifying output terminal 512. The external driving signal here may be an ac power signal provided by the ac power source 508 in fig. 8A to 8E, or may even be a dc signal without affecting the operation of the LED lamp. The filter circuit 520 is coupled to the rectifier circuit 510 for filtering the rectified signal; the filter circuit 520 is coupled to the first and second

rectification output terminals

511 and 512 to receive the rectified signal, filter the rectified signal, and output the filtered signal through the first and second

filter output terminals

521 and 522. The driving circuit 530 is coupled to the filtering circuit 520 and the LED module 50 to receive the filtered signal and generate a driving signal to drive the rear LED module 50 to emit light, wherein the driving circuit 530 may be, for example, a dc-to-dc conversion circuit, and is configured to convert the received filtered signal into the driving signal and output the driving signal through the first driving output 531 and the second driving output 532; the driving circuit 530 is coupled to the first filtered output terminal 521 and the second filtered output terminal 522 to receive the filtered signal, and then drives the LED assembly (not shown) in the LED module 50 to emit light. The details of this section will be described later in the examples. The LED module 50 is coupled to the first driving output 531 and the second driving output 532 for receiving the driving signal to emit light, preferably, the current of the LED module 50 is stabilized at a predetermined current value. The specific configuration of the LED module 50 can be referred to the description of fig. 10A to 10I later.

Referring to fig. 9B, fig. 9B is a schematic circuit block diagram of a power module according to a second embodiment of the present application. The power module 5 of the LED lamp of the present embodiment is coupled to the LED module 50, and includes a rectifying circuit 510, a filtering circuit 520, a driving circuit 530 and the rectifying circuit 50 (which may be referred to as a second rectifying circuit 540), and can be applied to the single-ended power architecture of fig. 8C or the double-ended power architecture of fig. 8D and 8E. The rectifying circuit 510 is coupled to the first pin 501 and the second pin 502, and is configured to receive and rectify the external driving signal transmitted by the first pin 501 and the second pin 502; the second rectifying circuit 540 is coupled to the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504 for receiving and rectifying the external driving signal transmitted by the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504. That is, the power module 5 of the LED lamp may include a first rectifying circuit 510 and a second rectifying circuit 540, which output rectified signals at the first rectifying output terminal 511 and the second rectifying output terminal 512. The filter circuit 520 is coupled to the first and second

rectification output terminals

filter output terminals

521 and 522. The driving circuit 530 is coupled to the first filtered output terminal 521 and the second filtered output terminal 522 to receive the filtered signal and then drive an LED assembly (not shown) in the LED module 50 to emit light.

Referring to fig. 9C, fig. 9C is a schematic circuit block diagram of a power module according to a third embodiment of the present application. The power supply module of the LED lamp mainly includes a rectifying circuit 510, a filtering circuit 520 and a driving circuit 530, which can also be applied to the single-ended power supply architecture of fig. 8A or 8C or the double-ended power supply architecture of fig. 8B, 8D or 8E. The difference between this embodiment and the aforementioned embodiment of fig. 9B is that the rectifying circuit 510 may have three input terminals to be respectively coupled to the first pin 501, the second pin 502 and the third pin 503, and may rectify signals received from the

pins

501 and 503, wherein the fourth pin 504 may be floating or short-circuited with the third pin 503, so that the second rectifying circuit 540 may be omitted in this embodiment. The operation of the rest of the circuits is substantially the same as that of fig. 9B, and thus, the description thereof is not repeated.

It should be noted that in the present embodiment, the number of the first rectifying output terminal 511, the second rectifying output terminal 512, the first filtering output terminal 521, and the second filtering output terminal 522 are two, and in practical applications, the number of the first rectifying output terminal, the second rectifying output terminal, the first filtering output terminal and the second filtering output terminal is increased or decreased according to the signal transmission requirement among the rectifying circuit 510, the filtering circuit 520, the driving circuit 530, and the LED module 50, that is, the number of the coupling terminals among the circuits may be one or more.

The power modules of the LED straight tube lamps shown in fig. 9A to 9C and the following power modules of the LED straight tube lamps are applicable to the LED straight tube lamps shown in fig. 8A to 8E, and for a light emitting circuit architecture including two pins for transmitting power, for example: the bulb lamp, the PAL lamp, the cannula energy-saving lamp (PLS lamp, PLD lamp, PLT lamp, PLL lamp, etc.) and other different lighting lamps are suitable for the specification of the lamp holder. The embodiment of the bulb lamp can be used together with the structural implementation of CN105465630A or CN 105465663.

When the LED straight lamp 500 of the present application is applied to a double-ended at least single-pin power-on structure, it can be modified and then installed in a lamp socket containing a lamp driving circuit or ballast 505 (e.g., an electronic ballast or an inductive ballast), and is adapted to bypass the ballast 505 and be powered by an ac power source 508 (e.g., a commercial power source).

Referring to fig. 10A, fig. 10A is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an LED module according to a first embodiment of the present application. The LED module 50 has a positive terminal coupled to the first driving output 531 and a negative terminal coupled to the second driving output 532. The LED module 50 comprises at least one LED unit 632. The LED units 632 are connected in parallel to each other when two or more LED units are provided. The positive terminal of each LED unit is coupled to the positive terminal of the LED module 50 to couple to the first filter output 521; the negative terminal of each LED unit is coupled to the negative terminal of the LED module 50 to couple to the second filtered output 522. The LED unit 632 comprises at least one LED assembly 631, i.e. the LED light source 202 in the previous embodiments. When the LED assemblies 631 are plural, the LED assemblies 631 are connected in series, the positive terminal of the first LED assembly 631 is coupled to the positive terminal of the LED unit 632, and the negative terminal of the first LED assembly 631 is coupled to the next (second) LED assembly 631. The positive terminal of the last LED assembly 631 is coupled to the negative terminal of the previous LED assembly 631, and the negative terminal of the last LED assembly 631 is coupled to the negative terminal of the corresponding LED unit 632. In the present embodiment, the current detection signal labeled as S531 represents the magnitude of the current flowing through the LED module 50, which can be used for detecting and controlling the LED module 50.

Referring to fig. 10B, fig. 10B is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an LED module according to a second embodiment of the present application. The LED module 50 has a positive terminal coupled to the first driving output 531 and a negative terminal coupled to the second driving output 532. The LED module 50 of this embodiment includes at least two LED units 732, and the positive terminal of each LED unit 732 is coupled to the positive terminal of the LED module 50, and the negative terminal of each LED unit 732 is coupled to the negative terminal of the LED module 50. The LED unit 732 comprises at least two LED assemblies 731, the LED assemblies 731 in the corresponding LED unit 732 are connected in the same manner as described in fig. 10A, wherein the cathode of the LED assembly 731 is coupled to the anode of the next LED assembly 731, the anode of the first LED assembly 731 is coupled to the anode of the corresponding LED unit 732, and the cathode of the last LED assembly 731 is coupled to the cathode of the corresponding LED unit 732. Further, the LED units 732 in this embodiment are also connected to each other. The n-th LED assembly 731 of each LED unit 732 has anodes connected to each other and cathodes connected to each other. Therefore, the connection between the LED modules of the LED module 50 of the present embodiment is a mesh connection. The current detection signal S531 of the present embodiment can also represent the magnitude of the current flowing through the LED module 50 for detecting and controlling the LED module 50. In addition, in practical applications, the number of the LED assemblies 731 included in the LED unit 732 is preferably 15-25, and more preferably 18-22.

Referring to fig. 10C, fig. 10C is a schematic diagram of a trace of an LED module according to a first embodiment of the present application. The connection relationship of the LED assembly 831 of the present embodiment is as shown in fig. 10B, and three LED units are taken as an example for explanation. The positive conductive line 834 and the negative conductive line 835 receive driving signals to provide power to the LED elements 831, for example: the positive conductive line 834 is coupled to the first filtering output terminal 521 of the filtering circuit 520, and the negative conductive line 835 is coupled to the second filtering output terminal 522 of the filtering circuit 520 for receiving the filtered signal. For convenience of illustration, the nth one of each LED unit is divided into the same LED group 832.

An anode wire 834 connects the (left) anodes of the first three LED assemblies 831 in the leftmost LED group 832 as shown, and a cathode wire 835 connects the (right) cathodes of the last three LED assemblies 831 in the rightmost LED group 832 as shown. The cathode of the first LED element 831, the anode of the last LED element 831, and the anodes and cathodes of the other LED elements 831 of each LED unit are connected through a connecting wire 839.

In other words, the anodes of the three LED assemblies 831 of the leftmost LED group 832 are connected to each other through the positive conductive line 834, and the cathodes thereof are connected to each other through the leftmost connecting conductive line 839. The three LED assemblies 831 of the second-left LED group 832 are connected to each other at their anodes by the leftmost connecting wire 839, and at their cathodes by the second-left connecting wire 839. Since the cathodes of the three LED assemblies 831 of the leftmost LED group 832 and the anodes of the three LED assemblies 831 of the second leftmost LED group 832 are connected to each other through the leftmost connecting wire 839, the cathode of the first LED assembly of each LED unit and the anode of the second LED assembly are connected to each other. And so on to form a mesh connection as shown in fig. 10B.

It is noted that the width 836 of the connection wire 839 at the positive connection portion with the LED assembly 831 is smaller than the width 837 at the negative connection portion with the LED assembly 831. The area of the negative electrode connecting portion is made larger than that of the positive electrode connecting portion. In addition, the width 837 is smaller than the width 838 of the portion of the connecting wire 839 connecting the anode and the cathode of one of the two adjacent LED assemblies 831 at the same time, so that the area of the portion connecting the anode and the cathode at the same time is larger than the area of the portion connecting the cathode and the anode only. Such a wiring structure thus contributes to heat dissipation of the LED assembly.

In addition, the positive wire 834 may further include a positive lead 834a, and the negative wire 835 may further include a negative lead 835a, such that both ends of the LED module have positive and negative connection points. Such a wiring architecture may enable other circuits of the power supply module of the LED lamp, such as: the filter circuit 520, the first rectifying circuit 510 and the second rectifying circuit 540 are coupled to the LED module by positive and negative connection points at either end or both ends, which increases the flexibility of the arrangement of the actual circuit.

Referring to fig. 10D, fig. 10D is a schematic trace diagram of an LED module according to a second embodiment of the present application. The connection relationship of the LED assembly 931 of the present embodiment is as shown in fig. 10A, and the description is given by taking three LED units each including 7 LED assemblies as an example. The positive and

negative leads

934, 935 receive drive signals to provide power to each LED assembly 931, for example: the positive lead 934 is coupled to the first filter output 521 of the filter circuit 520, and the negative lead 935 is coupled to the second filter output 522 of the filter circuit 520 to receive the filtered signal. For convenience of illustration, the seven LED assemblies in each LED unit are divided into the same LED group 932.

A positive lead 934 connects the (left) positive electrodes of the first (left-most) LED assembly 931 in each LED group 932. A negative lead 935 connects the (right) negative of the last (rightmost) LED assembly 931 in each LED group 932. In each LED assembly 932, the cathode of the left LED assembly 931 of the adjacent two LED assemblies 931 is connected to the anode of the right LED assembly 931 through a connecting wire 939. Thus, the LED components of the LED group 932 are connected in series.

It is noted that the connecting wire 939 is used to connect the cathode of one of the two adjacent LED assemblies 931 and the anode of the other one of the two adjacent LED assemblies 931. The negative electrode lead 935 is used to connect the negative electrode of the last (rightmost) LED assembly 931 of each LED group. The positive wire 934 is used to connect the positive electrodes of the first (leftmost) LED assembly 931 of each LED group. Therefore, the width and the heat dissipation area of the LED component are gradually reduced from large to small according to the sequence. That is, the width 938 of the connecting wire 939 is the largest, the width 937 times the width 935 of the negative electrode of the LED assembly 931 is connected to the negative electrode of the LED assembly 931, and the width 936 of the positive electrode wire 934 of the positive electrode of the LED assembly 931 is the smallest. Such a wiring structure thus contributes to heat dissipation of the LED assembly.

In addition, the positive wire 934 may further include a positive lead 934a, and the negative wire 935 may further include a negative lead 935a, such that both ends of the LED module have positive and negative connection points. Such a wiring architecture may enable other circuits of the power supply module of the LED lamp, such as: the filter circuit 520, the first rectifying circuit 510 and the second rectifying circuit 540 are coupled to the LED module by positive and negative connection points at either end or both ends, which increases the flexibility of the arrangement of the actual circuit.

Furthermore, the traces shown in fig. 10C and 10D can be implemented by a flexible circuit board. For example, the flexible circuit board has a single circuit layer, and the positive conductive line 834, the positive lead 834a, the negative conductive line 835, the negative lead 835a and the connecting conductive line 839 in fig. 10C, and the positive conductive line 934, the positive lead 934a, the negative conductive line 935, the negative lead 935a and the connecting conductive line 939 in fig. 10D are formed by etching.

Referring to fig. 10E, fig. 10E is a schematic trace diagram of an LED module according to a third embodiment of the present application. The connection relationship of the LED module 1031 of the present embodiment is as shown in fig. 12B. The difference between the arrangement of the positive and negative leads (not shown) and the connection relationship with other circuits in the present embodiment is substantially the same as that in fig. 10D, in that the LED elements 831 arranged in the transverse direction (i.e., the positive and negative electrodes of each LED element 831 are arranged along the extending direction of the leads) shown in fig. 10C are changed into the LED elements 1031 arranged in the longitudinal direction (i.e., the connection direction of the positive and negative electrodes of each LED element 1031 is perpendicular to the extending direction of the leads), and the arrangement of the connection leads 1039 is adjusted correspondingly based on the arrangement direction of the LED elements 1031.

More specifically, taking the connecting wire 1039_2 as an example, the connecting wire 1039_2 includes a first long side portion with a narrower width 1037, a second long side portion with a wider width 1038, and a turning portion connecting the two long side portions. The connecting wires 1039_2 may be arranged in a rectangular z-shape, that is, each connection point of the long side portion and the turning portion is rectangular. Wherein, the first long side portion of the connecting wire 1039_2 is disposed corresponding to the second long side portion of the adjacent connecting wire 1039_ 3; similarly, the second long side portion of the connecting wire 1039_2 is disposed corresponding to the first long side portion of the adjacent connecting wire 1039_ 1. As can be seen from the above arrangement, the connecting wires 1039 extend in the extending direction of the side portions, and the first long side portion of each connecting wire 1039 is arranged corresponding to the second long side portion of the adjacent connecting wire 1039; similarly, the second long side portion of each of the connecting wires 1039 is disposed to correspond to the first long side portion of the adjacent connecting wire 1039, so that the connecting wires 1039 are integrally formed in a uniform width configuration. The configuration of the other connection lines 1039 can be referred to the above description of the connection line 1039_ 2.

With regard to the relative arrangement of the LED components 1031 and the connection wires 1039, also explained with the connection wires 1039_2, in the present embodiment, the anodes of some of the LED components 1031 (for example, the right four LED components 1031) are connected to the first long side portion of the connection wires 1039_2, and are connected to each other by the first long side portion; the negative electrodes of the LED assemblies 1031 are connected to the second long side portions of the adjacent connecting wires 1039_3 and are connected to each other through the second long side portions. On the other hand, the positive electrode of another part of the LED components 1031 (e.g., the left four LED components 1031) is a first long side portion connected to the connection wire 1039_1, and the negative electrode is a second long side portion connected to the connection wire 1039_ 2.

In other words, the anodes of the four left LED assemblies 1031 are connected to each other through the connecting wire 1039_1, and the cathodes thereof are connected to each other through the connecting wire 1039_ 2. The anodes of the four right LED elements 831 are connected to each other through a connecting wire 1039_2, and the cathodes thereof are connected to each other through a connecting wire 1039_ 3. Since the negative electrodes of the left four LED assemblies 1031 are connected with the positive electrodes of the right four LED assemblies 1031 through the connecting wires 1039_2, the left four LED assemblies 1031 may simulate as a first LED assembly of four LED units of the LED module, and the right four LED assemblies 1031 may simulate as a second LED assembly of four LED units of the LED module, and so on to form the mesh connection as shown in fig. 10B.

It is worth noting that, compared with fig. 10C, in the present embodiment, the LED components 1031 are changed to be longitudinally arranged, which can increase the gap between the LED components 1031, and widen the routing of the connection wires, thereby avoiding the risk that the circuit is easily punctured when the lamp tube is repaired, and simultaneously avoiding the problem that the solder balls are short-circuited due to insufficient copper foil coverage area between the lamp beads when the number of the LED components 1031 is large and the LED components need to be closely arranged.

On the other hand, by arranging the width 1037 of the first long side portion of the positive electrode connecting portion to be smaller than the width 1038 of the second long side portion of the negative electrode connecting portion, the area of the negative electrode connecting portion of the LED module 1031 can be made larger than the area of the positive electrode connecting portion. Such a wiring structure thus contributes to heat dissipation of the LED assembly.

Referring to fig. 10F, fig. 10F is a schematic trace diagram of an LED module according to a fourth embodiment of the present application. This embodiment is substantially the same as the embodiment shown in fig. 10E, and the difference between the two embodiments is that the connecting wires 1139 of this embodiment are implemented by non-orthogonal Z-shaped traces. In other words, in the present embodiment, the bent portion forms an oblique trace, so that the connection portion between each long side portion of the connecting wire 1139 and the bent portion is not perpendicular. Under the configuration of the embodiment, except for the effect of increasing the gap between the LED components 1031 and widening the routing of the connecting wires by longitudinally configuring the LED components 1131, the manner of obliquely configuring the connecting wires in the embodiment can avoid the problems of displacement, offset and the like of the LED components caused by uneven bonding pads when the LED components are mounted. Similarly, the connecting lead 1139 of the present embodiment can also be configured such that the long side width 1137 of the positive electrode connecting portion is smaller than the long side width 1138 of the negative electrode connecting portion, thereby also achieving the effect of improving the heat dissipation characteristic.

Specifically, when the flexible circuit board is used as a lamp panel, the vertical traces (as shown in fig. 10C to 10E) generate regular white oil recesses at the turning points of the wires, so that the solder pads of the LED modules on the connecting wires are relatively protruded. Because the solder is not a flat surface, the LED assembly may not be attached to a predetermined position due to the uneven surface when the LED assembly is mounted. Therefore, in this embodiment, the vertical trace is adjusted to the oblique trace, so that the strength of the copper foil of the trace is uniform, and the protrusion or unevenness at a specific position is avoided, and the LED assembly 1131 can be attached to the wire more easily, thereby improving the reliability of the lamp assembly. In addition, because each LED unit can only walk the slash base plate once on the lamp plate in this embodiment, consequently can make the intensity of whole lamp plate improve by a wide margin to prevent the lamp plate bending, also can shorten lamp plate length.

In addition, in an exemplary embodiment, the copper foil may cover the periphery of the bonding pad of the LED device 1131 to offset the offset when the LED device 1131 is mounted, thereby avoiding the short circuit caused by the solder balls.

Referring to fig. 10G, fig. 10G is a schematic trace diagram of an LED module according to a fifth embodiment of the present application. The embodiment is substantially the same as fig. 10C, and the difference between the two embodiments is mainly that the routing at the corresponding position between the connecting wire 1239 and the connecting wire 1239 (not at the bonding pad of the LED assembly 1231) in the embodiment is changed to be oblique routing. In the embodiment, the vertical routing is adjusted to the oblique routing, so that the strength of the copper foil on the whole routing line is uniform, and the situation of protrusion or unevenness at a specific position is avoided, and the LED assembly 1131 can be attached to the conducting wire more easily, thereby improving the reliability of the lamp tube during assembly.

Besides, under the configuration of the present embodiment, the color temperature points CTP can be uniformly disposed between the LED assemblies 1231, as shown in fig. 10H, fig. 10H is a schematic trace diagram of an LED module according to a sixth embodiment of the present application. By unifying the arrangement of the color temperature points CTP on the LED components, the color temperature points CTP at the corresponding positions on the

leads

1234 and 1239 can be on the same line after the

leads

1234 and 1239 are spliced to form the LED module. Therefore, when tin is coated, the whole LED module can shield all the color temperature points on the LED module by using a plurality of adhesive tapes (as shown in the figure, if each wire is provided with 3 color temperature points, only 3 adhesive tapes are needed), so that the smoothness of the assembly process is improved, and the assembly time is saved.

Referring to fig. 10I, fig. 10I is a schematic trace diagram of an LED module according to a seventh embodiment of the present application. In this embodiment, the routing of the LED module of fig. 10C is changed from a single layer circuit layer to a double layer circuit layer, and the positive lead 834a and the negative lead 835a are mainly changed to a second layer circuit layer. The description is as follows.

Referring to fig. 3, the flexible circuit board has two circuit layers, including a first circuit layer 2a, a dielectric layer 2b and a second circuit layer 2 c. The first circuit layer 2a and the second circuit layer 2c are electrically isolated by a dielectric layer 2 b. The first circuit layer 2a of the flexible circuit board is etched to form a positive conductive line 834, a negative conductive line 835 and a connecting conductive line 839 in fig. 10I, so as to electrically connect the LED elements 831, for example: the LED groups 832 are electrically connected to the plurality of LED components in a mesh, and the second circuit layer 2c is etched to form a positive lead 834a and a negative lead 835a, so as to be electrically connected to (the filter output end of) the filter circuit. The positive electrode lead 834 and the negative electrode lead 835 on the first circuit layer 2a of the flexible circuit board have layer connection points 834b and 835 b. The positive electrode lead 834a and the negative electrode lead 835a of the second circuit layer 2 have layer connection points 834c and 835 c. The layer connection points 834b and 835b are opposite to the layer connection points 834c and 835c for electrically connecting the positive conductive line 834 and the positive lead 834a, and the negative conductive line 835 and the negative lead 835 a. Preferably, the connection points 834b and 835b of the first circuit layer and the lower conductive layer are opened to the exposed connection points 834c and 835c, and then soldered by solder so that the positive conductive wire 834 and the positive lead 834a, and the negative conductive wire 835 and the negative lead 835a are electrically connected to each other.

Similarly, in the routing of the LED module shown in fig. 10D, the positive lead 934a and the negative lead 935a may be changed to a second layer of circuit layer to form a routing structure with two layers of circuit layers.

It should be noted that the thickness of the second conductive layer of the flexible circuit board with two conductive layers or circuit layers is preferably thicker than that of the first conductive layer, so as to reduce the line loss (voltage drop) on the positive lead and the negative lead. Moreover, compared with the flexible circuit board with a single conductive layer, the flexible circuit board with the double conductive layers can reduce the width of the flexible circuit board because the anode lead and the cathode lead at the two ends are moved to the second layer. On the same jig, the number of the narrower substrates to be discharged is greater than that of the wider substrates, so that the production efficiency of the LED module can be improved. Moreover, the flexible circuit board with two conductive layers is relatively easy to maintain its shape, so as to increase the reliability of production, for example: and the accuracy of the welding position during the welding of the LED assembly.

As the deformation of above-mentioned scheme, this application still provides a LED straight tube lamp, and this LED straight tube lamp's power module's at least partial electronic component sets up on the lamp plate: i.e. using PEC (Printed Electronic Circuits), techniques to print or embed at least part of the Electronic components on the lamp panel.

In one embodiment of the application, all electronic components of the power supply module are arranged on the lamp panel. The manufacturing process comprises the following steps: preparing a substrate (preparing a flexible printed circuit board) → spraying and printing metal nano ink → spraying and printing a passive component/an active device (a power supply module) → drying/sintering → spraying and printing an interlayer connection bump → spraying and printing insulating ink → spraying and printing metal nano ink → spraying and printing the passive component and the active device (and the like in turn forming a multilayer board included) → spraying and coating a surface soldering pad → spraying and spraying a solder resist to solder the LED component.

In the above-mentioned this embodiment, if when all set up power module's electronic component on the lamp plate, only need pass through the pin of welding wire connection LED straight tube lamp at the both ends of lamp plate, realize the electrical connection of pin and lamp plate. Therefore, a base plate is not needed to be arranged for the power supply module, and the design of the lamp holder can be further optimized. Preferably, the power supply modules are arranged at two ends of the lamp panel, so that influence of heat generated by work of the power supply modules on the LED assembly is reduced as much as possible. This embodiment improves the overall reliability of the power module because of reducing welding.

If part electronic component prints on the lamp plate (such as resistance, electric capacity), and with big device like: electronic components such as an inductor, an electrolytic capacitor and the like are arranged in the lamp holder. The lamp panel is manufactured in the same way as above. Like this through with part electronic component, set up on the lamp plate, reasonable overall arrangement power module optimizes the design of lamp holder.

As above-mentioned scheme is changed, also can realize setting up power module's electronic component on the lamp plate through the mode of embedding. Namely: and embedding the electronic component on the flexible lamp panel in an embedding mode. Preferably, the method can be realized by adopting a method including a resistance type/capacitance type Copper Clad Laminate (CCL) or printing ink related to screen printing and the like; or the method of embedding the passive component is realized by adopting an ink-jet printing technology, namely, the ink-jet printer directly sprays and prints the conductive ink and the related functional ink which are taken as the passive component onto the set position in the lamp panel. And then, carrying out UV light treatment or drying/sintering treatment to form the lamp panel embedded with the passive component. The electronic component embedded in the lamp panel comprises a resistor, a capacitor and an inductor; in other embodiments, active components are also suitable. The power modules are rationally distributed by such a design to optimize the design of the lamp head (this embodiment saves valuable pcb surface space, reduces the size of the pcb and reduces its weight and thickness due to the partial use of embedded resistors and capacitors; at the same time, the reliability of the power modules is also improved due to the elimination of the solder joints for these resistors and capacitors (which are the most prone to introducing faults on the pcb).

The following describes a method for manufacturing the embedded capacitor and resistor.

The method of using embedded capacitors generally employs a concept called distributed capacitance or planar capacitance. A very thin insulating layer is laminated on top of the copper layer. Typically in pairs in the form of power planes/ground planes. The very thin insulating layer allows for very small distances between the power plane and the ground plane. Such capacitance can also be achieved by conventional metallized holes. Basically, such a method creates a large parallel plate capacitance on the circuit board.

Some high capacitance products are distributed capacitive, others are discretely embedded. Higher capacitance is obtained by filling barium titanate (a material having a high dielectric constant) in the insulating layer.

A common method of making an embedded resistor is to use a resistive adhesive. The printed circuit board is prepared by screen printing resin doped with conductive carbon or graphite as filler to a specified position, and then laminating the processed resin into the circuit board. The resistors are connected by metallized or micro-vias to other electronic components on the circuit board. Another method is the Ohmega-Ply method: it is a two-metal layer structure-the copper layer and a thin nickel alloy layer form the resistor elements, which form a layered resistor with respect to the underlying layer. Various nickel resistors with copper terminations are then formed by etching the copper and nickel alloy layers. These resistors are laminated into the inner layers of the circuit board.

In one embodiment of the present application, the wires are directly printed on the inner wall (disposed in a line shape) of the glass tube, and the LED assembly is directly attached to the inner wall to be electrically connected to each other through the wires. Preferably, a chip form of the LED assembly is directly attached to the wire of the inner wall (connection points are arranged at two ends of the wire, and the LED assembly is connected to the power module through the connection points), and after the attachment, fluorescent powder is dripped on the chip (so that the LED straight tube lamp generates white light during operation, and can also generate light of other colors).

The LED component has the luminous efficiency of more than 80lm/W, preferably more than 120lm/W, and more preferably more than 160 lm/W. The LED component can be a white light mixed by the light of the single-color LED chip through the fluorescent powder, and the main wavelengths of the spectrums are 460nm and 560nm of 550-.

Incidentally, the connection mode of the LED module 50 of the embodiment of fig. 10A to 10I is not limited to the straight tube lamp, and the LED module can be applied to various types of LED lamps powered by AC power (i.e., ballast-free LED lamps), such as LED bulbs, LED filament lamps or integrated LED lamps, and the application is not limited thereto.

In addition, as described above, the electronic components of the power module may be disposed on the lamp panel or on the circuit board in the lamp head. To increase the advantages of the power module, some of the capacitors may be implemented as chip capacitors (e.g., ceramic chip capacitors) disposed on the lamp panel or on a circuit board in the lamp head. However, the patch capacitor arranged in this way can emit significant noise due to the piezoelectric effect during use, which affects the comfort of the customer during use. In order to solve the problem, in the LED straight tube lamp disclosed in the present disclosure, a suitable hole or groove may be drilled just below the chip capacitor, which may change a vibration system formed by the chip capacitor and a circuit board carrying the chip capacitor under a piezoelectric effect so as to significantly reduce the emitted noise. The shape of the edge or periphery of this hole or slot may be close to, for example, circular, elliptical or rectangular, and is located in the conductive layer in the lamp panel or in the circuit board within the lamp base, and below the chip capacitor.

Referring to fig. 11A, fig. 11A is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a rectifier circuit according to a first embodiment of the present application. The rectifying circuit 610 is a bridge rectifying circuit, and includes a first rectifying diode 611, a second rectifying diode 612, a third rectifying diode 613, and a fourth rectifying diode 614, for performing full-wave rectification on the received signal. The anode of the first rectifying diode 611 is coupled to the second rectifying output 512, and the cathode thereof is coupled to the second pin 502. The anode of the second rectifying diode 612 is coupled to the second rectifying output 512, and the cathode is coupled to the first pin 501. The third rectifying diode 613 has an anode coupled to the second pin 502 and a cathode coupled to the first rectifying output terminal 511. The anode of the rectifying diode 614 is coupled to the first pin 501, and the cathode is coupled to the first rectifying output terminal 511.

When the signals received by the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 are ac signals, the operation of the rectifying circuit 610 is described as follows. When the ac signal is in the positive half-wave, the ac signal sequentially flows in through the first pin 501, the rectifying diode 614 and the first rectifying output 511, and sequentially flows out through the second rectifying output 512, the first rectifying diode 611 and the second pin 502. When the ac signal is in the negative half-wave, the ac signal sequentially flows in through the second pin 502, the third rectifying diode 613 and the first rectifying output terminal 511, and sequentially flows out through the second rectifying output terminal 512, the second rectifying diode 612 and the pin 501. Therefore, whether the ac signal is in the positive half-wave or the negative half-wave, the positive pole of the rectified signal of the rectifying circuit 610 is located at the first rectifying output terminal 511, and the negative pole thereof is located at the second rectifying output terminal 512. According to the above operation, the rectified signal output from the rectifying circuit 610 is a full-wave rectified signal.

When the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 are coupled to a dc power source to receive a dc signal, the operation of the rectifying circuit 610 is described as follows. When the first pin 501 is coupled to the positive terminal of the dc power source and the second pin 502 is coupled to the negative terminal of the dc power source, the dc signal flows in through the first pin 501, the rectifying diode 614 and the first rectifying output 511 in sequence, and flows out through the second rectifying output 512, the first rectifying diode 611 and the second pin 502 in sequence. When the first pin 501 is coupled to the negative terminal of the dc power source and the second pin 502 is coupled to the positive terminal of the dc power source, the ac signal flows in through the second pin 502, the third rectifying diode 613 and the first rectifying output 511 in sequence, and flows out through the second rectifying output 512, the second rectifying diode 612 and the first pin 501 in sequence. Similarly, no matter how the dc signal is input through the first pin 501 and the second pin 502, the positive pole of the rectified signal of the rectifying circuit 610 is located at the first rectifying output terminal 511, and the negative pole thereof is located at the second rectifying output terminal 512.

Therefore, the rectifying circuit 610 of the present embodiment can accurately output the rectified signal regardless of whether the received signal is an ac signal or a dc signal.

Referring to fig. 11B, fig. 11B is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a rectifier circuit according to a second embodiment of the present application. The rectifying circuit 710 includes a first rectifying diode 711 and a second rectifying diode 712 for performing half-wave rectification on the received signal. The anode of the first rectifying diode 711 is coupled to the second pin 502, and the cathode is coupled to the first rectifying output terminal 511. The anode of the second rectifying diode 712 is coupled to the first rectifying output terminal 511, and the cathode thereof is coupled to the first pin 501. The second rectified output 512 may be omitted or grounded depending on the application.

The operation of the rectifier circuit 710 is explained next.

When the ac signal is in the positive half wave, the signal level of the ac signal input at the first pin 501 is higher than the signal level of the ac signal input at the second pin 502. At this time, the first rectifying diode 711 and the second rectifying diode 712 are both in a reverse biased off state, and the rectifying circuit 710 stops outputting the rectified signal. When the ac signal is at the negative half wave, the signal level of the ac signal input at the first pin 501 is lower than the signal level input at the second pin 502. At this time, the first rectifying diode 711 and the second rectifying diode 712 are both in forward biased conduction state, and the ac signal flows in through the first rectifying diode 711 and the first rectifying output terminal 511, and flows out from the second rectifying output terminal 512 or another circuit or a ground terminal of the LED lamp. According to the above operation, the rectified signal output from the rectifying circuit 710 is a half-wave rectified signal.

In addition, the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 of the rectifier circuit shown in fig. 11A and 11B are changed to the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504, which can be used as the second rectifier circuit 540 shown in fig. 9B. More specifically, in an exemplary embodiment, when the full-wave/full-bridge rectifier circuit 610 shown in fig. 11A is applied to the lamp with double-ended input in fig. 9B, the first rectifier circuit 510 and the second rectifier circuit 540 can be configured as shown in fig. 11C.

Referring to fig. 11C, fig. 11C is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a rectifier circuit according to a third embodiment of the present application. The structure of the rectifying circuit 840 is the same as that of the rectifying circuit 810, and both are bridge rectifying circuits. The rectifier circuit 810 includes first through fourth rectifier diodes 611-614 configured as previously described in the fig. 10A embodiment. The rectifying circuit 840 includes a fifth rectifying diode 641, a sixth rectifying diode 642, a seventh rectifying diode 643 and an eighth rectifying diode 644 for full-wave rectifying the received signal. The anode of the fifth rectifying diode 641 is coupled to the second rectifying output terminal 512, and the cathode thereof is coupled to the fourth pin 504. The anode of the sixth rectifying diode 642 is coupled to the second rectifying output 512, and the cathode thereof is coupled to the third pin 503. The third rectifying diode 613 has an anode coupled to the second pin 502 and a cathode coupled to the first rectifying output terminal 511. The anode of the rectifying diode 614 is coupled to the third pin 503, and the cathode is coupled to the first rectifying output terminal 511.

In the present embodiment, the rectifying

circuits

840 and 810 are correspondingly configured, and the difference is that the input terminal of the rectifying circuit 810 (which can be compared as the first rectifying circuit 510 in fig. 9B) is coupled to the first pin 501 and the second pin 502, and the input terminal of the rectifying circuit 840 (which can be compared as the second rectifying circuit 540 in fig. 9B) is coupled to the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504. In other words, the present embodiment adopts the structure of two full-wave rectification circuits to realize the circuit structure with two terminals and two pins.

Furthermore, although the rectifier circuit in the embodiment of fig. 10C is implemented by a dual-terminal dual-pin configuration, the power supply method of the present embodiment can be used to supply power to the LED straight-tube lamp by using the circuit structure of the present embodiment, regardless of the power supply method of the dual-terminal dual-pin power supply, whether the power supply method is a single-terminal power supply method or a dual-terminal single-pin power supply method. The specific operation is described as follows:

in the case of single-ended power-in, the external driving signal may be applied to the first pin 501 and the second pin 502, or applied to the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504. When the external driving signal is applied to the first pin 501 and the second pin 502, the rectifying circuit 810 performs full-wave rectification on the external driving signal according to the operation manner described in the embodiment of fig. 10A, and the rectifying circuit 840 does not operate. On the contrary, when the external driving signal is applied to the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504, the rectifying circuit 840 performs full-wave rectification on the external driving signal according to the operation manner described in the embodiment of fig. 10A, and the rectifying circuit 810 does not operate.

In the case of a dual-pin power-on, the external driving signal may be applied to the first pin 501 and the fourth pin 504, or applied to the second pin 502 and the third pin 503. When the external driving signal is applied to the first pin 501 and the fourth pin 504, and the external driving signal is an ac signal, during the positive half-wave of the ac signal, the ac signal sequentially flows in through the first pin 501, the fourth rectifying diode 614 and the first rectifying output 511, and sequentially flows out through the second rectifying output 512, the fifth rectifying diode 641 and the fourth pin 504. During the negative half-wave period of the ac signal, the ac signal flows in through the fourth pin 504, the seventh rectifying diode 643 and the first rectifying output 511 in sequence, and flows out through the second rectifying output 512, the second rectifying diode 612 and the first pin 501 in sequence. Thus, whether the ac signal is in the positive half-wave or the negative half-wave, the rectified signal has its anode at the first rectified output 511 and its cathode at the second rectified output 512. According to the above operation, the second rectifying diode 612 and the fourth rectifying diode 614 in the rectifying circuit 810, in combination with the fifth rectifying diode 641 and the seventh rectifying diode 643 in the rectifying circuit 840, perform full-wave rectification on the ac signal, and output the rectified signal as a full-wave rectified signal.

On the other hand, when the external driving signal is applied to the second pin 502 and the third pin 503, and the external driving signal is an ac signal, during the positive half-wave period of the ac signal, the ac signal sequentially flows in through the third pin 503, the eighth rectifying diode 644, and the first rectifying output 511, and sequentially flows out through the second rectifying output 512, the first rectifying diode 611, and the second pin 502. During the negative half-wave period, the ac signal flows in through the second pin 502, the third rectifying diode 613 and the first rectifying output terminal 511 in sequence, and flows out through the second rectifying output terminal 512, the sixth rectifying diode 642 and the third pin 503 in sequence. Therefore, no matter whether the ac signal is in the positive half-wave or the negative half-wave, the positive pole of the rectified signal is located at the first rectified output terminal 511, and the negative pole of the rectified signal is located at the second rectified output terminal 512. According to the above operation, the first rectifying diode 611 and the third rectifying diode 613 in the rectifying circuit 810, together with the sixth rectifying diode 642 and the eighth rectifying diode 644 in the rectifying circuit 840, perform full-wave rectification on the ac signal, and output the rectified signal as a full-wave rectified signal.

In the case of dual-pin power-on, the respective operations of the rectifying

circuits

810 and 840 can refer to the description of the embodiment of fig. 11A, and are not described herein again. The rectified signals generated by the rectifying

circuits

810 and 840 are superimposed at the first rectifying output terminal 511 and the second rectifying output terminal 512 and then output to the rear-end circuit.

In an example embodiment, the configuration of the rectifying circuit 510 may be as shown in fig. 11D. Referring to fig. 11D, fig. 11D is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a rectifier circuit according to a fourth embodiment of the present application. The rectifier circuit 910 includes first through fourth rectifier diodes 911-914 configured as previously described with respect to the FIG. 11A embodiment. In the present embodiment, the rectifying circuit 910 further includes a fifth rectifying diode 915 and a sixth rectifying diode 916. The anode of the fifth rectifying diode 915 is coupled to the second rectifying output 512, and the cathode is coupled to the third pin 503. The anode of the sixth rectifying diode 916 is coupled to the third pin 503, and the cathode is coupled to the first rectifying output terminal 511. The fourth leg 504 is floating here.

More specifically, the rectifier circuit 510 of the present embodiment may be regarded as a rectifier circuit having three sets of bridge arm (bridge arm) units, and each set of bridge arm units may provide an input signal receiving end. For example, the first rectifying diode 911 and the third rectifying diode 913 form a first bridge arm unit, which correspondingly receives the signal on the second pin 502; the second rectifying diode 912 and the fourth rectifying diode 914 form a second bridge arm unit, which correspondingly receives the signal on the first pin 501; and the fifth rectifying diode 915 and the sixth rectifying diode 916 form a third bridge unit, which correspondingly receives the signal on the third pin 503. And the three groups of bridge arm units can perform full-wave rectification as long as two of the three groups of bridge arm units receive alternating current signals with opposite polarities. Therefore, with the configuration of the rectifier circuit in the embodiment of fig. 11E, the power supply modes of single-ended power feeding, double-ended single-pin power feeding, and double-ended double-pin power feeding can be compatible. The specific operation is described as follows:

In the case of single-ended power-in, an external driving signal is applied to the first pin 501 and the second pin 502, and the first to fourth rectifying diodes 911-914 operate as described above with reference to the embodiment of fig. 11A, while the fifth rectifying diode 915 and the sixth rectifying diode 916 do not operate.

In the case of a dual-ended single-pin power-on condition, the external driving signal may be applied to the first pin 501 and the third pin 503, or applied to the second pin 502 and the third pin 503. When the external driving signal is applied to the first pin 501 and the third pin 503, and the external driving signal is an ac signal, during the positive half-wave period of the ac signal, the ac signal sequentially flows in through the first pin 501, the fourth rectifying diode 914 and the first rectifying output terminal 511, and sequentially flows out through the second rectifying output terminal 512, the fifth rectifying diode 915 and the third pin 503. During the negative half-wave period, the ac signal flows in through the third pin 503, the sixth rectifying diode 916 and the first rectifying output terminal 511 in sequence, and flows out through the second rectifying output terminal 512, the second rectifying diode 912 and the first pin 501 in sequence. Therefore, no matter whether the ac signal is in the positive half-wave or the negative half-wave, the positive pole of the rectified signal is located at the first rectified output terminal 511, and the negative pole of the rectified signal is located at the second rectified output terminal 512. According to the above operation, the second rectifying diode 912, the fourth rectifying diode 914, the fifth rectifying diode 915 and the sixth rectifying diode 916 in the rectifying circuit 910 perform full-wave rectification on the ac signal, and output the rectified signal as a full-wave rectified signal.

On the other hand, when the external driving signal is applied to the second pin 502 and the third pin 503, and the external driving signal is an ac signal, during the positive half-wave period of the ac signal, the ac signal sequentially flows in through the third pin 503, the sixth rectifying diode 916 and the first rectifying output terminal 511, and sequentially flows out through the second rectifying output terminal 512, the first rectifying diode 911 and the second pin 502. During the negative half-wave period, the ac signal flows in through the second pin 502, the third rectifying diode 913, and the first rectifying output terminal 511 in sequence, and flows out through the second rectifying output terminal 512, the fifth rectifying diode 915, and the third pin 503 in sequence. Therefore, no matter whether the ac signal is in the positive half-wave or the negative half-wave, the positive pole of the rectified signal is located at the first rectified output terminal 511, and the negative pole of the rectified signal is located at the second rectified output terminal 512. According to the above operation, the first rectifying diode 911, the third rectifying diode 913, the fifth rectifying diode 915 and the sixth rectifying diode 916 in the rectifying circuit 910 perform full-wave rectification on the ac signal, and the output rectified signal is a full-wave rectified signal.

In the case of dual-pin power-on, the operation of the first to fourth rectifying diodes 911-914 can refer to the description of the embodiment of fig. 11A, and will not be described herein again. In addition, if the signal polarity of the third leg 503 is the same as that of the first leg 501, the fifth rectifying diode 915 and the sixth rectifying diode 916 operate similarly to the second rectifying diode 912 and the fourth rectifying diode 914 (i.e., the first bridge arm unit). On the other hand, if the signal polarity of the third leg 503 is the same as that of the second leg 502, the fifth rectifying diode 915 and the sixth rectifying diode 916 operate similarly to the first rectifying diode 911 and the third rectifying diode 913 (i.e., the second bridge arm unit).

Referring to fig. 11E, fig. 11E is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a rectifier circuit according to a fifth embodiment of the present application. Fig. 11E is substantially the same as fig. 11D, except that the input terminal of the first rectifying circuit 610 in fig. 11E is further coupled to the terminal converting circuit 941. The terminal conversion circuit 941 of the present embodiment includes

fuses

947 and 948. The fuse 947 has one end coupled to the first pin 501 and the other end coupled to a common node (i.e., an input end of the first bridge arm unit) of the second rectifying diode 912 and the fourth rectifying diode 914. The fuse 948 has one end coupled to the second pin 502 and the other end coupled to a common node (i.e., an input end of the second bridge arm unit) of the first rectifying diode 911 and the third rectifying diode 913. Therefore, when the current flowing through any of the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 is higher than the rated current of the

fuses

947 and 948, the

fuses

947 and 948 are correspondingly blown to open the circuit, thereby achieving the function of overcurrent protection. In addition, when only one of the

fuses

947 and 948 is blown (e.g., the over-current condition is only temporarily eliminated), the rectifier circuit of this embodiment can continue to operate based on the dual-terminal single-pin power supply mode after the over-current condition is eliminated.

Referring to fig. 11F, fig. 11F is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a rectifier circuit according to a sixth embodiment of the present application. Fig. 11F is substantially the same as fig. 11D, except that the two

legs

503 and 504 of fig. 11F are connected together by a thin wire 917. Compared to the aforementioned embodiment shown in fig. 11D or 11E, when a dual-terminal single-pin power supply is adopted, the rectifier circuit of this embodiment can operate normally no matter whether an external driving signal is applied to the third pin 503 or the fourth pin 504. In addition, when the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504 are erroneously connected to a single-ended socket, the thin wire 917 of the present embodiment can be reliably fused, so that when the lamp is inserted back to the correct socket, the straight lamp using the rectifying circuit can still maintain the normal rectifying operation.

As can be seen from the above, the rectifier circuit in the embodiments of fig. 11C to 11F can be compatible with the situations of single-ended power feeding, double-ended single-pin power feeding, and double-ended double-pin power feeding, so as to improve the application environment compatibility of the whole LED straight lamp. In addition, considering the actual circuit layout, the circuit layout in the embodiment of fig. 11D to 11F only needs to provide three pads for connecting to the corresponding lamp cap pins, which significantly contributes to the improvement of the overall process yield.

Referring to fig. 12A, fig. 12A is a circuit block diagram of a filter circuit according to a first embodiment of the present application. The first rectifying circuit 510 is shown only for illustrating the connection relationship, and the filtering circuit 520 does not include the first rectifying circuit 510. The filter circuit 520 includes a filter unit 523 coupled to the first rectification output terminal 511 and the second rectification output terminal 512 to receive the rectified signal output by the rectification circuit, filter the ripple in the rectified signal, and output the filtered signal. Therefore, the waveform of the filtered signal is smoother than the waveform of the rectified signal. The filter circuit 520 may further include a filter unit 524 coupled between the rectifier circuit and the corresponding pin, for example: the first rectifying circuit 510 and the first pin 501, the first rectifying circuit 510 and the second pin 502, the second rectifying circuit 540 and the third pin 503, and the second rectifying circuit 540 and the fourth pin 504 are used for filtering the specific frequency to filter the specific frequency of the external driving signal. In the present embodiment, the filtering unit 524 is coupled between the first pin 501 and the first rectifying circuit 510. The filter circuit 520 may further include a filter unit 525 coupled between one of the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 and a diode of one of the first rectifier circuit 510 or one of the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504 and a diode of one of the second rectifier circuit 540 for reducing or filtering electromagnetic interference (EMI). In the present embodiment, the filtering unit 525 is coupled between the first pin 501 and a diode (not shown) of one of the first rectifying circuits 510. Since the

filtering units

524 and 525 may be added or omitted according to the actual application, they are shown by dashed lines in the figure.

Referring to fig. 12B, fig. 12B is a circuit architecture diagram of a filtering unit according to a first embodiment of the present application. The filter unit 623 includes a capacitor 625. One end of the capacitor 625 is coupled to the first rectifying output terminal 511 and the first filtering output terminal 521, and the other end is coupled to the second rectifying output terminal 512 and the second filtering output terminal 522, so as to perform low-pass filtering on the rectified signals output by the first rectifying output terminal 511 and the second rectifying output terminal 512, so as to filter high-frequency components in the rectified signals to form filtered signals, and then the filtered signals are output by the first filtering output terminal 521 and the second filtering output terminal 522.

Referring to fig. 12C, fig. 12C is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a filtering unit according to a second embodiment of the present application. The filtering unit 723 is a pi-type filtering circuit, and includes a capacitor 725, an inductor 726, and a capacitor 727. The capacitor 725 has one end coupled to the first rectifying output terminal 511 and also coupled to the first filtering output terminal 521 via the inductor 726, and the other end coupled to the second rectifying output terminal 512 and the second filtering output terminal 522. The inductor 726 is coupled between the first rectification output terminal 511 and the first filtering output terminal 521. One end of the capacitor 727 is coupled to the first rectifying output terminal 511 via the inductor 726 and also coupled to the first filtering output terminal 521, and the other end is coupled to the second rectifying output terminal 512 and the second filtering output terminal 522.

In an equivalent view, the filtering unit 723 has an inductor 726 and a capacitor 727 more than the filtering unit 623 shown in fig. 12B. The inductor 726 and the capacitor 727 also have a low-pass filtering function like the capacitor 725. Therefore, the filtering unit 723 of the present embodiment has better high frequency filtering capability and outputs a smoother waveform of the filtered signal than the filtering unit 623 shown in fig. 12B.

The inductance 726 in the above embodiment is preferably selected from the range of 10nH-10 mH. The capacitance values of

capacitors

625, 725, 727 are preferably selected from the range of 100pF-1 uF.

Referring to fig. 12D, fig. 12D is a circuit block diagram of a filter circuit according to a second embodiment of the present application. The present embodiment is substantially the same as fig. 12A, and the difference is that the present embodiment further includes a negative pressure eliminating unit 528. The negative voltage elimination unit 528 is coupled to the filtering unit 523, and is configured to eliminate a negative voltage possibly generated when the filtering unit 523 resonates, so as to avoid a chip or a controller in a subsequent driving circuit from being damaged. In particular, the filtering unit 523 itself is typically a circuit formed by a combination of resistance, capacitance or inductance, wherein the filtering unit 5 exhibits pure resistance properties (i.e. resonance point) at a specific frequency due to the characteristics of the capacitance and inductance. The signal received by the filtering unit 523 at the resonance point is amplified and then output, and therefore, the signal oscillation phenomenon is observed at the output end of the filtering unit 523. When the oscillation amplitude is too large such that the trough level is lower than the ground level, a negative voltage is generated at the

filter output terminals

521 and 522, and the negative voltage is applied to the circuit of the subsequent stage, and the risk of damage to the circuit of the subsequent stage is caused.

In this embodiment, the negative voltage eliminating unit 528 can conduct an energy releasing loop when the negative voltage is generated, so that the reverse current caused by the negative voltage can be released through the energy releasing loop and returned to the bus, thereby preventing the reverse current from flowing into the post-stage circuit. Referring to fig. 12E, fig. 12E is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a filtering unit and a negative voltage elimination unit according to an embodiment of the present application. In this embodiment, the negative pressure removing unit may be implemented by a diode 728, but the present application is not limited thereto. In the case that the filter unit 723 is not resonant, the first filter output terminal 521 has a high level relative to the second filter output terminal 522, so that the diode 728 is turned off and no current flows. Under the condition that the filter unit 723 resonates and generates a negative voltage, the second filter output terminal 522 has a high level relative to the first filter output terminal 521, and the diode 728 is forward biased and turned on, so that a reverse current is shunted back to the first filter output terminal 521.

Referring to fig. 13A, fig. 13A is a circuit block diagram of a driving circuit according to a first embodiment of the present application. The driving circuit 530 includes a controller 533 and a converting circuit 534, and performs power conversion in a current source mode to drive the LED module to emit light. The conversion circuit 534 includes a switching circuit (also referred to as a power switch) 535 and a tank circuit 536. The conversion circuit 534 is coupled to the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522, receives the filtered signal, and converts the filtered signal into a driving signal according to the control of the controller 533, and outputs the driving signal from the first driving output terminal 531 and the second driving output terminal 532 to drive the LED module. Under the control of the controller 533, the driving signal output by the converting circuit 534 is a steady current, so that the LED module steadily emits light.

The operation of the driving circuit 530 is further described below with reference to the signal waveforms shown in fig. 14A to 14D. Fig. 14A to 14D are schematic signal waveforms of driving circuits according to different embodiments of the present application. Fig. 14A and 14B illustrate signal waveforms and control scenarios of the driving circuit 530 operating in the Continuous-Conduction Mode (CCM), and fig. 14C and 14D illustrate signal waveforms and control scenarios of the driving circuit 530 operating in the Discontinuous-Conduction Mode (DCM). In the signal waveform diagram, t on the horizontal axis represents time, and the vertical axis represents voltage or current (depending on the signal type).

The controller 533 of this embodiment adjusts the Duty Cycle (Duty Cycle) of the output lighting control signal Slc according to the received current detection signal Sdet, so that the switch circuit 535 is turned on or off in response to the lighting control signal Slc. The energy storage circuit 536 is repeatedly charged/discharged according to the on/off state of the switch circuit 535, so that the driving current ILED received by the LED module 50 can be stably maintained at a predetermined current value Ipred. The lighting control signal Slc has a constant signal period Tlc and a constant signal amplitude, and the length of the pulse enable period (such as Ton1, Ton2, Ton3, or referred to as pulse width) in each signal period Tlc is adjusted according to the control requirement. The duty ratio of the lighting control signal Slc is the ratio of the pulse enable period to the signal period Tlc. For example, if the pulse enable period Ton1 is 40% of the signal period Tlc, it means that the duty ratio of the lighting control signal in the first signal period Tlc is 0.4.

In addition, the current detection signal Sdet may be, for example, a signal representing the magnitude of the current flowing through the LED module 50 or a signal representing the magnitude of the current flowing through the switch circuit 535, which is not limited in the present application.

Referring to fig. 13A and fig. 14A together, fig. 14A shows the signal waveform variation of the driving circuit 530 in a plurality of signal periods Tlc when the driving current ILED is smaller than the predetermined current value Ipred. Specifically, in the first signal period Tlc, the switch circuit 535 is turned on in response to the lighting control signal Slc with the high voltage level during the pulse enable period Ton 1. At this time, the converting circuit 534, in addition to generating the driving current ILED to the LED module 50 according to the input power received from the first filtering output terminal 521 and the second filtering output terminal 522, also charges the energy storage circuit 536 through the conducting switch circuit 535, so that the current IL flowing through the energy storage circuit 536 gradually increases. In other words, during the pulse enable period Ton1, the energy storage circuit 536 stores energy in response to the input power received from the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522.

Then, after the pulse enable period Ton1 ends, the switch circuit 535 turns off in response to the lighting control signal Slc with the low voltage level. During the period when the switch circuit 535 is turned off, the input power at the first and second

filter output terminals

521 and 522 is not provided to the LED module 50, but is discharged by the tank circuit 536 to generate the driving current ILED provided to the LED module 50, wherein the tank circuit 536 gradually decreases the current IL due to the discharge of the power. Therefore, even when the lighting control signal Slc is at the low voltage level (i.e., during the disable period), the driving circuit 530 continues to supply power to the LED module 50 based on the release of the energy from the energy storage circuit 536. In other words, the driving circuit 530 continuously provides the stable driving current ILED to the LED module 50 no matter whether the switch circuit 535 is turned on or not, and the driving current ILED has a value of about I1 in the first signal period Tlc.

In the first signal period Tlc, the controller 533 determines that the current value I1 of the driving current ILED is smaller than the predetermined current value Ipred according to the current detection signal Sdet, so that the pulse enable period of the lighting control signal Slc is adjusted to Ton2 when entering the second signal period Tlc, wherein the pulse enable period Ton2 is the pulse enable period Ton1 plus the unit period Tu 1.

During the second signal period, Tlc, the operation of the switch circuit 535 and the tank circuit 536 is similar to the previous signal period, Tlc. The main difference between the two is that since the pulse enable period Ton2 is longer than the pulse enable period Ton1, the energy storage circuit 536 has a longer charging time and a shorter discharging time, so that the average value of the driving current ILED provided by the driving circuit 530 in the second signal period Tlc is increased to a current value I2 closer to the predetermined current value Ipred.

Similarly, since the current value I2 of the driving current ILED is still smaller than the predetermined current value Ipred, the controller 533 further adjusts the pulse enable period of the lighting control signal Slc to Ton3 in the third signal period Tlc, wherein the pulse enable period Ton3 is the pulse enable period Ton2 plus the unit period t1, which is equal to the pulse enable period Ton1 plus the period Tu2 (which is equal to two unit periods Tu 1). During the third signal period, Tlc, the operation of the switch circuit 535 and the tank circuit 536 is similar to the first two signal periods, Tlc. Since the pulse enable period Ton3 is further extended, the current value of the driving current ILED is increased to I3 and substantially reaches the predetermined current value Ipred. Thereafter, since the current value I3 of the driving current ILED has reached the preset current value Ipred, the controller 533 maintains the same duty ratio, so that the driving current ILED can be continuously maintained at the preset current value Ipred.

Referring to fig. 13A and fig. 14B together, fig. 14B shows the signal waveform variation of the driving circuit 530 in a plurality of signal periods Tlc under the condition that the driving current ILED is greater than the predetermined current value Ipred. Specifically, in the first signal period Tlc, the switch circuit 535 is turned on in response to the lighting control signal Slc with the high voltage level during the pulse enable period Ton 1. At this time, the converting circuit 534, in addition to generating the driving current ILED to the LED module 50 according to the input power received from the first filtering output terminal 521 and the second filtering output terminal 522, also charges the energy storage circuit 536 through the conducting switch circuit 535, so that the current IL flowing through the energy storage circuit 536 gradually increases. In other words, during the pulse enable period Ton1, the energy storage circuit 536 stores energy in response to the input power received from the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522.

filter output terminals

521 and 522 is not provided to the LED module 50, but is discharged by the tank circuit 536 to generate the driving current ILED provided to the LED module 50, wherein the tank circuit 536 gradually decreases the current IL due to the discharge of the power. Therefore, even when the lighting control signal Slc is at the low voltage level (i.e., during the disable period), the driving circuit 530 continues to supply power to the LED module 50 based on the release of the energy from the energy storage circuit 536. In other words, the driving circuit 530 continuously provides the stable driving current ILED to the LED module 50 no matter whether the switch circuit 535 is turned on or not, and the driving current ILED has a value of about I4 in the first signal period Tlc.

In the first signal period Tlc, the controller 533 determines that the current value I4 of the driving current ILED is greater than the predetermined current value Ipred according to the current detection signal Sdet, so that the pulse enable period of the lighting control signal Slc is adjusted to Ton2 when entering the second signal period Tlc, wherein the pulse enable period Ton2 is the pulse enable period Ton1 minus the unit period Tu 1.

During the second signal period, Tlc, the operation of the switch circuit 535 and the tank circuit 536 is similar to the previous signal period, Tlc. The main difference between the two is that, since the pulse enable period Ton2 is shorter than the pulse enable period Ton1, the energy storage circuit 536 has a shorter charging time and a longer discharging time, so that the average value of the driving current ILED provided by the driving circuit 530 in the second signal period Tlc is reduced to a current value I5 closer to the predetermined current value Ipred.

Similarly, since the current value I5 of the driving current ILED is still greater than the predetermined current value Ipred, the controller 533 further adjusts the pulse enable period of the lighting control signal Slc to Ton3 in the third signal period Tpwm, wherein the pulse enable period Ton3 is the pulse enable period Ton2 minus the unit period Tu1, which is equal to the pulse enable period Ton1 minus the period Tu2 (which is equal to two unit periods Tu 1). During the third signal period, Tlc, the operation of the switch circuit 535 and the tank circuit 536 is similar to the first two signal periods, Tlc. Since the pulse enable period Ton3 is further shortened, the current value of the driving current ILED is decreased to I6 and substantially reaches the predetermined current value Ipred. Thereafter, since the current value I6 of the driving current ILED has reached the preset current value Ipred, the controller 533 maintains the same duty ratio, so that the driving current ILED can be continuously maintained at the preset current value Ipred.

As described above, the driving circuit 530 adjusts the pulse width of the lighting control signal Slc step by step, so that the driving current ILED is gradually adjusted to approach the preset current value Ipred when being lower or higher than the preset current value Ipred, thereby realizing the constant current output.

In addition, in the present embodiment, the driving circuit 530 is operated in the continuous conduction mode, that is, the tank circuit 536 does not discharge until the current IL is zero during the period when the switch circuit 535 is turned off. By operating the driving circuit 530 in the continuous conduction mode to supply power to the LED module 50, the power supplied to the LED module 50 is stable and ripple is not easily generated.

The control scenario of the driving circuit 530 operating in the discontinuous conduction mode is described next. Referring to fig. 13A and 14C, the signal waveform and driving circuit 530 in fig. 14C operates substantially the same as in fig. 14A. The main difference between fig. 14C and fig. 14A is that the driving circuit 530 of the present embodiment operates in the discontinuous conduction mode, so the tank circuit 536 discharges until the current IL equals zero in the pulse disable period of the ignition control signal Slc, and then recharges at the beginning of the next signal period Tlc. In addition, the operation of the above embodiment of fig. 14A can be referred to for further description.

Referring to fig. 13A and 14D, the signal waveform and driving circuit 530 in fig. 14D operates substantially the same as that in fig. 14B. The main difference between fig. 14D and fig. 14B is that the driving circuit 530 of the present embodiment operates in the discontinuous conduction mode, so the tank circuit 536 discharges until the current IL equals zero in the pulse disable period of the ignition control signal Slc, and then recharges at the beginning of the next signal period Tlc. For other operations, reference is made to the embodiment shown in fig. 14B, and the description thereof is omitted here.

By supplying power to the LED module 50 through the driving circuit 530 operating in the discontinuous conduction mode, the power consumption of the driving circuit 530 is low, and thus the conversion efficiency is high.

Incidentally, although the driving circuit 530 is exemplified by a single-stage dc-dc conversion circuit, the application is not limited thereto. For example, the driving circuit 530 can also be a two-stage driving circuit formed by an active power factor correction circuit and a dc-dc conversion circuit. In other words, any power conversion circuit architecture that can be used for driving the LED light source can be applied.

In addition, the above description of the operation related to power conversion is not limited to be applied to a straight LED lamp driving an AC input, and may be applied to various types of LED lamps powered by an AC power source (i.e., ballast-free LED lamps), such as an LED bulb, an LED filament lamp or an integrated LED lamp, and the application is not limited thereto.

Referring to fig. 13B, fig. 13B is a circuit architecture diagram of a driving circuit according to a first embodiment of the present application. In this embodiment, the driving circuit 630 is a buck dc-dc conversion circuit, and includes a controller 633 and a conversion circuit, and the conversion circuit includes an inductor 636, a freewheeling diode 634, a capacitor 637, and a switch 635. The driving circuit 630 is coupled to the first filtering output terminal 521 and the second filtering output terminal 522 for converting the received filtered signal into a driving signal to drive the LED module coupled between the first driving output terminal 531 and the second driving output terminal 532.

In the present embodiment, the switch 635 is a mosfet having a control terminal, a first terminal and a second terminal. The switch 635 has a first terminal coupled to the anode of the freewheeling diode 634, a second terminal coupled to the second filtering output terminal 522, and a control terminal coupled to the controller 633 for being controlled by the controller 633 to turn on or off the first terminal and the second terminal. The first driving output 531 is coupled to the first filter output 521, the second driving output 532 is coupled to one end of the inductor 636, and the other end of the inductor 636 is coupled to a first end of the switch 635. The capacitor 637 is coupled between the first driving output terminal 531 and the second driving output terminal 532 to stabilize a voltage difference between the first driving output terminal 531 and the second driving output terminal 532. A negative terminal of the freewheeling diode 634 is coupled to the first drive output 531.

The operation of the driving circuit 630 is described next.

The controller 633 determines the on and off time of the switch 635 according to the current detection signals S535 or/and S531, that is, controls the Duty Cycle (Duty Cycle) of the switch 635 to adjust the magnitude of the driving signal. The current detection signal S535 represents the magnitude of the current flowing through the switch 635. The current detection signal S531 represents the magnitude of the current flowing through the LED module coupled between the first driving output terminal 531 and the second driving output terminal 532. The controller 633 can obtain information on the magnitude of the power converted by the converter circuit based on either of the current detection signals S531 and S535. When the switch 635 is turned on, the current of the filtered signal flows from the first filtering output end 521, and flows out from the second filtering output end 522 after passing through the capacitor 637 and the first driving output end 531 to the LED module, the inductor 636 and the switch 635. At this time, the capacitor 637 and the inductor 636 store energy. When the switch 635 is turned off, the inductor 636 and the capacitor 637 release the stored energy, and the current flows to the first driving output 531 through the freewheeling diode 634, so that the LED module is still continuously illuminated. Note that the capacitor 637 is not an essential component and may be omitted, and is indicated by a dotted line in the figure. In some applications, the capacitor 637 may be omitted to stabilize the LED module current by the inductor's characteristic of resisting the change in current. Detection

From another perspective, the driving circuit 630 can keep the current flowing through the LED module constant, so that for some LED modules (e.g., white, red, blue, green, etc. LED modules), the color temperature of the LED module can be improved according to the change of the current, i.e., the LED module can keep the color temperature constant under different brightness. The inductor 636, which serves as an energy storage circuit, releases the stored energy when the switch 635 is turned off, so that the LED module keeps emitting light continuously, the current and voltage on the LED module do not drop to the minimum value suddenly, and the current and voltage do not go back and forth from the minimum value to the maximum value when the switch 635 is turned on again, thereby preventing the LED module from emitting light intermittently, improving the overall brightness of the LED module, reducing the minimum on-period, and improving the driving frequency.

Referring to fig. 13C, fig. 13C is a circuit architecture diagram of a driving circuit according to a second embodiment of the present application. In the present embodiment, the driving circuit 730 is a boost dc-dc conversion circuit, and includes a controller 733 and a conversion circuit, and the conversion circuit includes an inductor 736, a freewheeling diode 734, a capacitor 737 and a switch 735. The driving circuit 730 converts the filtered signals received by the first and second

filtering output terminals

521 and 522 into driving signals to drive the LED module coupled between the first and second

driving output terminals

531 and 532.

The inductor 736 has one end coupled to the first filter output end 521 and the other end coupled to the anode of the current-filtering diode 734 and the first end of the switch 735. A second terminal of the switch 735 is coupled to the second filter output 522 and the second driving output 532. The cathode of the freewheeling diode 734 is coupled to the first drive output 531. The capacitor 737 is coupled between the first driving output terminal 531 and the second driving output terminal 532.

The controller 733 is coupled to the control terminal of the switch 735, and controls the switch 735 to turn on or off according to the current detection signal S531 or/and the current detection signal S535. When the switch 735 is turned on, current flows from the first filtering output terminal 521, flows through the inductor 736 and the switch 735, and flows out from the second filtering output terminal 522. At this time, the current flowing through the inductor 736 increases with time, and the inductor 736 is in an energy storage state. Meanwhile, the capacitor 737 is in a power release state to continuously drive the LED module to emit light. When the switch 735 is turned off, the inductor 736 is in a de-energized state and the current of the inductor 736 decreases over time. The current in inductor 736 freewheels through freewheeling diode 734 to capacitor 737 and the LED module. At this time, capacitor 737 is in the energy storage state.

It is noted that capacitor 737 is an optional component, shown in dashed lines. When the capacitor 737 is omitted, when the switch 735 is turned on, the current of the inductor 736 does not flow through the LED module, so that the LED module does not emit light; when the switch 735 is turned off, the current of the inductor 736 flows through the LED module via the freewheeling diode 734 to illuminate the LED module. By controlling the light emitting time of the LED module and the magnitude of the current flowing through the LED module, the average brightness of the LED module can be stabilized on a set value, and the same stable light emitting effect can be achieved. Detection

In order to detect the current flowing through the switch 735, a detection resistor (not shown) is disposed between the switch 735 and the second filter output 522. When the switch 735 is turned on, the current flowing through the sensing resistor will cause a voltage difference across the sensing resistor, so that the voltage on the sensing resistor can be used as the current detection signal S535 and sent back to the controller 733 as the basis for control. However, when the LED straight-tube lamp is powered on instantaneously or is struck by lightning, a large current (possibly more than 10A) is easily generated in the loop of the switch 735, so that the detection resistor and the controller 733 are damaged. Therefore, in some embodiments, the driving circuit 730 may further include a clamping device, which may be connected to the sensing resistor, for clamping the loop of the sensing resistor when the current flowing through the sensing resistor or the voltage difference between the two ends of the current sensing resistor exceeds a predetermined value, so as to limit the current flowing through the sensing resistor. In some embodiments, the clamping component may be, for example, a plurality of diodes connected in series to form a diode string, the diode string and the detection resistor being connected in parallel to each other. With this configuration, when a large current is generated in the loop of the switch 735, the diode string connected in parallel with the sensing resistor is turned on rapidly, so that the two ends of the sensing resistor can be limited to a specific level. For example, if the diode string is composed of 5 diodes, the turn-on voltage of a single diode is about 0.7V, so the diode string can clamp the voltage across the detection resistor to about 3.5V.

From another perspective, the driving circuit 730 keeps the current flowing through the LED module constant, so that for some LED modules (e.g., white, red, blue, green, etc. LED modules), the color temperature of the LED module can be improved to change with the current, i.e., the LED module can keep the color temperature constant under different brightness. The inductor 736 serving as the energy storage circuit releases the stored energy when the switch 735 is turned off, so that the LED module continuously emits light, and the current and voltage on the LED module do not suddenly decrease to the minimum value, and when the switch 735 is turned on again, the current and voltage do not need to go back and forth from the minimum value to the maximum value, thereby preventing the LED module from intermittently emitting light, improving the overall brightness of the LED module, reducing the minimum on-period, and improving the driving frequency.

Referring to fig. 13D, fig. 13D is a circuit architecture diagram of a driving circuit according to a third embodiment of the present application. In this embodiment, the driving circuit 830 is a buck dc-to-dc conversion circuit, and includes a controller 833 and a conversion circuit, and the conversion circuit includes an inductor 836, a freewheeling diode 834, a capacitor 837 and a switch 835. The driving circuit 830 is coupled to the first filtered output terminal 521 and the second filtered output terminal 522 to convert the received filtered signal into a driving signal for driving the LED module coupled between the first driving output terminal 531 and the second driving output terminal 532.

The switch 835 has a first terminal coupled to the first filter output terminal 521, a second terminal coupled to the cathode of the freewheeling diode 834, and a control terminal coupled to the controller 833 for receiving the lighting control signal from the controller 833 to make the state between the first terminal and the second terminal be on or off. The anode of freewheeling diode 834 is coupled to second filtered output 522. The inductor 836 has one end coupled to the second end of the switch 835 and the other end coupled to the first driving output 531. The second drive output 532 is coupled to the anode of a freewheeling diode 834. The capacitor 837 is coupled between the first driving output terminal 531 and the second driving output terminal 532 to stabilize the voltage between the first driving output terminal 531 and the second driving output terminal 532.

The controller 833 controls the on/off of the switch 835 according to the current detection signal S531 or/and the current detection signal S535. When the switch 835 is turned on, a current flows in from the first filtering output end 521, passes through the switch 835, the inductor 836, the capacitor 837, the first driving output end 531, the LED module, and the second driving output end 532, and then flows out from the second filtering output end 522. At this time, the current flowing through the inductor 836 and the voltage of the capacitor 837 increase with time, and the inductor 836 and the capacitor 837 are in the energy storage state. When the switch 835 is turned off, the inductor 836 is in a de-energized state and the current of the inductor 836 decreases over time. At this time, the current of the inductor 836 flows through the first driving output terminal 531, the LED module and second driving output terminal 532, and the freewheeling diode 834 to return to the inductor 836 to form a freewheeling current.

It is noted that the capacitor 837 is a component which can be omitted, and is shown by a dotted line. When the capacitor 837 is omitted, no matter the switch 835 is turned on or off, the current of the inductor 836 can flow through the first driving output terminal 531 and the second driving output terminal 532 to drive the LED module to continuously emit light. Detection

From another perspective, the driving circuit 830 keeps the current flowing through the LED module constant, so that for some LED modules (e.g., white, red, blue, green, etc. LED modules), the color temperature of the LED module can be improved according to the change of the current, i.e., the LED module can keep the color temperature constant under different brightness. The inductor 836 serving as an energy storage circuit releases the stored energy when the switch 835 is turned off, so that the LED module keeps emitting light continuously on one hand, and the current and voltage on the LED module do not drop to the minimum value suddenly on the other hand, and when the switch 835 is turned on again, the current and voltage do not need to go back and forth from the minimum value to the maximum value, thereby preventing the LED module from emitting light intermittently, improving the overall brightness of the LED module, reducing the minimum on-period, and improving the driving frequency.

Referring to fig. 13E, fig. 13E is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a driving circuit according to a fourth embodiment of the present application. In this embodiment, the driving circuit 930 is a buck dc-dc conversion circuit, and includes a controller 933 and a conversion circuit, and the conversion circuit includes an inductor 936, a freewheeling diode 934, a capacitor 937 and a switch 935. The driving circuit 930 is coupled to the first filtered output terminal 521 and the second filtered output terminal 522 to convert the received filtered signal into a driving signal for driving the LED module coupled between the first driving output terminal 531 and the second driving output terminal 532.

One end of the inductor 936 is coupled to the first filter output terminal 521 and the second driving output terminal 532, and the other end is coupled to the first end of the switch 935. A second terminal of the switch 935 is coupled to the second filter output terminal 522, and a control terminal of the switch 935 is coupled to the controller 933 to be turned on or off according to a lighting control signal of the controller 933. The freewheeling diode 934 has an anode coupled to the junction of the inductor 936 and the switch 935, and a cathode coupled to the first drive output 531. The capacitor 937 is coupled to the first driving output terminal 531 and the second driving output terminal 532, so as to stabilize the driving of the LED module coupled between the first driving output terminal 531 and the second driving output terminal 532.

The controller 933 controls the on and off of the switch 935 according to the current detection signal S531 or/and the current detection signal S535. When the switch 935 is turned on, current flows from the first filter output terminal 521, flows through the inductor 936 and the switch 935, and flows out from the second filter output terminal 522. At this time, the current flowing through the inductor 936 increases with time, and the inductor 936 is in an energy storage state; the voltage of the capacitor 937 decreases with time, and the capacitor 937 is in a power-off state to maintain the LED module to emit light. When the switch 935 turns off, the inductor 936 is in a de-energized state, and the current of the inductor 936 decreases with time. At this time, the current of the inductor 936 flows through the freewheeling diode 934, the first driving output 531, the LED module and the second driving output 532 and then returns to the inductor 936 to form a freewheeling current. At this time, the capacitor 937 is in an energy storage state, and the voltage of the capacitor 937 increases with time.

It is noted that the capacitor 937 is a component which can be omitted, and is shown by a dashed line in the figure. When the capacitor 937 is omitted and the switch 935 is turned on, the current of the inductor 936 does not flow through the first driving output terminal 531 and the second driving output terminal 532, so that the LED module does not emit light. When the switch 935 turns off, the current of the inductor 936 flows through the LED module via the freewheeling diode 934, and the LED module emits light. By controlling the light emitting time of the LED module and the magnitude of the current flowing through the LED module, the average brightness of the LED module can be stabilized on a set value, and the same stable light emitting effect can be achieved. Detection

From another perspective, the driving circuit 930 keeps the current flowing through the LED module constant, so that for some LED modules (e.g., white, red, blue, green, etc. LED modules), the color temperature of the LED module can be improved according to the change of the current, i.e., the LED module can keep the color temperature constant under different brightness. The inductor 936 serving as the energy storage circuit releases the stored energy when the switch 935 is turned off, so that the LED module continuously emits light, and the current and voltage on the LED module do not suddenly drop to the minimum value, and when the switch 935 is turned on again, the current and voltage do not need to go back and forth from the minimum value to the maximum value, thereby preventing the LED module from intermittently emitting light, improving the overall brightness of the LED module, reducing the minimum on-period, and improving the driving frequency.

Referring to fig. 6A and 6B, the short circuit board 253 is divided into a first short circuit board and a second short circuit board connected to two ends of the long circuit board 251, and the electronic components in the power module are respectively disposed on the first short circuit board and the second short circuit board of the short circuit board 253. The length dimensions of the first short circuit board and the second short circuit board may be approximately the same or may not be the same. Generally, the length dimension of the first short circuit board (the right side circuit board of the short circuit board 253 of fig. 6A and 6B and the left side circuit board of the short circuit board 253 of fig. 7) is 30% -80% of the length dimension of the second short circuit board. More preferably, the length of the first short circuit board is 1/3-2/3 of the length of the second short circuit board. In this embodiment, the length dimension of the first short circuit board is approximately half of the length dimension of the second short circuit board. The second short circuit board has a size of 15mm to 65mm (depending on the application). The first short circuit board is arranged in the lamp holder at one end of the LED straight tube lamp, and the second short circuit board is arranged in the lamp holder at the other opposite end of the LED straight tube lamp.

For example, the capacitors of the driving circuit (e.g., the

capacitors

637, 737, 837, 937 in fig. 13B to 13E) may be actually formed by connecting two or more capacitors in parallel. The capacitor of the driving circuit in the power module is at least partially or completely disposed on the first short circuit board of the short circuit boards 253. That is, the rectifier circuit, the filter circuit, the inductor of the driving circuit, the controller, the switch, the diode, and the like are disposed on the second short circuit board of the short circuit boards 253. The inductor, the controller, the change-over switch and the like are components with higher temperature in the electronic components, and are arranged on different circuit boards with part or all of the capacitors, so that the capacitor (especially an electrolytic capacitor) can avoid the influence of the components with higher temperature on the service life of the capacitor, and the reliability of the capacitor is improved. Furthermore, the capacitor can be separated from the rectifying circuit and the filter circuit in space, so that the EMI problem is solved.

In one embodiment, the components of the driving circuit with higher temperature are disposed on one side of the lamp (which may be referred to as a first side of the lamp), and the rest of the components are disposed on the other side of the lamp (which may be referred to as a second side of the lamp). In a multi-tube lamp system, the tubes are connected to the socket in a staggered arrangement, i.e., a first side of any one tube is adjacent to a second side of another adjacent tube. The configuration mode can enable the components with higher temperature to be evenly configured in the lamp system, thereby avoiding heat from being concentrated at a specific position in the lamp and further causing the overall luminous efficacy of the LED to be influenced.

The conversion efficiency of the driving circuit of the present application is more than 80%, preferably more than 90%, and more preferably more than 92%. Therefore, when the driving circuit is not included, the luminous efficiency of the LED lamp is preferably more than 120lm/W, and more preferably more than 160 lm/W; the luminous efficiency of the LED module including the driver circuit is preferably 120lm/W × 90%.

In addition, considering that the light transmittance of the diffusion layer of the LED straight tube lamp is 85% or more, the LED straight tube lamp of the present application preferably has a light emission efficiency of 108lm/W × 85% to 91.8lm/W or more, more preferably 147.2lm/W × 85% to 125.12 lm/W.

Referring to fig. 15A, fig. 15A is a schematic circuit block diagram of a power module according to a fourth embodiment of the present application. Compared to the embodiment shown in fig. 9A, the power module 5 of the present embodiment includes a first rectifying circuit 510, a filter circuit 520, a driving circuit 530 and an LED module 50, and further includes an overvoltage protection circuit 550. The overvoltage protection circuit 550 is coupled to the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522 for detecting the filtered signal and clamping the level of the filtered signal when the level of the filtered signal is higher than the predetermined overvoltage value. Therefore, the over-voltage protection circuit 550 can protect the components of the LED module 50 from being damaged by the over-voltage.

Referring to fig. 15B, fig. 15B is a schematic circuit block diagram of a power module according to a fifth embodiment of the present application. The power module 5 of the present embodiment is substantially the same as the power module 5 of fig. 15A, and the difference between the two is mainly that the overvoltage protection circuit 550 of the present embodiment is disposed between the driving circuit 530 and the LED module 50, that is, the overvoltage protection circuit 550 is coupled to the first driving output 531 and the second driving output 532 to detect the driving signal and clamp the level of the driving signal when the level of the driving signal is higher than the predetermined overvoltage value. Therefore, the over-voltage protection circuit 550 can protect the components of the LED module 50 from being damaged by the over-voltage.

Referring to fig. 15C, fig. 15C is a schematic circuit diagram of an over-voltage protection circuit according to an embodiment of the present application. The overvoltage protection circuit 650 includes a zener diode 652 such as: a Zener Diode (Zener Diode) coupled to the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522 (as in the embodiment of fig. 15A), or coupled to the first driving output terminal 531 and the second driving output terminal 532 (as in the embodiment of fig. 15B). Taking the example that the zener diode 652 is disposed between the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522, the zener diode 652 is turned on when the voltage difference between the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522 (i.e., the level of the filtered signal) reaches the breakdown voltage, so that the voltage difference is clamped on the breakdown voltage. The breakdown voltage is preferably in the range of 40-100V, more preferably 55-75V.

Referring to fig. 16A, fig. 16A is a schematic circuit block diagram of a power module according to a sixth embodiment of the present application. Compared to the embodiment shown in fig. 8C, the power module 5 of the present embodiment includes the first rectifying circuit 510, the filtering circuit 520, and the driving circuit 530, and further includes an auxiliary power module 560, wherein the power module 5 may also include some components of the LED module 50. The auxiliary power supply module 560 is coupled between the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522. The auxiliary power supply module 560 detects the filtered signals at the first filtering output end 521 and the second filtering output end 522, and determines whether to provide auxiliary power to the first filtering output end 521 and the second filtering output end 522 according to the detection result. When the filtered signal is stopped being provided or the ac level is insufficient, i.e. when the driving voltage of the LED module 50 is lower than an auxiliary voltage, the auxiliary power supply module 560 provides the auxiliary power, so that the LED module 50 can continuously emit light. The auxiliary voltage is determined according to the auxiliary power voltage provided by the auxiliary power module 560.

Referring to fig. 16B, fig. 16B is a schematic circuit block diagram of a power module according to a seventh embodiment of the present application. Compared to the embodiment shown in fig. 16A, the power module 5 of the present embodiment includes a first rectifying circuit 510, a filter circuit 520, a driving circuit 530, and an auxiliary power module 560. The auxiliary power supply module 560 is coupled between the first driving output 531 and the second driving output 532. The auxiliary power supply module 560 detects the driving signals of the first driving output 531 and the second driving output 532, and determines whether to provide the auxiliary power to the first driving output 531 and the second driving output 532 according to the detection result. When the driving signal is not provided or the ac level is not sufficient, the auxiliary power module 560 provides the auxiliary power, so that the LED module 50 can continuously emit light.

In another exemplary embodiment, the LED module 50 can only receive the auxiliary power provided by the auxiliary power module 560 as the working power, and the external driving signal is used for charging the auxiliary power module 560. Since the LED module 50 is lighted by only the auxiliary power provided by the auxiliary power supply module 960, no matter the external driving signal is provided by the commercial power or by the ballast, the energy storage unit of the auxiliary power supply module 960 is charged first, and then the energy storage unit supplies power to the back end. Therefore, the LED straight lamp adopting the power module framework of the embodiment can be compatible with an external driving signal provided by commercial power.

From a structural point of view, since the auxiliary power module 560 is connected between the output terminals (the first filter output terminal 521 and the second filter output terminal 522) of the filter circuit 520 or the output terminals (the first driving output terminal 531 and the second driving output terminal 532) of the driving circuit 530, in an exemplary embodiment, the circuit thereof can be disposed in the lamp (for example, in a position adjacent to the LED module 50), so as to avoid power transmission loss caused by too long wires. In another exemplary embodiment, the circuit of the auxiliary power module 560 may also be disposed in the lamp cap, so that the heat generated by the auxiliary power module 560 during charging and discharging is less likely to affect the operation and the light emitting performance of the LED module.

Referring to fig. 16C, fig. 16C is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an auxiliary power supply module according to an embodiment of the present application. The auxiliary power supply module 660 of the present embodiment can be applied to the configuration of the auxiliary power supply module 560. The auxiliary power supply module 660 includes an energy storage unit 663 and a voltage detection circuit 664. The auxiliary power supply module 660 has an auxiliary power supply positive terminal 661 and an auxiliary power supply negative terminal 662 respectively coupled to the first filtering output terminal 521 and the second filtering output terminal 522, or respectively coupled to the first driving output terminal 531 and the second driving output terminal 532. The voltage detecting circuit 664 detects the levels of the signals on the auxiliary power supply positive terminal 661 and the auxiliary power supply negative terminal 662 to determine whether to discharge the power of the energy storage unit 663 to the outside through the auxiliary power supply positive terminal 661 and the auxiliary power supply negative terminal 662.

In this embodiment, the energy storage unit 663 is a battery or a super capacitor. The voltage detecting circuit 664 further charges the energy storage unit 663 with the signals on the auxiliary power supply positive terminal 661 and the auxiliary power supply negative terminal 662 when the level of the signals on the auxiliary power supply positive terminal 661 and the auxiliary power supply negative terminal 662 is higher than the voltage of the energy storage unit 663. When the signal levels of the auxiliary power supply positive terminal 661 and the auxiliary power supply negative terminal 662 are lower than the voltage of the energy storage unit 663, the energy storage unit 663 discharges to the outside through the auxiliary power supply positive terminal 661 and the auxiliary power supply negative terminal 662.

The voltage detection circuit 664 includes a diode 665, a bipolar junction transistor 666, and a resistor 667. The anode of the diode 665 is coupled to the anode of the energy storage unit 663, and the cathode is coupled to the positive auxiliary power supply 661. The negative electrode of the energy storage unit 663 is coupled to the negative end 662 of the auxiliary power supply. The collector of the BJT 666 is coupled to the positive terminal 661 of the auxiliary power supply, and the emitter is coupled to the anode of the energy storage unit 663. The resistor 667 has one end coupled to the positive terminal 661 of the auxiliary power source and the other end coupled to the base of the bjt 666. The resistor 667 turns on the BJT 666 when the collector of the BJT 666 is higher than the emitter by a turn-on voltage. When the power supply for driving the LED straight lamp is normal, the filtered signal charges the energy storage unit 663 through the first and second

filter output terminals

521 and 522 and the turned-on bjt 666, or the driving signal charges the energy storage unit 663 through the first and second

drive output terminals

531 and 532 and the turned-on bjt 666 until the difference between collector-emitter of the bjt 666 is equal to or less than the turned-on voltage. When the filtered signal or the driving signal stops providing or the level suddenly drops, the energy storage unit 663 provides power to the LED module 50 through the diode 665 to maintain the light emission.

It is noted that the highest voltage stored in the energy storage unit 663 when it is charged is at least lower than the voltages applied to the positive auxiliary power supply terminal 661 and the negative auxiliary power supply terminal 662, which is the turn-on voltage of the bjt 666. When the energy storage unit 663 discharges, the voltage output by the auxiliary power supply positive terminal 661 and the auxiliary power supply negative terminal 662 is lower than the voltage of the energy storage unit 663 by the threshold voltage of the diode 665. Therefore, when the auxiliary power module starts to supply power, the voltage provided will be lower (approximately equal to the sum of the threshold voltage of the diode 665 and the turn-on voltage of the bjt 666). In the embodiment shown in fig. 14B, the brightness of the LED module 50 is significantly reduced by the voltage reduction when the auxiliary power supply module supplies power. As such, when the auxiliary power supply module is applied to an emergency lighting system or a normally-on lighting system, the user may know the main lighting power supply, for example: commercial power, abnormal, and necessary precautionary measures can be taken.

The configuration of the embodiment of fig. 16A-16C can be applied to a multi-lamp configuration, in addition to the emergency power supply of a single lamp. Taking a lamp with 4 parallel straight LED lamps as an example, in an example embodiment, one of the 4 straight LED lamps may include an auxiliary power supply module. When the external driving signal is abnormal, the LED straight tube lamp comprising the auxiliary power supply module can be continuously lightened, and other LED straight tube lamps can be extinguished. The LED straight lamp provided with the auxiliary power supply module can be arranged in the middle of the lamp in consideration of the uniformity of illumination.

In another exemplary embodiment, the 4 LED straight lamps may include a plurality of auxiliary power supply modules. When the external driving signal is abnormal, the LED straight lamp comprising the auxiliary power supply module can be all lighted by the auxiliary power at the same time. Therefore, even in the emergency situation, the whole lamp can still provide certain brightness. In consideration of the uniformity of illumination, if 2 LED straight lamps are provided and include the auxiliary power supply module, the two LED straight lamps may be arranged in a staggered manner with the LED straight lamps without the auxiliary power supply module.

In another exemplary embodiment, the 4 LED straight lamps may include a plurality of auxiliary power supply modules. When the external driving signal is abnormal, a part of the LED straight lamps is first lighted by the auxiliary power, and after a period of time (for example, yes), another part of the LED straight lamps is then lighted by the auxiliary power. Therefore, the present embodiment can provide the auxiliary power sequence by coordinating with other lamp tubes, so that the illumination time of the LED straight lamp in the emergency state can be prolonged.

In the embodiment of coordinating with other lamps to provide the auxiliary power sequence, the starting time of the auxiliary power supply modules in different lamps may be set, or the operation states of the auxiliary power supply modules may be communicated in a manner of setting a controller in each lamp, which is not limited in the present application.

Referring to fig. 16D, fig. 16D is a schematic circuit block diagram of a power module according to an eighth embodiment of the present application. The power module 5 of the present embodiment includes a rectifying circuit 510, a filtering circuit 520, a driving circuit 530 and an auxiliary power module 760. Compared to the embodiment shown in fig. 16B, the auxiliary power supply module 760 of the present embodiment is connected between the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 to receive the external driving signal and perform charging and discharging operations based on the external driving signal.

Specifically, in one embodiment, the auxiliary power module 760 may operate similar to an Off-line uninterruptible power system (Off-line UPS). When the power supply is normal, the external power grid/external driving signal directly supplies power to the rectifying circuit 510 and charges the auxiliary power supply module 760 at the same time; once the quality of the mains power supply is unstable or power is cut off, the auxiliary power supply module 760 cuts off a loop between the external power grid and the rectifying circuit 510, and the auxiliary power supply module 760 supplies power to the rectifying circuit 510 instead until the power supply of the power grid is recovered to normal. In other words, the auxiliary power supply module 760 of the present embodiment may operate in a backup manner, for example, and only intervenes to supply power when the power grid is powered off. Here, the power supplied by the auxiliary power module 760 may be ac or dc.

In an exemplary embodiment, the auxiliary power supply module 760 includes, for example, an energy storage unit and a voltage detection circuit, and the voltage detection circuit detects the external driving signal and determines whether to enable the energy storage unit to provide the auxiliary power to the input terminal of the rectifying circuit 510 according to the detection result. When the external driving signal is stopped providing or the ac level is insufficient, the energy storage unit of the auxiliary power supply module 760 provides the auxiliary power, so that the LED module 50 can continuously emit light based on the auxiliary power provided by the auxiliary energy storage unit. In practical applications, the energy storage unit for providing the auxiliary power may be implemented by using an energy storage component such as a battery or a super capacitor, but the application is not limited thereto.

In another exemplary embodiment, as shown in fig. 16E, fig. 16E is a circuit block diagram of an auxiliary power supply module according to the first embodiment of the present application. The auxiliary power supply module 760 includes, for example, a charging unit 761 and an auxiliary power supply unit 762, an input terminal of the charging unit 761 is connected to the external power grid 508, and an output terminal of the charging unit 761 is connected to an input terminal of the auxiliary power supply unit 762. An output of the auxiliary power supply unit 762 is connected to a power supply loop between the external power grid 508 and the rectification circuit 510. The system further includes a switch unit 763, which is respectively connected to the external power grid 508, the output terminal of the auxiliary power supply unit 762 and the input terminal of the rectification circuit 510, wherein the switch unit 763 selectively connects a loop between the external power grid 508 and the rectification circuit 510 or a loop between the auxiliary power supply module 760 and the rectification circuit 510 according to the power supply status of the external power grid 508. Specifically, when the external power grid 508 is supplying power normally, the power supplied by the external power grid 508 is provided as the external driving signal Sed to the input terminal of the rectifying circuit 510 through the switching unit 763. At this time, the charging unit 761 charges the auxiliary power supply unit 762 based on the power supplied from the external power grid 508, and the auxiliary power supply unit 762 does not discharge the rectifier circuit 510 at the rear end in response to the external driving signal Sed normally transmitted on the power supply loop. When the external power grid 508 is abnormally or electrically disconnected from the power supply, the auxiliary power supply unit 762 starts discharging through the switching unit 763 to supply the auxiliary power as the external driving signal Sed to the rectification circuit 510.

Referring to fig. 16F, fig. 16F is a schematic circuit block diagram of a power module according to a ninth embodiment of the present application. The power module 5 of the present embodiment includes a rectifying circuit 510, a filtering circuit 520, a driving circuit 530, and an auxiliary power module 860. Compared to the embodiment shown in fig. 16D, the input terminals Pi1 and Pi2 of the auxiliary power module 860 of the present embodiment receive the external driving signal, and perform charging and discharging operations based on the external driving signal, and then provide the generated auxiliary power from the output terminals Po1 and Po2 to the rear-end rectifier circuit 510. From the perspective of the LED straight lamp structure, the first pin (e.g. 501) and the second pin (e.g. 502) of the LED straight lamp can be the input terminals Pi1 and Pi2 or the output terminals Po1 and Po2 of the auxiliary power module 860. If the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 are the input terminals Pi1 and Pi2 of the auxiliary power module 860, it means that the auxiliary power module 860 is disposed inside the LED straight lamp; if the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 are the output terminals Po1 and Po2 of the auxiliary power module 860, it means that the auxiliary power module 860 is disposed outside the LED straight lamp. The following embodiments will further explain the specific structural configuration of the auxiliary power supply module.

In one embodiment, the auxiliary power module 860 operates similar to an On-line UPS (On-line UPS), and the external power grid/external driving signal does not directly power the rectifying circuit 510, but power is supplied through the auxiliary power module 860. In other words, in the present embodiment, the external power grid and the LED straight tube lamp are isolated from each other, and the auxiliary power supply module 860 is inserted all the way during the starting/power utilization process of the LED straight tube lamp, so that the power supply provided to the rectification circuit 510 is not affected by the unstable power supply of the external power grid.

Fig. 16G is a circuit block diagram of an auxiliary power supply module according to a second embodiment of the present application, which shows an exemplary configuration of an online-operated auxiliary power supply module 860. As shown in fig. 16G, the auxiliary power supply module 860 includes a charging unit 861 and an auxiliary power supply unit 862. An input of the charging unit 861 is connected to the external power grid 508, and an output of the charging unit 861 is connected to a first input of the auxiliary power supply unit 862. The auxiliary power supply unit 862 has a second input connected to the external power grid 508 and an output connected to the rectification circuit 510. Specifically, when the external power grid 508 supplies power normally, the auxiliary power supply unit 862 performs power conversion based on the power supplied by the external power grid 508, and generates an external driving signal Sed to the rear-end rectifying circuit 510 accordingly; during this period, the charging unit 861 charges the energy storage unit in the auxiliary power unit 862 at the same time. When the external power grid 508 is abnormal or power-off, the auxiliary power supply unit 862 performs power conversion based on the power supplied by its own energy storage unit, and generates an external driving signal Sed to the rear-end rectifying circuit 510 accordingly. It should be noted that the power conversion operation described herein may be one of or a reasonable combination of circuit operations such as rectification, filtering, voltage boosting, and voltage reducing, and the application is not limited thereto.

In another embodiment, the auxiliary power module 860 operates similar to a Line-Interactive UPS (Line-Interactive UPS), which basically operates similar to an offline UPS, but the difference is that under the online-Interactive operation, the auxiliary power module 860 monitors the power supply condition of the external power grid at any time, and has a boost and buck compensation circuit to correct the power supply condition of the external power grid in real time, so as to reduce the frequency of switching the battery power supply.

Fig. 16H is a circuit block diagram of an auxiliary power module according to a third embodiment of the present application, which illustrates an exemplary configuration of an auxiliary power module 860 operating in an online interactive manner. As shown in fig. 16H, the auxiliary power supply module 860 includes, for example, a charging unit 861, an auxiliary power supply unit 862, and a switching unit 863. An input terminal of the charging unit 861 is connected to the external power grid 508, and an output terminal of the charging unit 861 is connected to an input terminal of the auxiliary power supply unit 862. The switch unit 863 is connected to the external power grid 508, the output end of the auxiliary power supply unit 862 and the input end of the rectification circuit 510, wherein the switch unit 863 selectively connects a loop between the external power grid 508 and the rectification circuit 510 or a loop between the auxiliary power supply unit 862 and the rectification circuit 510 according to the power supply status of the external power grid 508. Specifically, when the external power grid 508 supplies power normally, the switching unit 863 turns on the loop between the external power grid 508 and the rectifying circuit 510, and turns off the loop between the auxiliary power supply unit 862 and the rectifying circuit 510, so that the power supplied by the external power grid 508 is supplied as the external driving signal Sed to the input terminal of the rectifying circuit 510 through the switching unit 863. At this time, the charging unit 861 charges the auxiliary power supply unit 862 based on the power supplied from the external power grid 508. When the external power grid 508 is abnormal or power-off, the switch unit 863 is switched to open the loop between the auxiliary power supply unit 862 and the rectifying circuit 510, so that the auxiliary power supply unit 862 starts discharging to provide auxiliary power as the external driving signal Sed to the rectifying circuit 510.

In the above embodiment, the auxiliary power provided by the auxiliary power supply unit 762/862 may be ac or dc. When the supplied power is AC power, the auxiliary power unit 762/862 includes, for example, an energy storage unit and a DC-AC converter (DC-AC converter); when the supplied power is DC power, the auxiliary power supply unit 762/862 includes, for example, an energy storage unit and a DC-DC converter (DC-DC converter), or only includes an energy storage unit, which is not limited in this application. The energy storage unit can be, for example, a battery module formed by combining a plurality of energy storage batteries. The dc-dc converter may be, for example, a boost type, buck type, or buck type dc-dc conversion circuit. The auxiliary power module 760/860 further includes a voltage detection circuit (not shown). The voltage detection circuit can be used to detect the operating status of the external power grid 508 and send a signal to control the switch unit 763/863 or the auxiliary power supply unit 862 according to the detection result, so as to determine whether the LED straight lamp operates in the normal lighting mode (i.e., supplying power through the external power grid 508) or the emergency mode (i.e., supplying power through the auxiliary power supply module 760/860). The switch unit 863/863 may be implemented by a three-terminal switch or a complementary switching two-terminal switch. If implemented with two switches of complementary switching, the two switches may be connected in series to the power supply loop of the external power grid 508 and the power supply loop of the auxiliary power supply module 760/860, respectively; and the control mode is that when one switch is turned on, the other switch is turned off.

In an example embodiment, the switch unit 763/863 may be implemented using a relay. The relay is similar to a selection switch with 2 modes, if the relay works in a common lighting mode (namely, the commercial power is used as an external driving signal), after the relay is electrified, the relay is electrified and attracted, and at the moment, the power supply module of the LED straight tube lamp is not electrically connected with the auxiliary power supply module 760/860; if the commercial power is abnormal, the electromagnetic attraction of the relay disappears, and the power module of the LED straight tube lamp is restored to the initial position and is electrically connected with the auxiliary power supply module 760/860 through the relay, so that the auxiliary power supply module works.

From the perspective of the overall lighting system, when the lighting system is applied to a general lighting situation, the auxiliary power supply module 760/860 does not operate, and is powered by the mains supply; and the battery module in the auxiliary power supply module is charged by commercial power. When the battery module is applied to emergency, the voltage of the battery module is boosted to the voltage required by the LED module 50 during operation by the boost dc-dc conversion circuit, and the LED module 50 emits light. The voltage after boosting is 4-10 times (preferably 4-6 times) of the voltage of the battery module before boosting; the voltage required by the LED module 50 is 40-80V (preferably 55-75V, in this case 60V).

In this embodiment, a single cylindrical battery is selected; the battery is packaged by the metal shell, so that the risk of leakage of electrolyte in the battery can be reduced. In this embodiment, the battery is of a modular design, and 2 battery units are connected in series and then packaged to form a battery module, wherein a plurality of the battery modules can be electrically connected in sequence (in series or in parallel) and are arranged in the lamp, so that the battery module is convenient to maintain in the later period; if some of the battery modules are damaged, the damaged battery modules can be replaced in time without replacing all the battery modules. The battery module may be configured in a cylindrical shape having an inner diameter slightly larger than an outer diameter of the battery cells such that the battery cells are sequentially inserted into the battery module to form positive and negative terminals at both ends of the battery module. In one embodiment, the voltage of the plurality of series connected battery modules is less than 36V. In other embodiments, the battery module may be configured in a rectangular parallelepiped shape, the width of the rectangular parallelepiped is slightly larger than the outer diameter of the battery, so that the battery is firmly clamped in the battery module, and the battery module is provided with a snap-in and pull-out structure or other structures capable of being easily plugged and pulled out and assembled.

In this embodiment, the charging unit 761/861 may be, for example, a BMS module (battery management system) for managing battery modules, mainly for intelligently managing and maintaining the respective battery modules, preventing overcharge and overdischarge of the battery, prolonging the service life of the battery, and monitoring the state of the battery.

The BMS module is preset with an external interface, and the information of the battery in the battery module is read by connecting the interface during periodic detection. And if the battery modules are detected to be abnormal, replacing the corresponding battery modules.

In other embodiments, the number of the batteries in the battery module may be more than one, such as 3, 4, 30, etc., and the batteries in the battery module may be connected in series or in series and parallel, depending on the application; if lithium batteries are used, the voltage of each lithium battery is about 3.7V, and the number of the batteries can be reduced appropriately so that the voltage of the battery system is lower than 36V.

The relay in the embodiment is an electromagnetic relay which mainly comprises an iron core, a coil, an armature, a contact reed and the like. The working principle is as follows: as long as a certain voltage is applied to the two ends of the coil, a certain current flows in the coil, so that an electromagnetic effect is generated, the armature iron overcomes the pulling force of the return spring and is attracted to the iron core under the attraction effect of the electromagnetic force, and the movable contact of the armature iron is driven to be attracted with the fixed contact (normally open contact). When the coil is powered off, the electromagnetic attraction force disappears, and the armature iron can restore to the initial position under the counterforce of the spring to make the movable contact and the original static contact (normally closed contact) attract each other. Thus, the circuit is attracted and released, thereby achieving the purposes of conduction and cut-off in the circuit. For the "normally open, normally closed" contacts of a relay, a distinction can be made: the static contact which is in an off state when the relay coil is not electrified is called as a normally open contact; the stationary contact in the on state is referred to as a "normally closed contact".

In an exemplary embodiment, the LED module is lit by the external driving signal at a different brightness than the LED module is lit by the auxiliary power. Therefore, when observing the brightness change of the lamp tube, a user can find that the problem of abnormal power supply of the external power supply possibly occurs, and the problem is eliminated as soon as possible. In other words, the auxiliary power supply module 760/860 of the present embodiment may provide auxiliary power with different power from the external driving signal to the LED module when the external driving signal is abnormal, so that the LED module has different brightness as an indication of whether the external driving signal is normally supplied. For example, in the present embodiment, when the LED module is lit according to the external driving signal, the brightness thereof may be 1600-2000 lumens, for example; when the LED module is lit according to the auxiliary power provided by the auxiliary power supply module 760/860, its brightness may be, for example, 200-250 lumens. From the perspective of the auxiliary power supply module 760/860, in order for the LED module to have a brightness of 200-250 lumens when lit, the output power of the auxiliary power supply module 760/860 may be, for example, 1 watt to 5 watts, but the application is not limited thereto. In addition, the capacitance of the energy storage component in the auxiliary power supply module 760/860 may be, for example, 1.5 w/h to 7.5 w/h or more, so that the LED module can be continuously lit for more than 90 minutes at a brightness of 200-250 lumens based on the auxiliary power, but the application is not limited thereto.

From the structural point of view, as shown in fig. 16I, fig. 16I is a schematic configuration diagram of the auxiliary power supply module according to the first embodiment of the present application. In the present embodiment, the auxiliary power supply module 760/860 (only 760 is shown in the drawings for brevity, and the auxiliary power supply module 760 is described below) can be disposed in the lamp 1 as well as the lamp base 3 as in the foregoing embodiments. Under this configuration, the auxiliary power module 760 may be connected to the corresponding first pin 501 and second pin 502 from the inside of the lamp cap 3, so as to receive the external driving signal provided to the first pin 501 and second pin 502. Compared with the configuration in which the auxiliary power module 760 is disposed in the lamp tube 1, the auxiliary power module 760 of the present embodiment is disposed in the lamp caps 3 at two sides of the lamp tube 1, and therefore is far away from the LED module in the lamp tube 1, so that the heat generated by the auxiliary power module 760 during charging and discharging is less likely to affect the operation and the light emitting performance of the LED module. In addition, the auxiliary power supply module 760 and the power supply module of the LED straight lamp may be disposed in the same lamp cap or disposed in the lamp caps on two sides respectively. If the auxiliary power supply module 760 and the power supply module are disposed in different lamp caps, the overall circuit layout has a larger space.

In another embodiment, the auxiliary power module 760 may also be disposed in a lamp socket corresponding to a LED straight lamp, as shown in fig. 16J, where fig. 16J is a schematic configuration diagram of the auxiliary power module according to the second embodiment of the present application. The lamp socket 1_ LH comprises a base 101_ LH and a connecting socket 102_ LH, wherein the base 101_ LH is installed with a power line therein and is suitable for being locked/attached to a fixed object such as a wall surface or a ceiling. The connection socket 102_ LH has a slot corresponding to the pins (e.g., the first pin 501 and the second pin 502) of the LED straight lamp, wherein the slot is electrically connected to the corresponding power line. In the embodiment, the connection receptacle 102_ LH may be integrally formed with the base 101_ LH or detachably mounted to the base 101_ LH, which is not limited in the present application.

When the LED straight lamp is installed on the lamp socket 1_ LH, the pins of the lamp caps 3 at the two ends are respectively inserted into the corresponding slots of the connection socket 102_ LH, so as to be electrically connected to the corresponding power lines, so that the external driving signal can be provided to the corresponding pins. In the present embodiment, the auxiliary power supply module 760 is disposed in the connection receptacle 102_ LH and is connected to a power line to receive an external driving signal. Taking the configuration of the left lamp head 3 as an example, when the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 are inserted into the slot of the left connection socket 102_ LH, the auxiliary power supply module 760 is electrically connected to the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 through the slot, so as to implement the connection configuration shown in fig. 16D.

Compared to the embodiment in which the auxiliary power supply module 760 is disposed in the lamp head 3, since the connection socket 102_ LH can be designed to be detachable, in an exemplary embodiment, the connection socket 102_ LH and the auxiliary power supply module 760 can be integrated into a modular configuration, so that when the auxiliary power supply module 760 fails or is out of service, the modular connection socket 102_ LH can be replaced by a new auxiliary power supply module 760 for continuous use without replacing the entire LED straight tube lamp. In other words, the configuration of the present embodiment not only has an advantage of reducing the influence of the heat generated by the auxiliary power module 760 on the LED module, but also can make the replacement of the auxiliary power module 760 easier through the modular design, so that the LED straight lamp does not need to be replaced due to the problem of the auxiliary power module 760, and the durability of the LED straight lamp is improved. In addition, in an exemplary embodiment, the auxiliary power supply module 760 may also be disposed in the base 101_ LH of the lamp socket 1_ LH or disposed outside the lamp socket 1_ LH, which is not limited in this application.

In general, the auxiliary power module 760 can be divided into two configurations, i.e., (1) integrated inside the LED straight lamp and (2) independent of the LED straight lamp. In an example of the configuration in which the auxiliary power module 760 is independent from the LED straight lamp, if the off-line auxiliary power supply is used, the auxiliary power module 760 and the external power grid may be provided to the LED straight lamp through different pins or share at least one pin. On the other hand, if the power supply mode is an online or online interactive auxiliary power supply mode, the power signal of the external power grid is not directly supplied to the pin of the LED straight tube lamp, but is first supplied to the auxiliary power supply module 760, and then the auxiliary power supply module 760 supplies the signal to the power module inside the LED straight tube lamp through the pin of the LED straight tube lamp. The following further describes the overall configuration of the auxiliary power supply module (for short, the independent auxiliary power supply module) independent from the outside of the LED straight tube lamp and the LED straight tube lamp.

Referring to fig. 16K, fig. 16K is a schematic circuit block diagram of an LED straight tube lamp lighting system according to a sixth embodiment of the present application. The LED straight tube lamp lighting system includes an LED straight tube lamp 600 and an auxiliary power supply module 960. The LED straight lamp 600 of the present embodiment includes rectifying

circuits

510 and 540, a filter circuit 520, a driving circuit 530 and an LED module (not shown). The rectifying

circuits

510 and 540 can be a full-wave rectifying circuit 610 shown in fig. 11A or a half-wave rectifying circuit 710 shown in fig. 11B, wherein two input terminals of the rectifying circuit 510 are connected to the first pin 501 and the second pin 502, respectively, and two input terminals of the rectifying circuit 540 are connected to the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504, respectively.

In the present embodiment, the LED straight tube lamp 600 is exemplified by a double-ended power-in configuration, the external power grid 508 is connected to the

pins

501 and 503 on the lamp caps on both sides of the LED straight tube lamp 600, and the auxiliary power supply module 960 is connected to the

pins

502 and 504 on the lamp caps on both sides of the LED straight tube lamp 600. That is, the external power grid 508 and the auxiliary power supply module 960 are used for supplying power to the LED straight lamp 600 through different pins. It should be noted that, although the embodiment is illustrated as an example of a double-ended power-in configuration, the application is not limited thereto. In another embodiment, the external power grid 508 may also be powered through the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 on the same lamp head (i.e., a single-ended power-in configuration). At this time, the auxiliary power module 960 may supply power through the third pin 503 and the fourth pin 504 on the other side of the lamp head. In other words, no matter under the configuration of single-ended power feeding or double-ended power feeding, the pins (such as 502 and 504) that are not used originally in the LED straight tube lamp 600 can be used as the interface for receiving the auxiliary power supply by selecting the corresponding configuration of the rectifier circuit, so as to realize the integration of the emergency lighting function in the LED straight tube lamp 600.

Referring to fig. 16L, fig. 16L is a schematic circuit block diagram of an LED straight tube lamp lighting system according to a seventh embodiment of the present application. The LED straight lamp lighting system includes an LED straight lamp 700 and an auxiliary power supply module 1060. The LED straight lamp 700 of the present embodiment includes a rectifying circuit 510, a filter circuit 520, a driving circuit 530 and an LED module (not shown). The rectifier circuit 510 can be, for example, a rectifier circuit 910 with three legs as shown in one of fig. 11D to 11F, wherein the rectifier circuit 510 has three input signal receiving terminals P1, P2 and P3. The input signal receiving terminal P1 is connected to the first pin 501, the input signal receiving terminal P2 is connected to the second pin 502 and is adapted to be connected to the auxiliary power module 1060 through the second pin 502, and the input signal receiving terminal P3 is adapted to be connected to the auxiliary power module 1060 through the third pin 503.

In the present embodiment, the LED straight tube lamp 700 is also exemplified by a double-ended power-in configuration, and the external power grid 508 is connected to the

pins

501 and 503 on the lamp caps on both sides of the LED straight tube lamp 700. Unlike the previous embodiments, the auxiliary power module 1060 of the present embodiment shares the third pin 503 with the external power grid 508 in addition to being connected to the second pin 502. Under this configuration, the external power grid 508 provides power to the signal receiving terminals P1 and P3 of the rectifying circuit 510 through the first pin 501 and the third pin 503, and the auxiliary power module 1060 provides power to the signal receiving terminals P2 and P3 of the rectifying circuit 510 through the second pin 502 and the third pin 503. More specifically, if the lines coupled to the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 of the external power grid 508 are the line (L) and the neutral (N), respectively, the auxiliary power module 1060 shares the neutral (N) with the external power grid 508, and the line (L) and the neutral (N) are independent from each other. In other words, the signal receiving terminal P3 is a shared terminal of the external power grid 508 and the auxiliary power supply module 1060.

In operation, when the external power grid 508 can supply power normally, the rectifying circuit 510 can perform full-wave rectification through the bridge arms corresponding to the signal receiving terminals P1 and P3 to supply power to the LED modules. When the power supplied by the external power grid 508 is abnormal, the rectifying circuit 510 can receive the auxiliary power provided by the auxiliary power module 1060 through the signal receiving terminals P2 and P3, so as to supply power to the LED module. The diode unidirectional conduction characteristic of the rectifying circuit 510 isolates the external driving signal from the input of the auxiliary power supply, so that the external driving signal and the input of the auxiliary power supply are not influenced by each other, and the effect of providing the auxiliary power supply when the external power grid 508 is abnormal can also be achieved. In practical applications, the rectifying circuit 510 may be implemented by using a fast recovery diode to respond to the high frequency characteristic of the output current of the emergency power supply.

In addition, in the present embodiment, since the auxiliary power provided by the auxiliary power module 1060 is received by sharing the third pin 503, the LED straight tube lamp 700 further has an unused fourth pin (not shown) that can be used as a signal input interface for other control functions. The other control functions may be, for example, a dimming function, a communication function, a sensing function, etc., which is not limited in this application. The following description will discuss an example of an embodiment in which the LED straight lamp 700 further integrates a dimming control function.

Referring to fig. 16M, fig. 16M is a schematic circuit block diagram of an LED straight tube lamp lighting system according to an eighth embodiment of the present application. The LED straight lamp 800 of the present embodiment includes a rectifying circuit 510, a filter circuit 520, a driving circuit 530, and an LED module 50. The configuration of the LED straight tube lamp lighting system of the present embodiment is substantially the same as that of the embodiment shown in fig. 16L, and the difference between the two embodiments is that the LED straight tube lamp lighting system of the present embodiment further includes a dimming control circuit 570 coupled to the fourth pin 504 of the LED straight tube lamp 800, wherein the dimming control circuit 570 is coupled to the driving circuit 530 through the fourth pin 504, so as to regulate and control the driving current provided by the driving circuit 530 to the LED module 50, so that the brightness and/or the color temperature of the LED module 50 can be changed accordingly.

For example, the dimming control circuit 570 may be a circuit module composed of a variable impedance element and a signal conversion circuit, and a user may adjust the impedance of the variable impedance element to enable the dimming control circuit 570 to generate a dimming signal with a corresponding level, and the dimming signal is converted into a signal form conforming to the format of the driving circuit 530 by the signal conversion circuit and then transmitted to the driving circuit 530, so that the driving circuit 530 can adjust the driving current output to the LED module 50 based on the dimming signal. Wherein, if the brightness of the LED module 50 is to be adjusted, the adjustment can be implemented by adjusting the frequency or the reference level of the driving signal; if the color temperature of the LED module 50 is to be adjusted, the color temperature can be adjusted by adjusting the brightness of the red LED units in the LED module 50, but the application is not limited thereto.

It should be noted that the auxiliary

power supply modules

960 and 1060 can also refer to the configurations of fig. 16I and 16J in terms of hardware configuration, and the same advantageous effects can be obtained.

The configurations of the embodiments of fig. 16D-16M can be applied to emergency power supply of a single lamp, and can also be applied to provide emergency auxiliary power under the configuration of multiple lamps in parallel. Specifically, under the framework that a plurality of LED straight tube lamps are connected in parallel, the corresponding pins of each LED straight tube lamp are connected in parallel to receive the same external driving signal. For example, the first pins 501 of the LED straight lamps are connected in parallel, the second pins of the LED straight lamps are connected in parallel, and so on. Under this configuration, the auxiliary power module 760 can be equivalently connected to the pins of each LED straight lamp connected in parallel. Therefore, as long as the output power of the auxiliary power supply module 760 is sufficient to light all the parallel LED straight lamps, when an external power source is abnormal (i.e., an external driving signal cannot be normally supplied), auxiliary power is provided to light all the parallel LED straight lamps as emergency lighting. In practical applications, for example, if a structure with 4 LED straight lamps connected in parallel is taken as an example, the auxiliary power supply module 760 may be designed as an energy storage unit with a capacitance of 1.5 w/h to 7.5 w/h and an output power of 1 w/h to 5 w/h. Under this specification, when the auxiliary power module 760 provides auxiliary power to light the LED module, the entire luminaire can have a brightness of at least 200-250 lumens and can continue to light for 90 minutes.

In the multi-lamp structure, similar to the embodiment shown in fig. 16A to 16C, the auxiliary power supply module may be disposed in one lamp of the lamp or disposed in a plurality of lamps of the lamp, wherein the lamp configuration considering the light uniformity is also applicable to the embodiment. The main difference between the present embodiment and the embodiment shown in fig. 16A to 16C applied to a multi-lamp structure is that even though only a single lamp is provided with the auxiliary power supply module, the auxiliary power supply module can still supply power to other lamps.

It should be noted that, although the description herein takes a parallel structure of 4 LED straight lamps as an example, after referring to the above description, it should be understood by those skilled in the art how to select a suitable energy storage unit to implement the parallel structure of 2, 3, or more than 4 LED straight lamps, so that the embodiment is within the scope of the present embodiment as long as the auxiliary power supply module 760 can simultaneously supply power to one or more of the LED straight lamps connected in parallel, so that the corresponding LED straight lamp can have a specific brightness in response to the auxiliary power.

In another exemplary embodiment, the

auxiliary power modules

560, 660, 760, 960, 1060 of fig. 16D to 16M can further determine whether to provide auxiliary power for the LED straight tube lamp according to a lighting signal. Specifically, the lighting signal may be an indication signal reflecting a switching state of a lamp switch. For example, the level of the lighting signal is adjusted to a first level (e.g., a high logic level) or a second level (e.g., a low logic level) different from the first level according to the switching of the lamp switch. When a user switches the lamp switch to a lighting position, the lighting signal is adjusted to a first level; when the user switches the lamp switch to the off position, the lighting signal is adjusted to the second level. In other words, when the lighting signal is at the first level, the light switch is switched to the lighting position; when the lighting signal is at the second level, the light switch is switched to the off position. The generation of the lighting signal can be realized by a circuit for detecting the switching state of the lamp switch.

In another exemplary embodiment, the

auxiliary power modules

560, 660, 760, 860, 960, 1060 may further include a lighting signal determining circuit for receiving the lighting signal and determining whether to power the energy storage unit for the back end according to the level of the lighting signal and the detection result of the voltage detecting circuit. Specifically, the following three states are possible based on the level of the lighting signal and the detection result of the voltage detection circuit: (1) the lighting signal is a first level and the external driving signal is normally provided; (2) the lighting signal is at a first level and the external driving signal is stopped providing or the AC level is insufficient; and (3) the lighting signal is at the second level and the external driving signal stops providing. Wherein, state (1) is the condition that the user opened the light switch and the external power supply was normal, state (2) is that the user opened the light switch but the external power supply took place unusually, and state (3) is that the user closed the light switch and made the external power supply stop providing.

In the present exemplary embodiment, both the states (1) and (3) belong to normal states, i.e., the external power is normally supplied when the user turns on the light and the external power is stopped when the user turns off the light. Therefore, in the states (1) and (3), the auxiliary power supply module does not provide the auxiliary power to the back end. More specifically, the lighting judgment circuit makes the energy storage unit not supply power to the rear end according to the judgment results of the state (1) and the state (3). In the state (1), an external driving signal is directly input to the rectifying circuit 510, and the external driving signal charges the energy storage unit; in the state (3), the external driving signal is stopped being supplied, and thus the energy storage unit is not charged.

In the state (2), it indicates that the external power supply does not normally supply power to the LED straight lamp when the user turns on the lamp, so that the timing lamp determination circuit can make the energy storage unit supply power to the rear end according to the determination result of the state (2), so that the LED module 50 emits light based on the auxiliary power provided by the energy storage unit.

Accordingly, the LED module 50 can have three different brightness variations in the application of the lighting judgment circuit. The first section is when the external power supply is normally supplying power, the LED module 50 has a first brightness (for example 1600-2200 lumens), the second section is when the external power supply is not normally supplying power but is supplied with auxiliary power, the LED module 50 has a second brightness (for example 200-250 lumens), the third section is when the user turns off the power by himself, so that the external power supply is not supplied to the LED straight tube lamp, and the LED module 50 has a third brightness (the LED module is not lighted).

More specifically, in conjunction with the embodiment shown in fig. 16C, the lighting judgment circuit may be, for example, a switch circuit (not shown) connected in series between the positive auxiliary power supply terminal 661 and the negative auxiliary power supply terminal 662, and a control terminal of the switch circuit receives the lighting signal. When the lighting signal is at the first level, the switch circuit is turned on in response to the lighting signal, and further charges the energy storage unit 663 through the positive auxiliary power supply terminal 661 and the negative auxiliary power supply terminal 662 (state 1); or when the external driving signal is stopped providing or the ac level is insufficient, the energy storage unit 663 provides the auxiliary power to the rear LED module 50 or the LED module 50 through the auxiliary power positive terminal 661 and the auxiliary power negative terminal 662 (state 2). On the other hand, when the lighting signal is at the second level, the switch circuit is turned off in response to the lighting signal, and at this time, the energy storage unit 663 does not supply the auxiliary power to the rear end even if the external driving signal stops supplying or the ac level is insufficient.

In the application of the auxiliary power supply module, if the circuit of the auxiliary power supply unit (e.g. 762 and 862) is designed to be controlled in an open loop, that is, there is no feedback signal in the output voltage of the auxiliary power supply unit, if the load is open, the output voltage of the auxiliary power supply module will rise all the time, and thus the auxiliary power supply module will be burnt out. To solve the above problems, the present disclosure provides a plurality of circuit embodiments of the auxiliary power module with open circuit protection, as shown in fig. 16N and 16O.

Fig. 16N is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an auxiliary power supply module according to the first embodiment of the present application. Referring to fig. 16N, in the present embodiment, the auxiliary power supply module 1160 includes a charging unit 1161 and an auxiliary power supply unit 1162, wherein the auxiliary power supply unit 1162 includes an energy storage unit 1163 providing a voltage Vcc, a transformer, a sampling module 1164, and a chip control module 1165. In the auxiliary power supply module 1160, as shown in fig. 16E, the transformer includes a primary winding assembly L1 and a secondary winding assembly L2. One end of the secondary winding assembly L2 is electrically connected to the switch unit 763 and further electrically connected to one end (the input end of the rectifier circuit 510) of the LED straight lamp 500, and the other end of the secondary winding assembly L2 is electrically connected to the other end of the LED straight lamp 500. The sampling module 1164 comprises a winding L3, and a winding L3 and a secondary winding assembly L2 are wound on the secondary side; the voltage of the secondary winding assembly L2 is sampled through the winding L3, if the sampled voltage exceeds a set threshold value, the voltage is fed back to the chip control module, and the switching frequency of the change-over switch M1 electrically connected with the primary winding assembly L1 is adjusted through the chip control module. And further controls the voltage output by the secondary side, thereby realizing the purpose of open-circuit protection.

Specifically, the transformer has a primary side unit and a secondary side unit, and the primary side unit includes an energy storage unit 1163, a primary winding assembly L1, and a switch M1. The positive electrode of the energy storage unit 1163 is electrically connected to the dotted terminal of the primary winding assembly L1, and the negative electrode of the energy storage unit 1163 is electrically connected to the ground terminal. The different-name terminal of the primary winding element L1 is electrically connected to the drain of the switch M1 (MOS is taken as an example). The gate of the switch M1 is electrically connected to the chip control module 1165, and the source of the switch M1 is connected to the ground. The secondary side unit comprises a secondary winding assembly L2, a diode D2 and a capacitor C1. The end with the different name of the secondary winding assembly L2 is electrically connected with the anode of the diode D1, and the end with the same name of the secondary winding assembly L2 is electrically connected with one end of the capacitor C1. The cathode of the diode D1 is electrically connected to the other end of the capacitor C1. Both ends of the capacitor C1 constitute auxiliary power output terminals V1, V2 (corresponding to both ends of the auxiliary power module 960 in fig. 16K or both ends of the auxiliary power module 1060 in fig. 16L, 16M).

The sampling module 1164 includes a third winding assembly L3, a diode D2, a capacitor C2, and a resistor R1. The end with the different name of the third winding assembly L3 is electrically connected with the anode of the diode D2, and the end with the same name of the third winding assembly L3 is electrically connected with one end of the capacitor C2 and one end of the resistor R1. The cathode of the diode D2 is electrically connected to the capacitor C2 and the other end (i.e., end a) of the resistor R1. The capacitor C2 and the resistor R1 are electrically connected to the chip control module 1165 through the terminal a.

The chip control module 1165 includes a chip 1166, a diode D3, capacitors C3-C5, and resistors R2-R4. The Ground Terminal (GT) of the chip 1166 is grounded; the output end (OUT) of the chip 1166 is electrically connected to the gate of the switch M1; the trigger Terminal (TRIG) of the chip 1166 is electrically connected to one end (terminal B) of the resistor R2, and the discharge terminal (DIS) of the chip 1166 is electrically connected to the other end of the resistor R2; the reset terminal (RST) and the control terminal (CV) of the chip 1166 are electrically connected to the capacitors C3 and C4, respectively, and then grounded; the discharge terminal (DIS) of the chip 1166 is electrically connected to the capacitor C5 through the resistor R2 and then grounded. A power supply terminal (VC terminal) of the chip 1166 receives the voltage Vcc and is electrically connected to one terminal of the resistor R3; the other end of the resistor R3 is electrically connected to the terminal B. The anode of the diode D3 is electrically connected to the terminal a, the cathode of the diode D3 is electrically connected to one terminal of the resistor R4, and the other terminal of the resistor R4 is electrically connected to the terminal B.

Next, the actions of the above-described embodiment are described; if the auxiliary power module 1160 is operating in a normal state, the output voltage between the output terminals V1m3V2 of the auxiliary power module 1160 is lower than a certain value (e.g. lower than 100V, in this embodiment, the voltage between V1 and V2 is 60V-80V). At this time, the voltage at point a in the sampling module 1164 is low, and a small (negligible) current flows through the resistor R4. If the auxiliary power module 1160 is abnormal, at this time, the voltage between the nodes V1 and V2 of the auxiliary power module 1160 is high (e.g., exceeds 300V), at this time, the sampling voltage at the point a in the sampling module 1164 is high, and a large current flows through the resistor R4; the discharge time of the capacitor C5 becomes longer due to the larger current flowing, but the charge time of the capacitor C5 does not change; corresponding to adjusting the duty ratio of the switch; thereby prolonging the off time of the switch M1. For the output side of the transformer, the output energy is reduced, and the output voltage is not increased, so that the purpose of open circuit protection is achieved.

In the above scheme, the trigger Terminal (TRIG) of the chip 1166 is electrically connected to the branch of the resistor R2 to further electrically connect to the DIS terminal, and the DIS terminal is triggered when the voltage of the terminal B is between 1/3Vcc-2/3 Vcc. If the auxiliary power module 1160 is operating in a normal state (i.e., the output voltage does not exceed the set threshold), the voltage at the a terminal can be less than 1/3 Vcc; if the auxiliary power module 1160 is abnormal, the voltage at point A can reach or even exceed 1/2 Vcc.

In the above scheme, when the auxiliary power supply module 1160 is in a normal state, the DIS terminal of the chip 1166 is normally discharged when triggered (according to a predetermined logic); the waveform is shown in fig. 16P, where fig. 16P is a timing chart of the discharging terminal DIS in the chip 1166 and the output terminal OUT when the auxiliary power supply module 1160 is in a normal state. The output OUT of the chip 1166 outputs a low signal when the discharge terminal DIS of the chip 1166 is triggered (i.e., the capacitor C5 is in the discharging phase), and outputs a high signal when the discharge terminal DIS of the chip 1166 is not triggered (i.e., the capacitor C5 is in the charging phase). Thus, the chip 1166 controls the on/off of the switch M1 according to the high/low level of the signal outputted from the output terminal OUT.

The waveform of the auxiliary power supply module 1160 in abnormal state is shown in fig. 16Q, where fig. 16Q is a timing diagram of the discharging terminal DIS in the chip 1166 and the output terminal when the auxiliary power supply module 1160 in abnormal state. It can be seen from the timing sequence that the time required for charging the capacitor C5 is consistent whether the auxiliary power module 1160 is in a normal state or not; when the abnormal state occurs, current flows into the discharging terminal DIS through the terminal B, which is equivalent to prolonging the discharging time of the capacitor C5, so that the output energy is reduced, and the output voltage is not increased any more, thereby achieving the purpose of open-circuit protection.

In the above solution, the chip control module 1165 may select a chip with a time adjustment function (e.g., a 555 timing chip); and thus controls the off-time of the switch M1. The scheme only needs simple resistors and capacitors to realize the time delay effect. No complex control algorithms are required. The voltage Vcc in the above scheme is in the range of 4.5V-16V.

By the above scheme, the open circuit voltage of the auxiliary power supply module 1160 is limited below a certain value (e.g., below 300V, the specific value can be determined by selecting appropriate parameters).

In the above-mentioned solution, the electronic components shown in the circuit topology, such as resistors, capacitors, diodes, switches, etc., are equivalent diagrams of the components, and in actual use, the electronic components may be formed by connecting a plurality of electronic components according to a certain rule.

Fig. 16O is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an auxiliary power supply module according to a second embodiment of the present application. Referring to fig. 16O, the auxiliary power supply module 1260 includes a charging unit 1261 and an auxiliary power supply unit 1262, wherein the auxiliary power supply unit 1262 includes an energy storage unit 1263 providing a voltage Vcc, a transformer, a sampling module 1264 and a chip control module 1265. The embodiment of fig. 16O differs from the embodiment shown in fig. 16N in that the sampling module 1264 of this embodiment is implemented using an opto-coupler sensor.

The transformer comprises a primary winding assembly L1 and a secondary winding assembly L2. The primary winding assembly L1 and the switch M1 are configured the same as in the previous embodiment. The dotted terminal of the secondary winding assembly L2 is electrically connected to the anode of the diode D1, and the different-dotted terminal of the secondary winding assembly L2 is electrically connected to one terminal of the capacitor C1. The cathode of the diode D1 is electrically connected to the other end of the capacitor C1. Two ends of the capacitor C1 are the auxiliary power output terminals V1 and V2.

The sampling module 1264 includes a photo coupler PD, an anode side of a photodiode in the photo coupler PD is electrically connected to a cathode of the diode D1 and one end of the capacitor C1, a cathode side of the photodiode is electrically connected to one side of the resistor R4, another side of the resistor R4 is electrically connected to one end of the clamping component Rcv, and another end of the clamping component Rcv is electrically connected to another end of the capacitor C1. The collector and the emitter of the triode in the photoelectric coupler PD are respectively and electrically connected with two ends of the resistor R3.

The chip control module 1265 includes a chip 1266, capacitors C3-C5, and resistors R2 and R3. A power supply end (VC end) of the chip 1266 is electrically connected with a voltage Vcc and a collector of a triode in the photoelectric coupler PD; a discharge end (DIS end) of the chip 1266 is electrically connected to one end of the resistor R2, and the other end of the resistor R2 is electrically connected to an emitter of a triode in the photo coupler PD; the sampling end (THRS end) of the chip 1266 is electrically connected with the emitter of the triode in the photoelectric coupler PD and is electrically grounded through a capacitor C5; the ground (GT terminal) of the chip 1266 is electrically grounded; the reset terminal (RST) of the chip 1266 is electrically grounded via the capacitor C3; the constant voltage terminal (CV terminal) of the chip 1266 is electrically grounded via the capacitor C4; a trigger Terminal (TRIG) of the chip 1266 is electrically connected to the sampling terminal (THRS terminal); the Output (OUT) of the chip 1266 is electrically connected to the gate of the switch M1.

Next, the operation of the above embodiment is described, in normal operation, the voltage output by the auxiliary power supply output terminal (V1, V2) is lower than the clamping voltage of the clamping component Rcv, and the current I1 flowing through the resistor R4 is negligible and small; the current I2 flowing through the collector and emitter of the transistor in the photocoupler PD is small.

If the load is open-circuited, the voltage output by the auxiliary power supply output end (V1, V2) rises, and when the voltage exceeds the threshold value of the clamping component Rcv, the clamping component Rcv is conducted, so that the current flowing through the current limiting resistor R4 is increased by I1, the diode of the photoelectric coupler PD emits light, the current I2 flowing through the collector and the emitter of the triode in the photoelectric coupler PD is increased in proportion, the current I2 compensates the discharge current of the capacitor C5 through the resistor R2, the discharge time of the capacitor C5 is prolonged, the turn-off time of the switch is correspondingly prolonged (namely the duty ratio of the switch is reduced), the output energy is reduced, the output energy on the secondary side is correspondingly reduced, the output voltage is not increased any more, and the open-circuit protection is realized.

In the above scheme, the clamping component Rcv is a Voltage dependent resistor, a TVS (Transient Voltage Suppressor diode), or a zener diode. The trigger threshold of the clamping assembly Rcv is selected to be 100V-400V, and preferably selected to be 150V-350V. In this example, 300V was selected.

In the above scheme, the resistor R4 mainly has a current limiting function, and the resistance value thereof is selected from 20K ohm to 1M ohm, preferably from 20K ohm to 500KM ohm, and in this embodiment, is selected from 50K ohm. In the above scheme, the resistor R3 mainly has a current limiting function, and the resistance value thereof is selected from 1K ohm to 100K ohm, preferably from 5K ohm to 50KM ohm, and in this embodiment, 6K ohm is selected. In the above solution, the capacitance value of the capacitor C5 is selected to be 1nF-1000nF, preferably 1nF-100nF, and in the present embodiment, 2.2 nF. In the above solution, the capacitance value of the capacitor C4 is selected to be 1nF-1pF, preferably 5nF-50nF, and in this embodiment, 10 nF. In the above scheme, the capacitance value of the capacitor C1 is selected from 1uF to 100uF, preferably 1uF to 10uF, and in this embodiment, 4.7uF is selected.

In the embodiments of fig. 16N and 16O, the energy storage unit 1263 included in the auxiliary power module 1160/1260 may be a battery or a super capacitor. In the above-described aspect, the dc power of the auxiliary power module 1160/1260 may be managed by a BMS (battery management system) to be charged in a general lighting mode. Or directly omit BMS, charge the direct current power supply in the ordinary illumination mode. By selecting proper component parameters, the charging is carried out at a small current (the current does not exceed 300 mA).

With the auxiliary power module 1160/1260 of the fig. 16N or 16O embodiment, the circuit topology is simple and no application specific integrated chip is required. Open circuit protection is achieved using fewer components. The reliability of the ballast is improved. In addition, the circuit topology of the emergency ballast is in an output isolation type. The hidden trouble of leakage current is reduced.

In summary, the principle of the schemes in fig. 16N and 16O is that the detection module is used to sample the voltage (current) information at the output end, and if the detected information exceeds the set threshold, the discharge time of the discharge end of the control chip is extended, and the turn-off time of the switch is extended, so as to adjust the duty ratio of the switch (for the control chip, the working voltage of the discharge end (DIS) and/or the sampling end (THRS) is between 1/3Vcc-2/3Vcc, the charging time of the working capacitor C5 is unchanged, the discharge time is lengthened), for the output side of the transformer, the output energy is reduced, the output voltage is not increased, and the purpose of open circuit protection is achieved.

Fig. 16P and 16Q show timing diagrams of the output OUT and the discharging terminal DIS triggering when the output OUT of the chip initially outputs a high level. Fig. 16P is a signal timing diagram of the auxiliary power supply module in a normal state according to an embodiment of the present application; fig. 16Q is a timing diagram of signals when the auxiliary power supply module of the embodiment of the present application is in an abnormal state (e.g., the load is open). The output terminal OUT of the chip 1266 initially outputs a high level, and the discharge terminal DIS is not triggered (i.e., the capacitor C5 is charged); when the discharging terminal DIS is triggered (i.e., the capacitor C5 is discharged), the output terminal OUT starts outputting a low level. The chip 1266 controls the on/off of the switch M1 by the signal of the output terminal OUT.

Fig. 17A is a schematic circuit block diagram of an LED straight tube lamp lighting system according to a ninth embodiment of the present application. Referring to fig. 17A, compared to the LED

straight lamp

500, 600, 700 or 800 of the previous embodiments, the power module 5 of the LED straight lamp 900 of the present embodiment includes an electric shock detection module 2000 in addition to a rectification circuit (e.g., 510), a filter circuit (e.g., 520) and a driving circuit (e.g., 530), wherein the electric shock detection module 2000 includes a detection control circuit 2100 (or detection controller) and a current limiting circuit 2200.

In the present embodiment, the detection control circuit 2100 is a circuit configuration for performing the installation state detection/impedance detection of the LED straight lamp 900, so as to generate a corresponding control signal according to the detection result, where the detection result indicates whether the LED straight lamp 900 is correctly installed on the lamp socket, or indicates whether there is an abnormal external impedance access (e.g. human body impedance). The current limiting circuit 2200 is configured to determine whether to limit current flowing through the LED straight lamp 900 in response to a detection result indicated by the control signal, wherein when the current limiting circuit 2200 receives the control signal indicating that the LED straight lamp 900 is properly mounted/connected without abnormal impedance, the current limiting circuit 2200 may enable the power module 5 to normally supply power to the LED module 50 (i.e., control the current flowing through the power circuit of the LED straight lamp 900 normally), and when the current limiting circuit 2200 receives the control signal indicating that the LED straight lamp 900 is improperly mounted/connected with abnormal external impedance, the current limiting circuit 2200 may limit the current flowing through the LED straight lamp to be less than an electric shock safety value, for example, 5MIU (effective value) or 7.07MIU (peak value).

The power circuit refers to a path of the power module 5 transmitting current to the LED module 50. The mounting state detection/impedance detection is, for example, a circuit operation in which the detection control circuit 2100 acquires mounting state information/equivalent impedance information of the LED straight tube lamp 900 by detecting electrical characteristics (e.g., voltage, current) of the LED straight tube lamp 900. Furthermore, in some embodiments, the detection control circuit 2100 may also perform the electrical characteristic detection by controlling the current continuity of the power supply loop or establishing an additional detection path, so as to avoid the risk of electric shock during the detection. Fig. 18 to 41F are diagrams illustrating specific circuit embodiments of the detection control circuit for detecting the electrical characteristics.

Fig. 17B is a schematic circuit block diagram of an LED straight tube lamp lighting system according to a tenth embodiment of the present application. Referring to fig. 17B, compared to the embodiment of fig. 17A, the electric shock detection module 2000 of the present embodiment is disposed outside the LED straight tube lamp 1000, and is located on a power supply path of the external power grid 508, for example, disposed in a lamp socket. When the pins of the LED straight lamp 1000 are electrically connected to the external power grid 508, the electric shock detection module 2000 is connected to the power circuit of the LED straight lamp 1000 in series via the corresponding pins, so that the electric shock detection module 2000 can determine whether the LED straight lamp 1000 is correctly mounted on the lamp socket and/or whether the user has an electric shock risk by the mounting detection/impedance detection method described in the embodiment of fig. 17A. In the present embodiment, the configuration of the shock detection module 2000 is the same as that of the embodiment shown in fig. 17A, and thus, the description thereof is not repeated.

In another embodiment, the architectures of the embodiments of FIGS. 17A and 17B may be integrated. For example, a plurality of electric shock detection modules 2000 may be disposed in the LED straight lamp lighting system, wherein at least one electric shock detection module 2000 is disposed inside the LED straight lamp, and at least another installation detection module is disposed outside the LED straight lamp (e.g., in the lamp socket), and is electrically connected to the power supply circuit of the LED straight lamp through the pins on the lamp cap, so as to further improve the electric shock protection effect.

It should be noted that the electric shock detection module 2000 described herein is a circuit configuration applied to a power module of a LED straight tube lamp, and can be implemented by using a discrete circuit or an integrated circuit, which is not limited by the disclosure. In addition, the shock detection module 2000 is named only for the purpose of illustrating its main functions, but not for limiting its scope. In other words, any circuit configuration capable of performing the circuit operations or having the electronic component configuration and connection relationship as claimed in the present disclosure is within the scope of the electric shock detection module 2000 of the present disclosure. In the present disclosure, the shock detection module 2000 can also be named as a detection circuit, an installation detection module/circuit, a shock protection detection module/circuit, an impedance detection module/circuit, or directly expressed as a circuit configuration according to different descriptions, which is not limited by the disclosure. In addition, in fig. 17A and 17B, the connection relationship between the LED straight tube lamp 900/1000 and the external power grid 508 is only schematically illustrated, and the external driving signal is not limited to be input from a single end to the LED straight tube lamp 900/1000, which will be described in advance.

Next, a plurality of different circuit configurations under the configuration of the embodiment of fig. 17A (i.e., the electric shock detection module 2000 is disposed inside the LED straight tube lamp 1100) will be described.

Referring to fig. 18, fig. 18 is a schematic circuit block diagram of a power module according to a tenth embodiment of the present application. In the present embodiment, the LED straight tube lamp 1100, for example, directly receives an external driving signal provided by the external power grid 508, wherein the external driving signal is provided to the two

end pins

501 and 502 of the LED straight tube lamp 1100 through the hot line (L) and the neutral line (N). In practical applications, the LED straight lamp 1100 may further include

pins

503 and 504. Under the structure that the LED straight lamp 1100 includes 4 pins 501-504, the two pins (e.g. 501 and 503, or 502 and 504) on the same side of the lamp cap can be electrically connected together or electrically independent from each other according to design requirements, which is not limited in this application. The electric shock detection module 3000 is disposed in the lamp tube and includes a detection control circuit 3100 and a current limiting circuit 3200, and the electric shock detection module 3000 may also be referred to as an installation detection module 3000 (the installation detection module 3000 is described below). The current limiting circuit 3200 is coupled to the rectifying circuit 510 via the first mounting detection terminal TE1, and is coupled to the filter circuit 520 via the second mounting detection terminal TE2, that is, is connected in series to the power supply loop of the LED straight lamp 1100. The detection control circuit 3100 detects the signals flowing through the first and second mounting detection terminals TE1 and TE2 (i.e., the signals flowing through the power circuit) in the detection mode, and determines whether to prohibit the external driving signals (i.e., the signals provided by the external power grid 508) from flowing through the LED straight lamp 1100 according to the detection result. When the LED straight lamp 1100 is not correctly mounted on the lamp socket, the detection control circuit 3100 detects a small current signal and determines that the signal flows through an excessively high impedance, and at this time, the current limiting circuit 3200 cuts off the current path between the first mounting detection end TE1 and the second mounting detection end TE2 to stop the operation of the LED straight lamp 1100 (i.e., to prevent the LED straight lamp 1100 from being lit). If not, the detection control circuit 3100 determines that the LED straight lamp is correctly mounted on the lamp socket, and the current limiting circuit 3200 maintains the conduction between the first mounting detection end TE1 and the second mounting detection end TE2 to enable the LED straight lamp 1100 to normally operate (i.e., enable the LED straight lamp 1100 to be normally lit). In other words, when the current flowing through the first installation detecting end TE1 and the second installation detecting end TE2 is higher than or equal to the installation setting current (or a current value), the installation detecting module 3000 determines that the LED straight tube lamp 1100 is correctly installed on the lamp socket, so that the current limiting circuit 3200 is turned on, and the LED straight tube lamp 1100 is operated in a conducting state; when a current flowing through the first installation detection end TE1 and the second installation detection end TE2 is lower than the installation setting current (or current value), the installation detection module 3000 determines that the LED straight tube lamp 1100 is not correctly installed on the lamp holder, so that the current limiting circuit 3200 is turned off, and the LED straight tube lamp 1100 enters a non-conducting state or the effective value of the current on the power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp 1100 is limited to be less than 5mA (based on the verification criterion of 5 MIU). In other words, the mounting detection module 3000 determines on or off based on the detected impedance, and causes the LED straight lamp 1100 to operate in an on or non-on/current-limited state. Therefore, the problem that a user is electrocuted due to mistakenly touching the conductive part of the LED straight lamp 1100 when the LED straight lamp 1100 is not correctly installed on the lamp holder can be avoided.

More specifically, since the impedance of the human body changes when the human body contacts the lamp, the installation detection module 3000 can determine whether the user contacts the lamp by detecting the voltage/current change on the power supply loop, so as to achieve the above-mentioned anti-electric-shock function. In other words, in the embodiment of the present application, the installation detection module 3000 can determine whether the lamp is installed correctly and whether the user accidentally touches the conductive portion of the lamp if the lamp is not installed correctly by detecting the electrical signal (including voltage or current). Furthermore, compared to a conventional LED power module, in some embodiments, the power module equipped with the installation detection module 3000 has an effect of preventing electric shock, so that it is not necessary to provide a safety capacitor (i.e., an X capacitor) at the input end of the rectifying circuit 510 (i.e., between the live line and the neutral line) as in the conventional power circuit design. From the perspective of an equivalent circuit, i.e., representing a power supply module configured with the installation detection module 3000, the equivalent capacitance value between the input terminals of its rectifying circuit 510 may be, for example, less than 47 nF. In this embodiment, the power circuit refers to a current path in the LED straight lamp 1100, that is, a path formed from a pin receiving a first polarity/phase power (e.g., L line) to a LED module through a power line and a circuit component, and then to a pin receiving a second polarity/phase power (e.g., N line) through the LED module. In view of the dual-side lamp structure, the power circuit is formed between the

pins

501 and 502 of the lamp bases on two opposite sides of the lamp, rather than between the two pins 501 and 503 (or 502 and 504) of the lamp bases on the same side.

It should be noted that the current limiting circuit 3200 is disposed between the rectifying circuit 510 and the filtering circuit 520, which is only an exemplary embodiment of the present application. In other embodiments, the current limiting circuit 3200 only needs to be disposed at a position where the power loop can be controlled to be turned on or off, so as to achieve the anti-electric shock effect of the installation detection module 3000. For example, the current limiting circuit 3200 may be disposed between the filter circuit 520 and the driving circuit 530, or disposed between the driving circuit 530 and the LED module (50), which is not limited in this application.

From the viewpoint of circuit operation, the step of the detection control circuit 3100 determining whether the LED straight lamp 1100 is correctly mounted to the lamp socket/has abnormal impedance access in the detection mode is shown in fig. 44A, where fig. 44A is a flowchart of the steps of the electric shock detection method according to the first embodiment of the present application, and the electric shock detection method includes: turning on the detection path for a period of time and then turning off (step S101); sampling the electric signal on the detection path while the detection path is on (step S102); judging whether the sampled electric signal conforms to the preset signal characteristics (step S103); when the determination of step S103 is yes, the current limit circuit 3200 is controlled to operate in the first configuration (step S104); and when the determination of step S103 is no, controlling the current limit circuit 3200 to operate in the second configuration (step S105), and then returning to step S101.

In the present embodiment, the detection path may be a power supply loop or an independent current path connected to the output side of the rectification circuit 510, and the specific configuration thereof may refer to the following description of the embodiment of fig. 19A to 26B. In addition, the detection control circuit 3100 may be provided with a period length, an interval, a trigger time, and the like for turning on the detection path, and the following description of the embodiments may be referred to in the same manner.

In step S101, the detection path may be turned on for a period of time by a pulse-type switching control means.

In step S102, the sampled electrical signal may be a voltage signal, a current signal, a frequency signal, a phase signal, or the like, which may represent a change in impedance of the detection path.

In step S103, the action of determining whether the sampled electrical signal meets the predetermined signal characteristic may be, for example, comparing the relative relationship between the sampled electrical signal and a predetermined signal. In this embodiment, the determination by the detecting controller 7100 that the electrical signal meets the preset signal characteristic may correspond to a state where it is determined that the LED straight lamp is correctly installed/has no abnormal impedance access, and the determination by the detecting controller 7100 that the electrical signal does not meet the preset signal characteristic may correspond to a state where it is determined that the LED straight lamp is incorrectly installed/has abnormal impedance access.

In steps S104 and S105, the first configuration and the second configuration are two different circuit configurations, and may depend on the location and the type of the current limiting circuit 3200. For example, in an embodiment where the current limiting circuit 3200 is a switching circuit/current limiting circuit independent of the driving circuit and connected in series to the power supply loop, the first configuration may be an on configuration (non-current limiting configuration) and the second configuration may be an off configuration (current limiting configuration).

The detailed operation and circuit examples of the steps can refer to various embodiments of the installation detection module. In some embodiments, the installation detection module may also be referred to as an installation detection device/installation detection circuit, etc.

Referring to fig. 19A, fig. 19A is a schematic circuit block diagram of an installation detection module according to a first embodiment of the present application. The mounting detection module 3000a includes a detection pulse (pulse) generation module 3110, a detection result latch circuit 3120, a detection determination circuit 3130, and a current limit circuit 3200. The detection pulse generation module 3110, the detection result latch circuit 3120, and the detection determination circuit 3130 constitute a detection control circuit 3100. The detection decision circuit 3130 is coupled to the first mounting detection terminal TE1 and the second mounting detection terminal TE2 (via the switch coupling terminal 3201 and the current limiting circuit 3200) to detect a signal between the first mounting detection terminal TE1 and the second mounting detection terminal TE 2. The detection decision circuit 3130 is also coupled to the detection result latch circuit 3120 via the detection result terminal 3131, so as to transmit the detection result signal to the detection result latch circuit 3120 via the detection result terminal 3131. The detection pulse generating module 3110 is coupled to the detection result latch circuit 3120 through the pulse signal output terminal 3111, and generates a pulse signal to notify the detection result latch circuit 3120 of a timing point of latching the detection result. The detection result latch circuit 3120 latches the detection result according to the detection result signal (or the detection result signal and the pulse signal), and is coupled to the current limiting circuit 3200 through the detection result latch terminal 3121, so as to transmit or reflect the detection result to the current limiting circuit 3200. The current limiting circuit 3200 determines whether to turn on or off the connection between the first mounting detection terminal TE1 and the second mounting detection terminal TE2 according to the detection result. In this embodiment, the current limiting circuit 3200 may also be a switching circuit 3200.

In some embodiments, the installation detection module 3000a further includes a ballast detection module 3150. The ballast detection module 3150 is used to determine whether the external driving signal is an ac signal provided by the ballast, so that the detection result latch circuit 3120 can adjust the control mode of the switch circuit 3200 according to the determination result, so that when the ballast bypass type LED straight lamp is erroneously mounted on the lamp socket having the ballast, the LED straight lamp can emit a prompt (e.g., blinking) to remind a user of misuse, thereby preventing the ac signal output by the ballast from damaging the ballast bypass type LED straight lamp.

The ballast detection module 3150 may also be referred to herein as a misuse detection module. Stated differently, the ballast detection module 3150 is configured to detect whether the signal of the power circuit is the ballast characterization signal, and output a first detection signal when the signal of the power circuit is the ballast characterization signal. The ballast characteristic signal is used for describing high-frequency, high-voltage and other characteristics of an alternating current signal output by a ballast (particularly an electronic ballast). In other words, since the ac signal output by the ballast (especially the electronic ballast) has high frequency and high voltage characteristics, and the ac signal provided by the ac power grid is generally a relatively low frequency (50Hz to 60Hz) and low voltage (generally lower than 305V), the source of the external driving signal can be identified by detecting the electrical signal characteristics such as the frequency, amplitude or phase of the bus voltage. For example, the ballast characteristic signal represents a high frequency value (or interval) of the ac signal output by the ballast by the voltage level (or interval) of the voltage signal. For example, the ballast characteristic signal indicates the valley phase of the ac signal outputted by the ballast by the voltage level (or voltage level interval) of the voltage signal. The ballast detection module 3150 determines whether a signal in the power loop is a ballast characterization signal by detecting at least one of a frequency, a phase, and an amplitude of the signal via its terminals. Wherein the first detection signal (or referred to as a first indication signal) is used for indicating that the external driving signal is provided by the ballast.

In order to effectively retain characteristic information of high frequency, high voltage and the like of a signal in a power circuit, a terminal of the ballast detection module 3150 is connected to an output end or an input end of a rectifying circuit in the power circuit of the LED straight tube lamp.

In the example shown in fig. 19A, the ballast detection module 3150 is connected to the detection result latch circuit 3120 via the path 3151, wherein the ballast detection module 315 detects the bus voltage in the power module and determines, according to the signal characteristics of the detected bus voltage, whether the external driving signal currently received by the LED straight tube lamp is an ac signal output by the ballast or an ac signal directly provided by the power grid

For example, in some embodiments, the ballast detection module 3150 may sample the signal on the rectified output 511/512 and determine the frequency of the sampled signal (i.e., the frequency of the bus voltage). When the frequency of the signal detected by the ballast detecting module 3150 is greater than a set value, that is, the external driving signal currently input is an ac signal with a high frequency, that is, the external driving signal may be provided by the ballast, so the ballast detecting module 3150 sends a first indication signal (indicating that the external driving signal is provided by the ballast) to the detection result latch circuit 3120, so that the detection result latch circuit 3120 controls the switching state of the switch circuit 3200 according to the first indication signal, so as to affect the current continuity on the power supply loop. On the other hand, when the frequency of the signal detected by the ballast detection module 3150 is less than or equal to the set value, that is, the currently input external driving signal is an ac signal with a low frequency, that is, the external driving signal may be provided by the ac power grid, so that the ballast detection module 3150 sends a second indication signal (indicating that the external driving signal is provided by the ac power grid) to the detection result latch circuit 3120, so that the detection result latch circuit 3120 controls the switch circuit 3200 to maintain the on state according to the second indication signal, thereby enabling the driving signal to be stably provided to the rear LED module, and enabling the LED module to have a uniform/uniform light emitting brightness.

As can be seen from the above examples, the installation detection device further includes an installation prompting module. The ballast detection module 3150 is electrically connected to an installation prompt module (not shown in the figure), and the installation prompt module is configured to send a misuse prompt of the LED straight lamp according to the first detection signal.

In some embodiments, when the ballast detection module 3150 detects that the external driving signal is provided by the ballast, the installation prompting module adjusts the current continuity variation on the power circuit according to the first detection signal, so that the rear LED module generates a specific light pattern (light pattern) in response to the current continuity variation on the power circuit, thereby prompting a user that there is a possibility of an erroneous installation. For example, the current continuity on the power loop is to adjust the current on-off change in the power loop, so that the LED module at the back end generates a specific light-on-off lighting pattern (light pattern). For another example, the current continuity on the power circuit is to adjust the current strength-strength variation in the power circuit, so that the LED module at the back end generates a specific bright-dark light pattern (light pattern).

The installation prompting module is also electrically connected to the detection determining circuit 3130, and is configured to control the power supply circuit to be disconnected according to the prompting logic of the pulse signal and the detection result signal.

In some embodiments, the installation prompting module comprises: a control circuit electrically connected to the detection pulse generating module 3110, the detection determining circuit 3130, the ballast detecting module 3150, and the switch circuit 3200, and controlling the switch circuit 3200 to turn off when it is determined that the LED straight tube lamp is not correctly mounted in the lamp socket according to the pulse signal and the detection result signal; or when receiving the first detection signal, the switch circuit 3200 is controlled to be turned on or off to affect the continuity of the current on the power supply loop, so that the rear-end LED module generates the specific light emitting mode.

In some embodiments, the control circuit in the installation prompting module is electrically connected to the detection result latch circuit 3120 for receiving a periodic control signal generated by the detection result latch circuit 3120 based on the first indication signal, and the control circuit periodically controls the switch circuit 3200 to be turned on and off, so that the specific light emitting pattern generated by the LED module is, for example, a constant frequency or an irregular frequency flicker.

In an actual circuit, the control circuit and the detection result latch circuit 3120 include a shared circuit configuration such as a logic circuit or the like. That is, the detection result latch circuit 3120 may periodically turn on and off the switch circuit 3200 when receiving the first indication signal, so that the magnitude of the driving current is influenced by the switching of the switch circuit 3200, and the light emitting brightness of the LED module is changed accordingly, thereby forming a flickering light emitting mode. When observing the flickering of the LED straight lamp, a user can know that the ballast bypass type straight lamp is installed in the lamp holder with the ballast by mistake, so that the ballast bypass type straight lamp can be immediately disassembled to avoid danger. In the following, a circuit configuration in which the detection result latch circuit 3120 includes a circuit shared with a control circuit is exemplified.

In some embodiments, the installation detection module 3000a further includes a prompt circuit 3160. For example, the installation prompting module includes: a cue circuit 3160. The prompting circuit 3160 is controlled by the detection result latch circuit 3120 to give out a sound or light warning when the LED straight lamp is misused, so as to remind the user of the wrong installation. More specifically, the prompting circuit 3160 is electrically connected to the detection result latch circuit 3120 via the path 3161 to receive the signal sent by the detection result latch circuit 3120. When the detection result latch circuit 3120 receives the first indication signal, the detection result latch circuit 3160 sends a signal to enable the prompt circuit 3160, so that the prompt circuit 3160 sends a misuse alarm. In some embodiments, the prompting circuit 3160 may be implemented by a buzzer, so as to sound a buzzer to remind the user that a misuse condition occurs at present when the LED straight lamp is erroneously mounted to the lamp holder with the ballast. However, in other embodiments, the prompt circuit 684 may further include a prompt lamp, for example, to emit different colors or different intensities of lights to prompt the user of the current installation status when the LED straight lamp is incorrectly installed in the ballast-equipped lamp socket. In other embodiments, the notification circuit 684 may include both a buzzer and a notification light to alert a user of a current misuse condition when the LED tube light is improperly mounted to the lamp holder with the ballast by means of both a buzzer and illumination of the notification light.

In some embodiments, after the installation detection module 3000a issues the misuse warning, the control switch circuit 3200 is turned off to keep the power loop in the off state, so as to avoid the danger caused by the user not removing the LED straight lamp in real time.

In other embodiments, the installation prompting module is further electrically connected to the detection determining circuit 3130, and is configured to control the power supply circuit to be disconnected according to a prompting logic of the pulse signal and the detection result signal; or sending a misuse prompt of the LED straight lamp according to the first detection signal; or the power supply circuit is controlled to be disconnected according to the prompt logic of the pulse signal and the detection result signal, and meanwhile the misuse prompt of the LED straight lamp is sent according to the first detection signal.

The installation prompting module executes leakage detection and prompting and ballast misuse detection and prompting according to a preset time sequence, and gives corresponding prompting according to the detection condition. Wherein the time sequence can be used for representing the time sequence of the electric leakage detection and the ballast misuse detection or representing the time sequence of the electric leakage prompt and the ballast misuse prompt. In some embodiments, the installation prompting module instructs leakage and ballast misuse by the configured switch circuit and control circuit, the installation detection device performs leakage detection and prompting and ballast misuse detection and prompting in sequence, and correspondingly, the control circuit in the installation prompting module controls the switch circuit to perform corresponding prompting operation according to the sequence of the received detection result signal and the first detection signal. In some embodiments, the installation prompting module indicates the ballast misuse by the configured prompting circuit and indicates the leakage by the switch circuit and the control circuit, respectively, then the installation detection device can execute the leakage detection and prompt and the ballast misuse detection and prompt in sequence or simultaneously, and correspondingly, the installation prompting module gives the corresponding prompt in sequence or simultaneously.

It should be noted that the multiplexing circuit configuration may be omitted, shared, or based on timing, depending on the actual circuit design requirements. For example, the installation detection device includes a circuit structure with an independent leakage detection and prompt function and a circuit structure with an independent ballast detection and prompt function, and a detection result latch circuit and a peripheral circuit structure thereof, which can save the temporary storage of the detection result signal and the first detection signal, can be omitted.

In some embodiments, the installation detection module 3000a further includes an emergency control module 3140. The emergency control module 3140 is configured to determine whether the external driving signal is a dc signal provided by the auxiliary power supply module, so that the detection result latch circuit 3120 can adjust the control manner of the switch circuit 3200 according to the determination result, thereby avoiding a malfunction in installing the detection module due to the input of the auxiliary power supply when the LED straight tube lamp is applied to an environment with the auxiliary power supply module.

Specifically, the emergency control module 3140 is connected to the detection result latch circuit 3120 through a path 3141, wherein the emergency control module 3140 detects a bus voltage in the power module and accordingly determines whether the external driving signal currently received by the LED straight tube lamp is a dc signal. If the emergency control module 3140 determines that the external driving signal is a dc signal, the emergency control module 3140 outputs a first status signal indicating an emergency status to the detection result latch circuit 3120; on the contrary, if the emergency control module 3140 determines that the external driving signal is a non-dc signal, the emergency control module 3140 outputs a second status signal indicating a non-emergency status to the detection result latch circuit 3120. When the detection result latch circuit 3120 receives the first status signal, the detection result latch circuit 3120 maintains the current limit circuit 3200 in a conducting state (which can be regarded as an emergency mode) regardless of the outputs of the detection pulse generating module 3110 and the detection determining circuit 3130. When the detection result latch circuit 3120 receives the second status signal, the detection result latch circuit 3120 operates according to the original mechanism, i.e., controls the current limit circuit 3200 to turn on or off based on the pulse signal and the detection result signal. The bus voltage described herein may be an input voltage/signal before the bridge (i.e., an external driving signal) or a rectified voltage/signal after the bridge, which is not limited by the disclosure.

Fig. 44B is added below to further illustrate the specific working mechanism of the installation detection module with the emergency control module 3140. Fig. 44B is a flowchart of steps of a control method of the installation detection module according to the first embodiment of the present application. Referring to fig. 19A and 44B, when the power module of the LED straight tube lamp receives the external driving signal, the emergency control module 3140 first detects the bus voltage (step S201), and determines whether the bus voltage is continuously higher than a first level within a first period (step S202), where the first period may be, for example, 75ms, and the first level may be any level between 100V and 140V, such as 110V or 120V. In other words, in one embodiment of step S202, the emergency control module 3140 determines whether the bus voltage is continuously higher than 110V or 120V for more than 75 ms.

If the determination of the emergency control module 3140 in step S202 is yes, it indicates that the currently received external driving signal is a dc signal. At this time, the installation detection module 3000a enters the emergency mode, and the detection result latch circuit 3120 controls the switch circuit 3200 to operate in the first configuration (step S203), which may be, for example, an on configuration. On the contrary, if the emergency control module 3140 determines no in step S202, it indicates that the currently received external driving signal is an ac signal. At this time, the mounting detection module 3000a enters a detection mode, so that the detection result latch circuit 3120 determines the mounting state of the LED straight lamp by outputting a pulse signal to the switch circuit 3200. The specific operation of the installation detection module 3000a in the detection mode can be referred to the description of the related embodiments.

On the other hand, in the emergency mode, the emergency control module 3140 further determines whether the bus voltage rises above the second level (step S204), in addition to maintaining the switch circuit 3200 in the first state. If the emergency control module 3140 determines that the bus voltage does not rise to a level greater than the second level, it indicates that the emergency mode is still in the emergency mode, and therefore the switch circuit 3200 is continuously maintained in the first configuration. If the emergency control module 3140 determines that the bus voltage rises from the first level to a level greater than the second level, which indicates that the external driving signal currently received by the power module has been switched from the dc signal to the ac signal, i.e., the external power grid has recovered power, then the emergency control module 3140 may cause the installation detection module 3000a to enter the detection mode. In some embodiments, the second level may be any level greater than the first level but less than 277V, such as 120V when the first level is 110V. In other words, in an embodiment of step S204, the emergency control module 3140 determines whether the bus voltage has a rising edge greater than 120V, and enters the detection mode if the bus voltage has a rising edge greater than 120V. In practical application, when the LED straight tube lamp in the above embodiment is inserted into the lamp holder, the detection device is installed to obtain a signal of a power supply circuit of the LED straight tube lamp, and when the signal is detected to be a ballast characteristic signal, a prompt for misuse of the LED straight tube lamp is sent, and/or when the signal is detected to be in contact with a human body, the power supply circuit is disconnected. The installation detection device can be used for ballast detection or electric leakage detection independently, and can also be used for both ballast detection and electric leakage detection. In an example, the installation detection device is used for both ballast detection and leakage detection, the circuit configuration and detection method of ballast detection are as described in the above embodiments, the circuit configuration and detection method of leakage detection are not limited to the above embodiments, and any leakage detection method capable of detecting whether the signal is in contact with a human body (i.e., whether there is leakage) is within the scope of the present application.

In an exemplary embodiment, the detection pulse generating module 3110, the detection determining circuit 3130, the detection result latch circuit 3120, and the switch circuit 3200 of the installation detection module 3000a may be respectively implemented by the circuit architectures of fig. 19B to 19E (but are not limited thereto), wherein fig. 19B to 19E are schematic circuit architectures of the installation detection module according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure. The modules/units are described below.

Referring to fig. 19B, fig. 19B is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a detection pulse generating module of an installation detection module according to a first embodiment of the present application. The detection pulse generating module 3110 includes a capacitor C11 (OR called first capacitor), a capacitor C12 (OR called second capacitor) and a capacitor C13 (OR called third capacitor), a resistor R11 (OR called first resistor), a resistor R12 (OR called second resistor) and a resistor R13 (OR called third resistor), a buffer BF1 (OR called first buffer) and a buffer BF2 (OR called second buffer), an inverter INV, a diode D11 (OR called first diode), and an OR gate (OR gate) OG1 (OR called first OR gate). In use or operation, the capacitor C11 and the resistor R11 are connected in series between a driving voltage (e.g., VCC, and often set to a high level) and a reference potential (in this embodiment, a ground potential) at a connection point coupled to the input terminal of the buffer BF 1. The resistor R12 is coupled to a driving Voltage (VCC) and an input terminal of the inverter INV. The resistor R13 is coupled between the input terminal of the buffer BF2 and a reference potential (in this embodiment, the ground potential is used as the ground potential). The positive terminal of the diode is connected to ground, and the negative terminal is also coupled to the input terminal of the buffer BF 2. One end of the capacitor C12 and one end of the capacitor C13 are commonly coupled to the output terminal of the buffer BF1, the other end of the capacitor C12 is coupled to the input terminal of the inverter INV, and the other end of the capacitor C13 is coupled to the input terminal of the buffer BF 2. An output terminal of the inverter INV and an output terminal of the buffer BF2 are coupled to an input terminal of the or gate OG 1. It should be noted that in this specification, the "high level" and "low level" of a potential are relative to another potential or a reference potential in a circuit, and can be referred to as "logic high level" and "logic low level", respectively.

Fig. 41A is a schematic diagram of a signal timing diagram of a power module according to a first embodiment of the present application. When the lamp holder at one end of the LED straight lamp is inserted into the lamp holder and the lamp holder at the other end of the LED straight lamp is in electrical contact with a human body or the lamp holders at the two ends of the LED straight lamp are inserted into the lamp holder (time ts), the LED straight lamp is electrified. At this time, the installation detection module enters a detection mode DTM. The level of the junction between the capacitor C11 and the resistor R11 is initially high (equal to the driving voltage VCC), then gradually decreases with time, and finally decreases to zero. The input terminal of the buffer BF1 is coupled to the connection point of the capacitor C11 and the resistor R11, so that a high level signal is initially outputted, and is converted into a low level signal when the connection point of the capacitor C11 and the resistor R11 drops to a low logic determination level. That is, the buffer BF1 generates an input pulse signal, and then keeps low (stops outputting the input pulse signal). The pulse width of the input pulse signal is equal to a (initially set) time period determined by the capacitance of the capacitor C11 and the resistance of the resistor R11.

Next, the operation of the buffer BF1 for a set period of time for generating the pulse signal will be described. Since one end of the capacitor C12 and the resistor R12 is equal to the driving voltage VCC, the connection end of the capacitor C12 and the resistor R12 is also at a high level. One end of the resistor R13 is grounded, and one end of the capacitor C13 receives the pulse signal of the buffer BF 1. The connection between the capacitor C13 and the resistor R13 is initially high and then gradually drops to zero over time (while the capacitor stores a voltage equal to or close to the driving voltage VCC). Therefore, the inverter INV outputs the low signal, and the buffer BF2 outputs the high signal, so that the or gate OG1 outputs the high signal (the first pulse signal DP1) at the pulse signal output terminal 3111. At this time, the detection result latch circuit 3120 latches the detection result for the first time based on the detection result signal and the pulse signal. When the level of the connection terminal between the capacitor C13 and the resistor R13 drops to the low logic determination level, the buffer BF2 is turned to output a low level signal, so that the or gate OG1 outputs a low level signal (stops outputting the first pulse signal DP1) at the pulse signal output terminal 3111. The pulse width of the pulse signal outputted from the or gate OG1 is determined by the capacitance of the capacitor C13 and the resistance of the resistor R13.

Then, since the capacitor C13 stores a voltage close to the driving voltage VCC, at the moment when the output of the buffer BF1 changes from the high level to the low level, the level of the connection terminal between the capacitor C13 and the resistor R13 is lower than zero, and the capacitor is rapidly charged through the diode D11 to pull back the level of the connection terminal to zero. Therefore, the buffer BF2 still keeps outputting the low level signal.

On the other hand, at the moment when the output of the buffer BF1 changes from the high level to the low level, the level of one end of the capacitor C12 is instantaneously reduced to zero by the driving voltage VCC, so that the connection end of the capacitor C12 and the resistor R12 is at the low level. The output signal of the inverter INV is turned to high level, so that the or gate outputs high level (the second pulse signal DP 2). At this time, the detection result latch circuit 3120 latches the detection result for the second time based on the detection result signal and the pulse signal. Then, the resistor R12 charges the capacitor C12, so that the level of the connection end of the capacitor C12 and the resistor R12 gradually rises to be equal to the driving voltage VCC with time. When the level of the connection end of the capacitor C12 and the resistor R12 rises to the high logic determination level, the inverter INV outputs the low level again, so that the or gate OG1 stops outputting the second pulse signal DP 2. The pulse width of the second pulse signal is determined by the capacitance of the capacitor C12 and the resistance of the resistor R12.

As described above, the detection pulse generating module 3110 generates two high level pulse signals, i.e., the first pulse signal DP1 and the second pulse signal DP2, outputted from the pulse signal output terminal 3111 in the detection mode, and the first pulse signal and the second pulse signal are separated by a set time interval TIV, which is mainly determined by the capacitance of the capacitor C11 and the resistance of the resistor R11 in the embodiment of the detection pulse generating module implemented by the analog circuit shown in the figure. In other embodiments of the detection pulse generating module implemented by using digital circuits, the adjustment of the set time interval TIV may be implemented by setting the frequency/period of the digital circuits or other adjustable parameters.

After the detection mode DTM, the working mode DRM is entered, the detection pulse generation module 3110 does not generate the pulse signal DP1/DP2 any more, and the pulse signal output terminal 3111 is maintained at the low level. Referring to fig. 19C, fig. 19C is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a detection determining circuit of an installation detection module according to a first embodiment of the present application. The detection decision circuit 3130 includes a comparator CP11 (or first comparator) and a resistor R14 (or fourth resistor). The inverting terminal of the comparator CP11 receives the reference level signal Vref, and the non-inverting terminal is grounded via the resistor R14 and is coupled to the switch coupling terminal 3201. Referring to fig. 18, the signal flowing from the first installation detection terminal TE1 into the current limiting circuit 3200 is output through the switch coupling terminal 3201 and flows through the resistor R14. When the current flowing through the resistor R14 is too large (i.e. higher than or equal to the installation setting current, such as the current value 2A) and the level of the resistor R14 is higher than the level of the reference level signal Vref (which may correspond to the two burners being correctly inserted into the lampholder), the comparator CP11 generates a detection result signal with a high level and outputs the detection result signal from the detection result terminal 3131. For example, when the LED straight lamp is correctly installed in the lamp socket, the comparator CP11 outputs a high-level detection result signal Sdr at the detection result terminal 3131. When the current flowing through the resistor R14 is insufficient to make the level of the resistor R14 higher than the level of the reference level signal Vref (which may correspond to only one of the lamps being correctly inserted into the lamp socket), the comparator CP11 generates a low-level detection result signal Sdr and outputs the low-level detection result signal Sdr from the detection result terminal 3131. For example, when the LED straight lamp is not properly mounted in the lamp socket, or when one end of the LED straight lamp is mounted in the lamp socket and the other end of the LED straight lamp is grounded through a human body, the current is too small, so that the comparator CP11 outputs the detection result signal Sdr of low level at the detection result end 3131.

Referring to fig. 19D, fig. 19D is a circuit architecture diagram of a detection result latch circuit of an installation detection module according to a first embodiment of the present application. The detection result latch circuit 32120 includes a D Flip-flop (D Flip-flop) DFF (or first D Flip-flop), a resistor R15 (or fifth resistor), and an or gate OG2 (or second or gate). The clock input terminal (CLK) of the D-type flip-flop DFF is coupled to the detection result terminal 3131, and the input terminal D is coupled to the driving voltage VCC. When the detection result terminal 3131 outputs the low level detection result signal Sdr, the D-type flip-flop DFF outputs a low level signal at the output terminal Q; when the detection result terminal 3131 outputs a detection result signal with a high level, the D-type flip-flop DFF outputs a high level signal at the output terminal Q. The resistor R15 is coupled between the output Q of the D-type flip-flop DFF and a reference potential (e.g., a ground potential). When the or gate OG2 receives the first pulse signal DP1 or the second pulse signal DP2 output by the pulse signal output terminal 3111 or the high level signal output by the output terminal Q of the D-type flip-flop DFF, the detection result latch signal with high level is output by the detection result latch terminal 3121. Since the detection pulse generating module 3110 only outputs the first pulse signal DP1 or the second pulse signal DP2 in the detection mode DTS, the or gate OG2 outputs the high-level detection result latch signal, and the D-flip flop DFF dominates the detection result latch signal to be high or low for the rest of the time (including the operation mode DRM after the detection mode DTM). Therefore, when the detection result signal Sdr is not at the high level at the detection result terminal 3131, the D-type flip-flop DFF maintains the low level signal at the output terminal Q, so that the detection result latch terminal 3121 also maintains the low level signal at the working mode DRM. On the contrary, when the detection result signal Sdr appears at the high level on the detection result terminal 3131, the D-type flip-flop DFF latches the high level signal at the output terminal Q. Thus, the detection result latch terminal 3121 maintains the high level of the detection result latch signal even when entering the operation mode DRM.

Referring to fig. 19E, fig. 19E is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a switch circuit of an installation detection module according to a first embodiment of the present application. The switch circuit 3200a may comprise a transistor (transistor), such as a bipolar junction transistor M11 (or first transistor) as a power transistor (power transistor). Power transistors are capable of handling high currents and power, and are used in particular in switching circuits. The collector of the bjt M11 is coupled to the first mounting detection terminal TE1, the base thereof is coupled to the detection result latch terminal 3121, and the emitter switch is coupled to the terminal 3201. When the detection pulse generating module 3110 generates the first pulse signal DP1 or the second pulse signal DP2, the bjt M11 is turned on briefly, so that the detection determining circuit 3130 performs detection to determine whether the detection result latch signal is at a high level or a low level. When the detection result latch circuit 3120 outputs the detection result latch signal with high level at the detection result latch terminal 3121, it indicates that the LED straight lamp is correctly mounted on the lamp socket, and therefore the bjt M11 will be turned on to conduct between the first mounting detection terminal TE1 and the second mounting detection terminal TE2 (i.e., turn on the power supply loop). At this time, a driving circuit (not shown) in the power module is activated and starts to operate based on the voltage on the power loop, and then generates a lighting control signal Slc to switch a power switch (not shown), so that a driving current can be generated and light the LED module. Conversely, when the detection result latch circuit 3120 outputs the detection result latch signal of low level at the detection result latch terminal 3121, the bjt M11 is turned off to turn off the connection between the first mounting detection terminal TE1 and the second mounting detection terminal TE 2. At this time, the driving circuit in the power supply module is not activated, and thus the lighting control signal Slc is not generated.

Since the external driving signal Sed is an ac signal, in order to avoid detection error caused by the external driving signal level being just near the zero point when the detection determining circuit 3130 detects the signal. Therefore, the detection pulse generating module 3110 generates the first pulse signal DP1 and the second pulse signal DP2 to enable the detection determining circuit 3130 to detect twice, so as to avoid the problem that the level of the external driving signal is just near the zero point during a single detection. Preferably, the generation time difference between the first pulse signal DP1 and the second pulse signal DP2 is not an integer multiple of half the period T of the external driving signal Sed, i.e. not an integer multiple of 180 degree phase difference corresponding to the external driving signal Sed. In this way, when one of the first pulse signal DP1 and the second pulse signal DP2 is generated, the external drive signal Sed is prevented from being near the zero point even when the other one is generated.

The set time interval TIV, which is the difference between the generation times of the first pulse signal and the second pulse signal, may be expressed as follows:

TIV＝(X+Y)(T/2)；

wherein T is the period of the external driving signal, X is an integer greater than or equal to zero, and 0< Y < 1.

Y is preferably in the range of 0.05-0.95, more preferably 0.15-0.85.

As will be understood by those skilled in the art from the above description of the embodiments, the architecture for generating two pulse signals for installation detection is only an exemplary implementation of the detection pulse generation module. In practical applications, the detection pulse generating module may be configured to generate one or more pulse signals for installation detection, and the application is not limited thereto.

Moreover, in order to avoid that the level of the driving voltage VCC is too low when the mounting detection module enters the detection mode DTM, the logic judgment of the circuit of the mounting detection module starts to increase erroneously. The first pulse signal DP1 is generated when the driving voltage VCC reaches or is higher than a predetermined level, so that the detection determination circuit 3130 is performed after the driving voltage VCC reaches a sufficient level, thereby avoiding a logic determination error of the circuit of the installation detection module caused by insufficient level.

As can be seen from the above description, when one end of the LED straight lamp is inserted into the lamp holder and the other end of the LED straight lamp is in a floating state or in electrical contact with a human body, the impedance is large, so that the detection determination circuit outputs the low-level detection result signal Sdr. The detection result latch circuit latches the low level detection result signal Sdr into a low level detection result latch signal according to the pulse signals DP1/DP2 of the detection pulse generation module, and maintains the detection result even in the operation mode DRM. Thus, the switch circuit can be kept off to avoid continuous power-on. Thus, the possibility of electric shock of the human body can be avoided, and the requirement of safety regulations can be met. When the lamp caps at two ends of the LED straight lamp are correctly inserted into the lamp holder (time td), the detection determining circuit outputs the high-level detection result signal Sdr due to the small impedance of the circuit of the LED straight lamp. The detection result latch circuit latches the detection result signal Sdr with a high level into a detection result latch signal with a high level according to the pulse signal DP1/DP2 of the detection pulse generation module, and maintains the detection result in the working mode DRM. Therefore, the switch circuit can be kept on and continuously electrified, so that the LED straight lamp can normally operate in the working mode DRM.

In other words, in some embodiments, when the lamp cap at one end of the LED straight lamp is inserted into the lamp holder and the lamp cap at the other end of the LED straight lamp is in a floating or electrical contact with a human body, the detection determining circuit inputs the low level detection result signal Sdr to the detection result latch circuit, and then the detection pulse generating module outputs a low level signal to the detection result latch circuit, so that the detection result latch circuit outputs a low level detection result latch signal to turn off the switch circuit, wherein the turn-off of the switch circuit turns off the connection between the first installation detecting terminal and the second installation detecting terminal, i.e., the LED straight lamp enters a non-conducting state.

In some embodiments, when the two lamp caps of the LED straight lamp are correctly inserted into the lamp holder, the detection determining circuit inputs the detection result signal with a high level to the detection result latch circuit, so that the detection result latch circuit outputs a detection result latch signal with a high level to turn on the switch circuit, wherein the turning on of the switch circuit turns on the first mounting detection end and the second mounting detection end, that is, the LED straight lamp is operated in a conducting state.

As described above, in terms of the installation process of the user, after the LED straight lamp described in this embodiment is installed and powered on (whether correctly installed or incorrectly installed), since the installation detection module inside the LED straight lamp performs the pulse generation operation to detect the installation state of the LED straight lamp, and after confirming that the LED straight lamp is correctly installed, the power loop is turned on to provide the driving current sufficient for lighting the LED module, the LED straight lamp will not be lit (i.e., the power loop will not be turned on, or the current on the power loop is limited to be less than 5mA/MIU) at least before the first pulse is generated. In practical applications, the time required for the first pulse generation after the LED straight tube lamp is installed and energized is substantially greater than or equal to 100 milliseconds (ms). In other words, the LED straight lamp of the present embodiment will not be lit for at least 100ms after being installed and energized. In addition, in an embodiment, since the installation detection module continues to pulse to detect the installation state before the LED straight lamp is correctly installed, if the LED straight lamp is not lit after one pulse is generated (i.e., is not determined to be correctly installed), the LED straight lamp may be lit at least after the aforementioned set time interval TIV (i.e., after the next pulse is generated). In other words, if the LED straight lamp of the present embodiment is not lit for 100ms after the power is turned on, it is not lit for a period of 100ms + TIV. It should be noted that "the LED straight tube lamp is powered" herein means that an external power source (such as a commercial power) is applied to the straight tube lamp, and a power loop of the LED straight tube lamp is electrically connected to a ground level (ground level), so as to generate a voltage difference on the power loop. The LED straight tube lamp is electrically connected to the ground level through a grounding circuit of the lamp; the incorrect installation of the LED straight lamp means that an external power source is applied to the LED straight lamp, but the LED straight lamp is not electrically connected to the ground level only through a grounding circuit of the lamp, but is connected to the ground level through a human body or other impedance objects, that is, in an incorrect installation state, an unexpected impedance object is connected in series on a current path.

It is noted that the pulse width of the pulse signal DP1/DP2 generated by the detection pulse generation module is between 1us and 1ms, and the effect of the pulse signal is to turn on the switch circuit for a short time only when the LED straight tube lamp is powered on. Thus, a pulse current can be generated and flows through the detection judgment circuit to carry out detection judgment. Because the pulse of short time is generated to conduct non-conduction for a long time, the danger of electric shock is not caused. Furthermore, the detection result latch circuit maintains the detection result when the working mode DRM is performed, and the detection result latched previously is not changed due to the change of the circuit state, so that the problem caused by the change of the detection result is avoided. And the installation detection module (namely the switch circuit, the detection pulse generation module, the detection result latch circuit and the detection judgment circuit) can be integrated into a chip, so that the installation detection module can be embedded into a circuit, and the circuit cost and the volume of the installation detection module can be saved. In one embodiment, the pulse width of the pulse signal DP1/DP2 may be further between 10us and 1 ms; in another embodiment, the pulse width of the pulse signal DP1/DP2 may be further between 15us and 30 us; in another embodiment, the pulse width of the pulse signal DP1/DP2 may be further between 200us and 400 us; in another embodiment, the pulse width of the pulse signal DP1/DP2 may be within plus or minus 15% of 20us, 35us, or 45 us; in another embodiment, the pulse width of the pulse signal DP1/DP2 may be within plus or minus 15% of 300 us.

In the definition of an embodiment, the pulse/pulse signal is a signal change of a sharp voltage or current which occurs briefly during a continuous signal time, i.e. the signal changes abruptly in a short time and then returns to its initial value again quickly. Therefore, the pulse signal may be a voltage or current signal that returns to the low level after being converted from the low level to the high level for a period of time, or a voltage or current signal that is converted from the high level to the low level, which is not limited in the present application. The period corresponding to the "signal change which occurs temporarily" is the period which is not enough to change the operation state of the whole LED straight tube lamp and does not cause electric shock hazard to human bodies. For example: when the pulse signal DP1/DP2 is used to turn on the switch circuit 3200/3200a, the turn-on period of the switch circuit 3200/3200a is short enough that the LED module is not lit and the effective current on the power supply loop is not greater than the current limit setting (5 MIU). As used herein, a "sharp signal change" is a change in signal that is sufficient to cause an electronic component receiving the pulse signal to change operating state in response to the pulse signal. For example: when the switch 3200/3200a receives the pulse signals DP1/DP2, the current limiting circuit 3200/3200a is turned on or off in response to the level switching of the pulse signals DP1/DP 2.

Incidentally, although the above-mentioned detection pulse generating module 3110 is described by taking the generation of two pulse signals DP1 and DP2 as an example, the detection pulse generating module 3110 of the present application is not limited thereto. The detection pulse generating module 3110 may be a circuit for generating a single pulse or a circuit for independently generating a plurality of pulses.

In the embodiment where the detection pulse generating module 3110 generates a single pulse, a simple circuit configuration in which an RC circuit is combined with an active device/active device may be used to realize a single pulse output. For example, in an exemplary embodiment, the detection pulse generating module 3110a may include only the capacitor C11, the resistor R11 and the buffer BF 1. With this arrangement, the detection pulse generating module 3110a only generates a single pulse signal DP 1.

In an embodiment where the detection pulse generating module 3110 generates a plurality of pulses, the detection pulse generating module 3110a may further include a reset circuit (not shown), and the reset circuit may reset an operating state of the circuit after the first pulse signal and/or the second pulse signal is generated, so that the detection pulse generating module 3110a may generate the first pulse signal and/or the second pulse signal again after a period of time. That is, the reset circuit can enable the detection pulse generating module 3110a to generate a plurality of pulse signals according to the fixed or random set time interval TIV. The generation of the plurality of pulse signals according to the fixed set time interval TIV may also be, for example, a fixed generation of one pulse signal every 20 milliseconds to 2 seconds (i.e., 20ms ≦ TIV ≦ 2s), and in some embodiments, the set time interval TIV may be between 500ms to 2 s; in some embodiments, the set time interval TIV may be within plus or minus 15% of 75 ms; in some embodiments, the set time interval TIV may be within plus or minus 15% of 45 ms; in some embodiments, the set time interval TIV may be within plus or minus 15% of 30 ms. The generating of the plurality of pulse signals according to the random set time interval TIV may be, for example, such that the set time interval TIV between each adjacent pulse signals is selected from a random set value within an interval of 0.5 seconds to 2 seconds.

More specifically, the time and frequency of the detection pulse generating module 3110 for sending out the pulse signal to perform the installation detection can be set accordingly in consideration of the influence of the detection current on the human body in the detection mode. Generally speaking, as long as the magnitude and duration of the current passing through the human body meet the specifications, even if the current passes through the contact person, the person cannot feel the electric shock, and the personal safety is not harmed. The current magnitude and the duration are approximately in negative correlation with the harm to the human body, namely on the premise that the human body safety is not harmed by the passing current, the larger the passing current is, the shorter the electrifying duration needs to be; on the contrary, if the passing current is small, the power can be continuously supplied for a long time without causing harm to human bodies. In other words, whether a human body is actually harmed by an electric shock is to see the amount of current (or electric power) applied to the human body per unit time, not just the amount of current flowing through the human body.

In some embodiments, the detection pulse generating module 3110 may be configured to only send out a pulse signal for a specific time interval for installation detection, and stop sending out the pulse signal after the time interval is exceeded to avoid human hazard caused by detection current. As shown in fig. 41D, fig. 41D is a waveform diagram of the detected current according to the first embodiment of the present application, in which the horizontal axis is time (denoted as t) and the vertical axis is the current value (denoted as I). In the detection mode, the pulse detection module 3110 generates a pulse signal during a detection time interval (the pulse width and the set time interval of the pulse signal can refer to other related embodiments), so that the detection path/power loop is turned on. Since the detection path/power loop is turned on, the detection current Iin (obtained by measuring the input current of the power module) generates corresponding current pulses Idp in response to the pulse generation time of the pulse signal, wherein the detection and determination circuit 3130 determines whether the LED straight-tube lamp is correctly mounted on the lamp socket by detecting the current values of the current pulses Idp. After the detection time interval Tw, the detection pulse generating module 3110 stops sending the pulse signal, so that the detection path/power loop is turned off. In a larger time dimension, the detecting pulse generating module 3110 generates a pulse group DPg during the detecting time interval Tw, and determines whether the LED straight lamp is correctly installed on the lamp socket by detecting the pulse group DPg. In other words, in the embodiment, the detection pulse generating module 3110 only sends out the pulse signal within the detection time interval Tw, wherein the detection time interval Tw can be set to be 0.5 seconds to 2 seconds and includes any decimal two-digit numerical value between 0.5 seconds and 2 seconds, such as 0.51, 0.52, 0.53, …, 0.6, 0.61, 0.62, … 1.97.97, 1.98, 1.99, 2, but the application is not limited thereto. It should be noted that by properly selecting the detection time interval Tw, the detection operation of the pulse group DPg will not generate enough electric power to harm human body, so as to achieve the effect of preventing electric shock.

In terms of circuit design, the detection pulse generating module 3110 can utilize various circuit embodiments for sending out the detection signal only during the detection time interval Tw. For example, in an exemplary embodiment, the detecting pulse generating module 3110 can be implemented by using a pulse generating circuit (as shown in fig. 19B and 20B) and a timing circuit (not shown), wherein the timing circuit outputs a signal to notify the pulse generating circuit to stop generating pulses after counting a certain period. In another exemplary embodiment, the detecting pulse generating module 3110 can be implemented by using a pulse generating circuit (as shown in fig. 19B and 20B) in combination with a signal shielding circuit (not shown), wherein the signal shielding circuit can shield the pulse signal output by the pulse generating circuit by pulling the output of the pulse generating circuit to ground after a predetermined time. With this configuration, the signal shielding circuit can be realized by a simple circuit (e.g., an RC circuit) without changing the design of the original pulse generating circuit.

In some embodiments, the detection pulse generating module 3110 may be configured to send out the next pulse signal at least one time interval greater than or equal to a predetermined safety value each time the pulse signal is sent out, so as to prevent the human body from being damaged by the detection current. As shown in fig. 41E, fig. 41E is a waveform diagram of the detection current according to the second embodiment of the present application. In the detection mode, the detection pulse generating module 3110 may send out a pulse signal at a set time interval TIV greater than a certain safety value (e.g., 1 second) (the pulse width of the pulse signal may be set according to other related embodiments), so that the detection path/power loop is turned on. Since the detection path/power loop is turned on, the detection current Iin (obtained by measuring the input current of the power module) generates corresponding current pulses Idp in response to the pulse generation time of the pulse signal, wherein the detection and determination circuit 3130 determines whether the LED straight-tube lamp is correctly mounted on the lamp socket by detecting the current values of the current pulses Idp.

In some embodiments, the detection pulse generating module 3110 may be configured to send out a pulse group for installation detection every a set time interval greater than or equal to a specific safety value, so as to avoid human hazard caused by the detection current. As shown in fig. 41F, fig. 41F is a waveform diagram of the detection current according to the third embodiment of the present application. In the detection mode, the detection pulse generating module 3110 first sends out a plurality of pulse signals (the pulse width and the set time interval of the pulse signals refer to other embodiments) in the first detection time interval Tw, so that the detection path/power loop is turned on. At this time, the detection current Iin generates a plurality of corresponding current pulses Idp in response to the pulse generation time of the pulse signal, and the current pulses Idp in the first detection time interval Tw form a first pulse group DPg 1. After the first detection time interval Tw, the detection pulse generating module 3110 stops outputting the pulse signal for a set time interval TIVs (for example, greater than or equal to 1 second), and sends out the pulse signal again after entering the next detection time interval Tw. Similar to the operation of the first detection time interval Tw, the detection currents Iin in the second detection time interval Tw and the third detection time interval Tw form a second pulse group DPg2 and a third pulse group DPg3, respectively, wherein the detection decision circuit 3130 determines whether the LED straight tube lamp is properly mounted on the lamp holder by detecting the current values of the pulse groups DPg1, DPg2, and DPg 3.

It should be noted that, in practical applications, the current magnitude of the current pulse Idp is related to the impedance on the detection path/power loop. Therefore, when the detection pulse generating module 3110 is designed, the format of the output pulse signal can be designed according to the selection and setting of the detection path/power supply circuit.

Referring to fig. 20A, fig. 20A is a schematic circuit block diagram of an installation detection module according to a second embodiment of the present application. The mounting detection module 3000b includes a detection pulse generation module 3210, a detection result latch circuit 3220, a detection determination circuit 3230, and a switch circuit 3200. Fig. 41B is a schematic signal timing diagram of a power module according to a second embodiment of the present application. The detection pulse generating module 3210 is electrically connected to the detection result latching circuit 3220, and is configured to generate a control signal Sc including at least one pulse signal DP. The detection result latch circuit 3220 is electrically connected to the switch circuit 3200, and is configured to receive and output the control signal Sc output by the detection pulse generating module 3210. The switch circuit 3200 is electrically connected to one end of the power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp and the detection determining circuit 3230, respectively, and is configured to receive the control signal Sc output by the detection result latch circuit 3220 and conduct during the pulse signal DP, so that the power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp is conducted. The detection determination circuit 3230 is electrically connected to the switch circuit 3200, the other end of the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp, and the detection result latch circuit 3220, respectively, and is configured to detect a sampling signal Ssp on the power loop when the switch circuit 3200 is connected to the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp to determine an installation state of the LED straight tube lamp and the lamp holder. In other words, the power circuit of the present embodiment is used as a detection path for installing the detection module (the aforementioned embodiment of fig. 19A is also configured similarly). The detection decision circuit 3230 further transfers the detection result to the detection result latch circuit 3220 to perform further control; in addition, the detection pulse generating module 3210 is further electrically connected to the output of the detection result latch circuit 3220, so as to control the time for turning off the pulse signal DP. The detailed circuit architecture and the overall circuit operation will be described in the following.

In some embodiments, the detection pulse generating module 3210 generates a control signal Sc via the detection result latch circuit 3220, so that the switch circuit 3200 operates in a conducting state during a pulse period. Meanwhile, the power supply loop of the LED straight lamp between the installation detection ends TE1 and TE2 is also conducted at the same time. The detection determination circuit 3230 detects a sampling signal on the power supply loop, and notifies the detection result latch circuit 3220 of a point of time to latch the detection signal based on the detected signal. For example, the detection determining circuit 3230 may be, for example, a circuit capable of generating an output level for controlling a latch circuit, wherein the output level of the latch circuit corresponds to an on/off state of the LED straight lamp. The detection result latch circuit 3220 stores the detection result according to the sampling signal Ssp (or the sampling signal Ssp and the pulse signal DP), and transmits or provides the detection result to the switch circuit 3200. After receiving the detection result transmitted from the detection result latch circuit 3220, the switch circuit 3200 controls the conduction state between the installation detection terminals TE1 and TE2 according to the detection result.

In some embodiments, the installation detection module 3000b further comprises an emergency control module 3240. The configuration and operation of the emergency control module 3240 are similar to those of the emergency control module 3140 of the previous embodiment, so that reference is made to the above description, and further description is omitted here.

In some embodiments, the detection pulse generating module 3210, the detection determining circuit 3230, the detection result latching circuit 3220, and the switch circuit 3200 in the installation detecting module 3000B may be respectively implemented by the circuit architectures of fig. 20B to 20E (but are not limited thereto), where fig. 20B to 20E are schematic circuit architectures of the installation detecting module according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure. The modules/units are described below.

Referring to fig. 20B, fig. 20B is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a detection pulse generating module of an installation detection module according to a second embodiment of the present application. The detection pulse generating module 3210 includes: a resistor R21 (sixth resistor) having one end connected to a driving voltage; a capacitor C21 (fourth capacitor), one end of which is connected to the other end of the resistor R21, and the other end of the capacitor C21 is grounded; a schmitt trigger STRG having an input terminal connected to the connection terminal of the resistor R21 and the capacitor C21 and an output terminal connected to the detection result latch circuit 3220; a resistor R22 (seventh resistor), one end of which is connected with the connection end of the resistor R21 and the capacitor C21; a transistor M21 (second transistor) having a base terminal, a collector terminal and an emitter terminal, the collector terminal being connected to the other terminal of the resistor R22, the emitter terminal being grounded; and a resistor R23 (eighth resistor), one end of which is connected to the base terminal of the transistor M21, and the other end of the resistor R23 is connected to the detection result latch circuit 3220 and the switch circuit 3200. The detection pulse generating module 3210 further includes a zener diode ZD1 having an anode terminal connected to the other end of the capacitor C21 and grounded and a cathode terminal connected to the end of the capacitor C21 connected to the resistor R21. The circuits of the detection pulse generating module in the embodiment of fig. 19B and the embodiment of the present invention are only examples, and actually, the specific operations of the detection pulse generating circuit are performed based on the functional modules configured in the embodiment of fig. 36A, which will be further detailed in the embodiment of fig. 36A.

Referring to fig. 20C, fig. 20C is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a detection determining circuit of an installation detection module according to a second embodiment of the present application. The detection determination circuit 3230 includes: a resistor R24 (ninth resistor), one end of which is connected to the emitter terminal of the transistor M22, and the other end of the resistor R24 is connected to the other end of the LED power circuit (e.g., the second mounting detection terminal TE 2); a diode D21 (second diode) having an anode terminal and a cathode terminal, the anode terminal being connected to one end of the resistor R24; a comparator CP21 (second comparator) having a first input terminal connected to a set signal (e.g., a reference voltage Vref, 1.3V in this embodiment, but not limited thereto), a second input terminal connected to the cathode of the diode D21, and an output terminal connected to the frequency input terminal of the D-flip flop DFF; a comparator CP22 (third comparator) having a first input terminal connected to the cathode terminal of the diode D21, a second input terminal connected to another setting signal (e.g., another reference voltage Vref, 0.3V in this embodiment, but not limited thereto), and an output terminal connected to the frequency input terminal of the D-type flip-flop DFF; a resistor R25 (tenth resistor) having one end connected to the driving voltage; a resistor R26 (an eleventh resistor) having one end connected to the other end of the resistor R25 and the second input terminal of the comparator CP21, and the other end of the resistor R26 being grounded; and a capacitor C22 (fifth capacitor) connected in parallel with the resistor R26. In some embodiments, the diode D21, the comparator CP22, the resistor R25, the resistor R26, and the capacitor C22 may be omitted, and when the diode D21 is omitted, the second input terminal of the comparator CP21 is directly connected to one end of the resistor R24. In some embodiments, resistor R24 may be a parallel connection of two resistors whose equivalent resistance values include 0.1 ohm (ohms or Ω) to 5 ohm (ohms or Ω), depending on power considerations.

Referring to fig. 20D, fig. 20D is a circuit architecture diagram of a detection result latch circuit of an installation detection module according to a second embodiment of the present application. The detection result latch circuit 3220 includes: a D-type flip-flop DFF (second D-type flip-flop) having a data input terminal, a frequency input terminal and an output terminal, the data input terminal being connected to the driving voltage, the frequency input terminal being connected to the detection and determination circuit 3230; and an or gate OG (third or gate) having a first input terminal connected to the output terminal of the schmitt trigger STRG, a second input terminal connected to the output terminal of the D-type flip-flop DFF, and an output terminal connected to the other end of the resistor R23 and the switch circuit 3200.

Referring to fig. 20E, fig. 20E is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a switch circuit of an installation detection module according to a second embodiment of the present application. The switching circuit 3200 includes: a transistor M22 (third transistor) having a base terminal connected to the output terminal of the or gate OG, a collector terminal connected to one end of the LED power loop (e.g., the first mounting detection terminal TE1), and an emitter terminal connected to the detection decision circuit 3230. The transistor M22 can also be replaced by equivalent elements of other electronic switches, such as: MOSFETs, etc.

It is noted that, some circuits of the installation detection module can be integrated into an integrated circuit, thereby saving the circuit cost and volume of the installation detection module. For example: the schmitt trigger STRG of the detection pulse generating module 3210, the detection result latch circuit 3220, and the two comparators CP21 and CP22 of the detection decision circuit 3230 are integrated into an integrated circuit, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

The overall circuit operation of the installation detection module will be described below. Firstly, the principle that the capacitor voltage does not change suddenly is utilized; before a capacitor in a power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp is conducted, the voltage at two ends of the capacitor is zero and the transient response is in a short-circuit state; when the power supply loop is correctly installed on the lamp holder, the transient response current-limiting resistor is small and the response peak current is large, when the power supply loop is incorrectly installed on the lamp holder, the principles of large transient response current-limiting resistor and small response peak current are implemented, and the leakage current of the LED straight tube lamp is smaller than 5 MIU. The following compares the current amounts of the LED straight lamp in normal operation (i.e. the lamp caps at both ends of the LED straight lamp are correctly installed in the lamp holders) and in the lamp replacement test (i.e. one end of the LED straight lamp is installed in the lamp holder and the other end of the LED straight lamp contacts the human body) in one embodiment:

In the denominator part, Rfuse is a fuse resistance value (10 ohm) of the LED straight tube lamp, and 500 ohm is a resistance value simulating the transient response of the conductive characteristic of a human body; in the molecular part, the maximum voltage value (305 × 1.414) and the minimum voltage difference value 50V are taken as the RMS value of 90V-305V. From the above embodiments, it can be known that if the lamp caps at the two ends of the LED straight lamp are correctly installed in the lamp holders, the minimum transient current during normal operation is 5A; however, when the lamp cap at one end of the LED straight lamp is installed in the lamp holder and the lamp cap at the other end of the LED straight lamp is in contact with a human body, the maximum transient current of the LED straight lamp is only 845 mA. Therefore, the present application utilizes the current flowing through the capacitor (e.g., the filter capacitor of the filter circuit) in the LED power circuit through the transient response to detect the installation state of the LED straight lamp and the lamp socket, i.e., detect whether the LED straight lamp is correctly installed in the lamp socket, and further provide a protection mechanism to avoid the problem of electric shock of a user due to mistakenly touching the conductive portion of the LED straight lamp when the LED straight lamp is not correctly installed in the lamp socket. The above-described embodiments are merely illustrative of the present application and are not intended to limit the present application.

Next, referring to fig. 20A again, when the LED straight lamp is replaced with a lamp socket, the detection pulse generating module 3210 outputs a first high level voltage after a period of time (the period of time determines the pulse period), and outputs the first high level voltage to the detection result latch circuit 3220 through a path 3311. After receiving the first high level voltage, the detection result latch circuit 3220 simultaneously outputs a second high level voltage to the switch circuit 3200 and the detection pulse generating module 3210 via a path 3321. When the switch circuit 3200 receives the second high level voltage, the switch circuit 3200 is turned on to turn on a power supply loop (at least including the first mounting detection terminal TE1, the switch circuit 3200, the path 3201, the detection determination circuit 3230 and the second mounting detection terminal TE2) of the LED straight lamp; at the same time, the detection pulse generating module 3210 outputs a voltage dropping from the first high level back to the first low level (the first low level voltage, the first high level voltage and the second low level voltage form a first pulse signal DP1) after receiving the second high level voltage returned by the detection result latch circuit 3220 for a period of time (the period of time determines the pulse width). The detection and determination circuit 3230 detects a first sampling signal SP1 (e.g., a voltage signal) on the power supply loop of the LED straight lamp when the power supply loop is turned on, and when the first sampling signal SP1 is greater than and/or equal to a setting signal (e.g., a reference voltage Vref), the LED straight lamp is correctly installed in the lamp socket according to the application principle of the present application, so the detection and determination circuit 3230 outputs a third high level voltage (the first high level signal) to the detection result latch circuit 3220 through a path 3331. The detection result latch circuit 3220 receives the third high level voltage to output and maintain a second high level voltage (a second high level signal) to the switch circuit 3200, and the switch circuit 3200 receives the second high level voltage to maintain conduction so as to maintain conduction of the power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp, during which the detection pulse generating module 3210 does not generate pulse output any more.

When the first sampling signal SP1 is smaller than the setting signal, it indicates that the LED straight lamp is not correctly installed in the lamp socket according to the application principle of the present application, and therefore the detection determining circuit 3230 outputs a third low level voltage (the first low level signal) to the detection result latch circuit 3220. The detection result latch circuit 3220 receives the third low level voltage to output and maintain a second low level voltage (a second low level signal) to the switch circuit 3200, and the switch circuit 3200 receives the second low level voltage to maintain the cutoff, so that the power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp maintains the open circuit. In this case, the problem that a user gets an electric shock due to mistakenly touching the conductive part of the LED straight lamp when the LED straight lamp is not correctly installed in the lamp holder is avoided.

After the power supply circuit of the LED straight-tube lamp is kept open for a period of time (i.e., a pulse period time), the output of the detection pulse generating module 3210 rises from the first low level voltage to the first high level voltage again, and is output to the detection result latch circuit 3220 through the path 3311. After receiving the first high level voltage, the detection result latch circuit 3220 simultaneously outputs a second high level voltage to the switch circuit 3200 and the detection pulse generating module 3210 via the path 3321. When the switch circuit 3200 receives the second high level voltage, the switch circuit 3200 is turned on again, so that the power supply loop (at least including the first installation detection terminal TE1, the switch circuit 3200, the path 3201, the detection determination circuit 3230 and the second installation detection terminal TE2) of the LED straight tube lamp is also turned on again; at the same time, the detection pulse generating module 3210 outputs a voltage dropping from the first high level back to a first low level voltage (the third time of the first low level voltage, the second time of the first high level voltage, and the fourth time of the first low level voltage form a second pulse signal DP2) after receiving the second high level voltage returned by the detection result latch circuit 3220 for a period of time (the period of time determines the pulse width). When the power supply circuit of the LED straight lamp is turned on again, the detecting and determining circuit 3230 also detects a second sampling signal SP2 (e.g., a voltage signal) on the circuit, and when the second sampling signal SP2 is greater than and/or equal to the setting signal (e.g., a reference voltage Vref), the LED straight lamp is correctly installed in the lamp socket according to the application principle of the present application, so the detecting and determining circuit 3230 outputs a third high level voltage (the first high level signal) to the detection result latch circuit 3220 through the path 3331. The detection result latch circuit 3220 receives the third high level voltage to output and maintain a second high level voltage (a second high level signal) to the switch circuit 3200, and the switch circuit 3200 receives the second high level voltage to maintain conduction so as to maintain conduction of the power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp, during which the detection pulse generating module 3210 does not generate pulse output any more.

When the second sampling signal SP2 is smaller than the set signal, it indicates that the LED straight lamp is still not correctly installed in the lamp socket according to the application principle of the present application, and therefore the detection determining circuit 3230 outputs a third low level voltage (the first low level signal) to the detection result latch circuit 3220. The detection result latch circuit 3220 receives the third low level voltage to output and maintain a second low level voltage (a second low level signal) to the switch circuit 3200, and the switch circuit 3200 receives the second low level voltage to maintain the cutoff, so that the power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp maintains the open circuit.

In the example of fig. 41B, since the first sampling signal SP1 generated based on the first pulse signal DP1 and the second sampling signal SP2 generated based on the second pulse signal DP2 are both smaller than the reference voltage Vref, the switch circuit 3200 is maintained in the off state during this period, and the driving circuit (not shown) is not activated. Until the third pulse signal DP3 is generated, since the detection determining circuit 3230 generates the detection result that the LED straight tube lamp is correctly installed according to the third sampling signal SP3 higher than the reference voltage Vref, the switch circuit 3200 is maintained in the on state by the high level voltage outputted by the detection result latch circuit 3220 to maintain the power loop on. At this time, the driving circuit in the power module is activated and starts to operate based on the voltage on the power loop, and then generates a lighting control signal Slc to switch a power switch (not shown), so that a driving current can be generated and light the LED module.

Next, referring to fig. 20B to fig. 20E, when the LED straight lamp is replaced with the lamp socket, a driving voltage charges the capacitor C21 through the resistor R21, and when the voltage of the capacitor C21 rises enough to trigger the schmitt trigger STRG, the schmitt trigger STRG changes from the initial first low-level voltage to a first high-level voltage and outputs the first high-level voltage to an input terminal of the or gate OG. After receiving the first high voltage from the schmitt trigger STRG, the or gate OG outputs a second high voltage to the base of the transistor M22 and the resistor R23. When the base terminal of the transistor M22 receives the second high level voltage outputted from the or gate OG, the collector terminal and the emitter terminal of the transistor M22 are turned on, so that the power supply loop (at least including the first mounting detection terminal TE1, the transistor M22, the resistor R24 and the second mounting detection terminal TE2) of the LED straight tube lamp is turned on; at the same time, after the base terminal of the transistor M21 receives the second high level voltage outputted by the or gate OG through the resistor R23, the collector terminal and the emitter terminal of the transistor M21 are connected to ground, so that the voltage of the capacitor C21 is discharged to ground through the resistor R22, and when the voltage of the capacitor C21 is not enough to trigger the schmitt trigger STRG, the output of the schmitt trigger STRG is dropped from the first high level voltage back to the first low level voltage (the first low level voltage, the first high level voltage and the second low level voltage constitute a first pulse signal). When the power supply circuit of the LED straight tube lamp is turned on, the current flowing through the capacitor (e.g., the filter capacitor of the filter circuit) in the LED power supply circuit through the transient response flows through the transistor M22 and the resistor R24, and forms a voltage signal on the resistor R24, which is compared with a reference voltage (in this embodiment, 1.3V, but not limited thereto) via the comparator CP21, when the voltage signal is greater than and/or equal to the reference voltage, the comparator CP21 outputs a third high level voltage to the clock input end CLK of the D-type flip-flop DFF, meanwhile, as the data input end D of the D-type flip-flop DFF is connected with the driving voltage, the output end Q of the D-type flip-flop DFF outputs a high-level voltage to the other input end of the OR gate OG, the or gate OG outputs and maintains the second high level voltage to the base terminal of the transistor M22, so that the transistor M22 and the power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp are maintained to be turned on. Since the or gate OG outputs and maintains the second high level voltage, the transistor M21 also maintains the conducting ground, so that the voltage of the capacitor C21 cannot rise enough to trigger the schmitt trigger STRG.

When the voltage signal of the resistor R24 is smaller than the reference voltage, the comparator CP21 outputs a third low level voltage to the frequency input terminal CLK of the D-type flip-flop DFF, and at the same time, since the initial output value of the D-type flip-flop DFF is zero, the output terminal Q of the D-type flip-flop DFF outputs a low level voltage to the other input terminal of the or gate OG, and since the schmitt trigger STRG connected to one terminal of the or gate OG also recovers to output the first low level voltage, the or gate OG outputs and maintains the second low level voltage to the base terminal of the transistor M22, so that the transistor M22 maintains off and the power supply circuit of the LED straight tube lamp maintains open circuit. However, since the or gate OG outputs and maintains the second low level voltage, the transistor M21 is also maintained at the off state, and the voltage to be driven is charged to the capacitor C21 through the resistor R21 to repeat the next (pulse) detection.

It should be noted that the pulse period is determined by the resistance of the resistor R21 and the capacitance of the capacitor C21, and in some embodiments, the set Time Interval (TIV) of the pulse signal is 3ms to 500ms, and further, the time interval of the pulse signal is 20ms to 50 ms; in some embodiments, the set Time Interval (TIV) of the pulse signal is 500ms to 2000 ms. The pulse width is determined by the resistance of the resistor R22 and the capacitance of the capacitor C21. in some embodiments, the pulse width may range from 1us to 100us, and further, the pulse width may range from 10us to 20 us. In this embodiment, the generation mechanism of the pulse signal and the corresponding detection current state can refer to the embodiment of fig. 41D to 41F, and are not repeated herein.

Zener diode ZD1 provides a protection function, but it may be omitted; the resistor R24 can be two resistors connected in parallel based on power considerations, and the equivalent resistance value of the resistor R24 comprises 0.1 ohm-5 ohm; the resistors R25 and R26 provide a voltage divider to ensure that the input voltage is higher than the reference voltage of the comparator CP22 (0.3V in this embodiment, but not limited thereto); the capacitor C22 provides voltage stabilizing and filtering functions; the diode D21 ensures unidirectionality of signal transmission. In addition, it is emphasized that the installation detection module disclosed in the present application can be applied to other double-end-powered LED lighting devices, such as: the present disclosure is not limited to the application range of the installation detection module, and the LED lamp with the double-end power supply architecture and the LED lamp including the LED lamp directly using the commercial power or using the signal output by the ballast as the external driving voltage.

Referring to fig. 21A, fig. 21A is a schematic circuit block diagram of an installation detection module according to a third embodiment of the present application. The installation detection module 3000c may include a pulse generation auxiliary circuit 3310, an integrated control module 3320, a switch circuit 3200, and a detection determination auxiliary circuit 3330. The overall operation of the installation detection module of this embodiment is similar to that of the installation detection module of the second preferred embodiment, and therefore, reference can be made to the signal timing illustrated in fig. 41B. The integrated control module 3320 includes at least two input terminals IN1, IN2 and an output terminal OT. The pulse generating auxiliary circuit 3310 is electrically connected to the input terminal IN1 and the output terminal OT of the integrated control module 3320, and is used for assisting the integrated control module 3320 to generate a control signal. The detection and determination auxiliary circuit 3330 is electrically connected to the input terminal IN2 of the integrated control module 3320 and the switch circuit 3200, and is configured to transmit a sampling signal associated with the power supply loop back to the input terminal IN2 of the integrated control module 3320 when the switch circuit 3200 is connected to the LED power supply loop, so that the integrated control module 3320 can determine the installation status of the LED straight lamp and the lamp holder based on the sampling signal. The switch circuit 3200 is electrically connected to one end of the power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp and the detection determination auxiliary circuit 3330, respectively, and is configured to receive the control signal output by the integrated control module 3320 and is turned on during an enabling period (i.e., a pulse period) of the control signal, so that the power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp is turned on.

More specifically, the integrated control module 3320 is configured to briefly turn on the switch circuit 3200 by outputting a control signal having at least one pulse through the output terminal OT IN a detection mode according to the signal received at the input terminal IN 1. IN this detection mode, the integrated control module 3320 may detect whether the LED straight lamp is correctly installed IN the lamp socket according to the signal at the input terminal IN2 and latch the detection result as a basis for turning on the switch circuit 3200 after the detection mode is finished (i.e., determining whether to normally supply power to the LED module). The detailed circuit structure and the overall circuit operation of the third preferred embodiment will be described in the following.

In an exemplary embodiment, the integrated control module 3320, the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 3310, the detection determination auxiliary circuit 3330 and the switch circuit 3200 of the installation detection module 3000c may be respectively implemented by the circuit architectures of fig. 21B to 21E (but not limited thereto), wherein fig. 21B to 21E are schematic circuit architectures of the installation detection module according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure. The modules/units are described below.

Referring to fig. 21B, fig. 21B is a schematic diagram of an internal circuit block of an integrated control module of an installation detection module according to a third embodiment of the present application. The integrated control module 3320 includes a pulse generating unit 3322, a detection result latch unit 3323, and a detection unit 3324. The pulse generating unit 3322 receives the signal provided by the pulse generating auxiliary circuit 3310 from the input terminal IN1, and generates at least one pulse signal according to the received signal, and the generated pulse signal is provided to the detection result latch unit 3323. IN the present embodiment, the pulse generating unit 3322 may be implemented by, for example, a schmitt trigger (not shown, refer to the schmitt trigger STRG of fig. 20B), and has an input coupled to the input IN1 of the integrated control module 3320 and an output coupled to the output OT of the integrated control module 3320. The pulse generating unit 3322 of the present application is not limited to be implemented only by a circuit architecture using schmitt triggers. Any analog/digital circuit architecture that can implement the function of generating at least one pulse signal can be used.

The detection result latch unit 3323 is coupled to the pulse generating unit 3322 and the detecting unit 3324. In the detection mode, the detection result latch unit 3323 supplies the pulse signal generated by the pulse generation unit 3322 to the output terminal OT as a control signal. On the other hand, the detection result latch unit 3323 also latches the detection result signal provided by the detection unit 3324 and provides the latched signal to the output terminal OT after the detection mode, so as to determine whether to turn on the switch circuit 3200 according to whether the installation state of the LED straight lamp is correct. In the present embodiment, the detection result latch unit 3323 can be implemented by a circuit architecture of a D-type flip-flop and an or gate (not shown, refer to the D-type flip-flop DFF and the or gate OG in fig. 20D), for example. The D-type flip-flop is provided with a data input end, a frequency input end and an output end. The data input terminal is connected to the driving voltage VCC, and the frequency input terminal is connected to the detecting unit 3324. The or gate has a first input terminal, a second input terminal and an output terminal, the first input terminal is connected to the pulse generating unit 3322, the second input terminal is connected to the output terminal of the D-type flip-flop, and the output terminal of the or gate is connected to the output terminal OT. However, the detection result latch unit 3323 of the present application is not limited to the circuit architecture using the D-type flip-flop and the or gate. Any analog/digital circuit architecture that can latch and output a control signal to control the switching of the switch circuit 3200 can be used.

The detecting unit 3324 is coupled to the detection result latch unit 3323. The detection unit 3324 receives the signal from the input terminal IN2, and generates a detection result signal indicating whether the LED straight lamp is properly mounted, and the detection result signal is provided to the detection result latch unit 3323. In the present embodiment, the detecting unit 3324 may be implemented by a comparator (not shown, refer to the comparator CP21 in fig. 20C), for example. The comparator has a first input terminal connected to a setting signal, a second input terminal connected to the input terminal IN2, and an output terminal connected to the detection result latch unit 3323. The detecting unit 3324 of the present application is not limited to be implemented by using a circuit architecture of a comparator. Any analog/digital circuit configuration that can determine whether the LED straight lamp is properly mounted according to the signal at the input terminal IN2 can be used.

Referring to fig. 21C, fig. 21C is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a pulse generation auxiliary circuit of an installation detection module according to a third embodiment of the present application. The pulse generation auxiliary circuit 3310 includes resistors R31, R32, and R33, a capacitor C31, and a transistor M31. One end of the resistor R31 is connected to a driving voltage (e.g., VCC). One end of the capacitor C31 is connected to the other end of the resistor R31, and the other end of the capacitor C31 is connected to ground. One end of the resistor R32 is connected with the connection end of the resistor R31 and the capacitor C31. The transistor M31 has a base terminal, a collector terminal and an emitter terminal. The collector terminal is connected to the other end of resistor R32, and the emitter terminal is grounded. One end of the resistor R33 is connected to the base terminal of the transistor M31, and the other end of the resistor R33 is connected to the output terminal OT of the integrated control module 3310 and the control terminal of the switch circuit 3200 through the path 3311. The pulse generating auxiliary circuit 3310 further includes a zener diode ZD1 having an anode terminal connected to the other terminal of the capacitor C31 and grounded, and a cathode terminal connected to the terminal of the capacitor 3323 connected to the resistor R31.

Referring to fig. 21D, fig. 21D is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a detection determination auxiliary circuit of an installation detection module according to a third embodiment of the present application. The auxiliary detection and determination circuit 3330 includes resistors R34, R35, and R36, a capacitor C32, and a diode D31. One end of the resistor R34 is connected to one end of the switch circuit 3200, and the other end of the resistor R34 is connected to the other end (e.g., the second mounting detection terminal TE2) of the LED power supply circuit. One end of the resistor R35 is connected to the driving voltage (e.g., VCC). One end of the resistor R36 is connected to the other end of the resistor R35, and is connected to the input terminal IN2 of the integrated control module 3320 via the path 3331, and the other end of the resistor R36 is grounded. The capacitor C32 is connected in parallel with the resistor R36. The diode D31 has an anode terminal connected to one end of the resistor R34 and a cathode terminal connected to the connection end of the resistors R35 and R36. IN some embodiments, the resistor R35, the resistor R36, the capacitor C32, and the diode D31 may be omitted, and when the diode D31 is omitted, one end of the resistor R34 is directly connected to the input IN2 of the integrated control module 3320 via the path 3331. In some embodiments, resistor R34 may be a parallel connection of two resistors, the equivalent resistance value of which may include 0.1 ohm-5 ohm, based on power considerations.

Referring to fig. 21E, fig. 21E is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a switch circuit of an installation detection module according to a third embodiment of the present application. The switch circuit 3200c comprises a transistor M32 having a base terminal, a collector terminal and an emitter terminal. The base terminal of the transistor M32 is connected to the output terminal OT of the integrated control module 3320 via the path 3321, the collector terminal of the transistor M32 is connected to one terminal of the LED power supply loop (e.g., the first mounting detection terminal TE1), and the emitter terminal of the transistor M32 is connected to the detection auxiliary circuit 3330. The transistor M32 can also be replaced by equivalent elements of other electronic switches, such as: MOSFETs, etc.

It should be noted that, the installation detection principle used by the installation detection module of this embodiment is the same as that of the second preferred embodiment, and is based on the principle that the voltage of the capacitor does not suddenly change, and before the power supply circuit is turned on, the voltage at two ends of the capacitor in the power supply circuit of the LED straight tube lamp is zero and the transient response presents a short-circuit state; when the power supply loop is correctly installed on the lamp holder, the transient response current-limiting resistor is small and the response peak current is large, when the power supply loop is incorrectly installed on the lamp holder, the principles of large transient response current-limiting resistor and small response peak current are implemented, and the leakage current of the LED straight tube lamp is smaller than 5 MIU. In other words, whether the LED straight lamp is correctly installed in the socket is determined by detecting the response peak current. Therefore, the transient current portion under the normal operation and the lamp-changing test can refer to the description of the foregoing embodiments, and the detailed description thereof is omitted. The following description will be made only with respect to the overall circuit operation of the mounting detection module.

Referring to fig. 21A again, when the LED straight lamp is replaced with a lamp socket, if one end of the LED straight lamp is powered on, the driving voltage VCC is provided to the module/circuit in the installation detection module 3000 c. The pulse generating auxiliary circuit 3310 performs a charging operation in response to the driving voltage VCC. After a period of time (which determines the pulse period), the output voltage (referred to herein as the first output voltage) rises from a first low level voltage to exceed a forward threshold voltage (the voltage level may be defined according to the circuit design), and is output to the input terminal IN1 of the integrated control module 3320 via a path 3311. The integrated control module 3320 receives the first output voltage from the input terminal IN1, and outputs an enabled control signal (e.g., a high level voltage) to the switch circuit 3200 and the pulse generating auxiliary circuit 3310 via a path 3321. When the switch circuit 3200 receives the enabled control signal, the switch circuit 3200 is turned on to turn on a power supply loop (at least including the first mounting detection terminal TE1, the switch circuit 3200, the path 3201, the detection determination auxiliary circuit 3330 and the second mounting detection terminal TE2) of the LED straight tube lamp; at the same time, the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 3310 will respond to the enabled control signal to conduct the discharging path for the discharging action, and after a period of time (which determines the pulse width) after receiving the enabled control signal returned by the integrated control module 3320, the first output voltage gradually drops from the voltage level exceeding the forward threshold voltage back to the first low level voltage. When the first output voltage drops below a reverse threshold voltage (the voltage value may be defined according to a circuit design), the integrated control module 3320 may pull down the enabled control signal to the disable level (i.e., output the disabled control signal, where the disabled control signal is, for example, a low level voltage) in response to the first output voltage, so that the control signal has a pulse-shaped signal waveform (i.e., the first low level voltage, the first high level voltage, and the second low level voltage in the control signal constitute a first pulse signal). The auxiliary detection and determination circuit 3330 detects a first sampling signal (e.g., a voltage signal) on the power supply loop of the LED straight-tube lamp when the power supply loop is turned on, and provides the first sampling signal to the integrated control module 3320 via the input terminal IN 2. When the integrated control module 3320 determines that the first sampling signal is greater than or equal to a predetermined signal (e.g., a reference voltage), it indicates that the LED straight tube lamp is correctly installed in the lamp holder according to the application principle of the present application, so the integrated control module 3320 outputs and maintains an enabled control signal to the switch circuit 3200, the switch circuit 3200 receives the enabled control signal and maintains the switch-on state to maintain the power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp on, and the integrated control module 3320 does not generate pulse output any more.

On the contrary, when the integrated control circuit 3320 determines that the first sampling signal is smaller than the setting signal, according to the application principle of the present application, it indicates that the LED straight tube lamp is not correctly installed in the lamp holder, and therefore the integrated control circuit outputs and maintains a disable control signal to the switch circuit 3200, and the switch circuit 3200 receives the disable control signal and then maintains the disable control signal to be turned off so as to maintain the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp to be open.

Since the discharge path of the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 3310 is cut off, the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 3310 performs the charging operation again. Therefore, when the power supply loop of the LED straight-tube lamp is kept open for a certain period of time (i.e., the pulse period time), the first output voltage of the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 3310 rises from the first low level voltage to exceed the forward threshold voltage again, and is output to the input terminal IN1 of the integrated control module 3320 through the path 3311. The integrated control module 3320 receives the first output voltage from the input terminal IN1, pulls up the control signal from the disable level to the enable level again (i.e., outputs the enabled control signal), and provides the enabled control signal to the switch circuit 3200 and the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 3310. When the switch circuit 3200 receives the enabled control signal, the switch circuit 3200 is turned on so that the power supply loop (including at least the first mounting detection terminal TE1, the switch circuit 3200, the path 3201, the detection determination auxiliary circuit 3330 and the second mounting detection terminal TE2) of the LED straight lamp is also turned on again. At the same time, the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 3310 will again respond to the enabled control signal to conduct the discharging path and perform the discharging action, and after a period of time (which determines the pulse width) after receiving the enabled control signal returned by the integrated control module 3320, the first output voltage gradually decreases from the voltage level exceeding the forward threshold voltage back to the first low level voltage again. When the first output voltage drops to a level lower than the reverse threshold voltage, the integrated control module 3320 may pull down the enabled control signal to the disable level in response to the first output voltage, so that the control signal has a pulse-shaped signal waveform (i.e., a second pulse signal is formed by the third low-level voltage, the second high-level voltage, and the fourth low-level voltage in the control signal). When the power supply circuit of the LED straight tube lamp is turned on again, the auxiliary detection and determination circuit 3330 also detects a second sampling signal (e.g., a voltage signal) on the power supply circuit of the LED straight tube lamp again, and provides the second sampling signal to the integrated control module 3320 through the input terminal IN 2. When the second sampling signal is greater than and/or equal to the setting signal (e.g., a reference voltage), according to the application principle of the present application, it indicates that the LED straight tube lamp is correctly installed in the lamp holder, so the integrated control module 3320 outputs and maintains an enabled control signal to the switch circuit 3200, and the switch circuit 3200 receives the enabled control signal and then maintains conduction to maintain conduction of the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp, during which the integrated control module 3320 does not generate pulse output any more.

When the integrated control module 3320 determines that the second sampling signal is smaller than the setting signal, it indicates that the LED straight tube lamp is not correctly installed in the lamp socket according to the application principle of the present application, so the integrated control circuit outputs and maintains a disable control signal to the switch circuit 3200, and the switch circuit 3200 receives the disable control signal and then maintains the disable control signal to be turned off so as to maintain the power loop of the LED straight tube lamp to be open. In this case, the problem that a user gets an electric shock due to mistakenly touching the conductive part of the LED straight lamp when the LED straight lamp is not correctly installed in the lamp holder is avoided.

The operation of the internal circuit/module of the installation detection module of the present embodiment is described in more detail below. Referring to fig. 21B to 21E, when the LED straight lamp is replaced with the lamp holder, a driving voltage VCC charges the capacitor C21 through the resistor R21, and when the voltage of the capacitor C31 rises enough to trigger the pulse generating unit 3322 (i.e., exceeds the forward threshold voltage), the output of the pulse generating unit 3322 changes from an initial first low level voltage to a first high level voltage and outputs the first high level voltage to the detection result latch unit 3323. After the detection result latch 3323 receives the first high level voltage from the pulse generator 3322, the detection result latch 3323 outputs a second high level voltage to the base terminal of the transistor M32 and the resistor R33 through the output terminal OT. When the base terminal of the transistor M32 receives the second high-level voltage outputted from the detection result latch unit 3323, the collector terminal and the emitter terminal of the transistor M32 are turned on, so that the power circuit (including at least the first mounting detection terminal TE1, the transistor M32, the resistor R34 and the second mounting detection terminal TE2) of the LED straight lamp is turned on.

Meanwhile, after the base terminal of the transistor M31 receives the second high level voltage at the output terminal OT through the resistor R33, the collector terminal and the emitter terminal of the transistor M31 are connected to ground, so that the voltage of the capacitor C31 is discharged to ground through the resistor R32, and when the voltage of the capacitor C31 is not enough to trigger the pulse generating unit 3322, the output of the pulse generating unit 3322 is reduced from the first high level voltage back to the first low level voltage (the first low level voltage, the first high level voltage and the second first low level voltage constitute a first pulse signal). When the power supply circuit of the LED straight tube lamp is turned on, the current flowing through the capacitor (e.g., the filter capacitor of the filter circuit) IN the LED power supply circuit through the transient response flows through the transistor M32 and the resistor R34, and forms a voltage signal on the resistor R34, which is provided to the input terminal IN2, such that the detecting unit 3324 can compare the voltage signal with a reference voltage.

When the detecting unit 3324 determines that the voltage signal is greater than or equal to the reference voltage, the detecting unit 3324 outputs a third high-level voltage to the detection result latch unit 3323. When the detecting unit 3324 determines that the voltage signal of the resistor R34 is less than the reference voltage, the detecting unit 3324 outputs a third low level voltage to the detected result latch unit 3323.

The detection result latch unit 3323 latches the third high level voltage/the third low level voltage provided by the detection unit 3324, performs an or logic operation on the latched signal and the signal provided by the pulse generation unit 3322, and determines that the output control signal is the second high level voltage or the second low level voltage according to the result of the or logic operation.

More specifically, when the detecting unit 3324 determines that the voltage signal of the resistor R34 is greater than or equal to the reference voltage, the detection result latch unit 3323 latches the third high-level voltage outputted by the detecting unit 3324 to keep outputting the second high-level voltage to the base terminal of the transistor M32, so that the transistor M32 and the power circuit of the LED straight-tube lamp are kept on. Since the detection result latch unit 3323 outputs and maintains the second high level voltage, the transistor M31 is also kept connected to ground, and the voltage of the capacitor C31 cannot rise enough to trigger the pulse generating unit 3322. When the detecting unit 3324 determines that the voltage signal of the resistor R34 is less than the reference voltage, the detecting unit 3324 and the pulse generating unit 3322 both provide low level voltages, so that after the or logic operation, the detecting result latch unit 3323 outputs and maintains the second low level voltage to the base terminal of the transistor M32, thereby keeping the transistor M32 off and the power circuit of the LED straight tube lamp open. However, since the control signal at the output terminal OT is maintained at the second low level voltage, the transistor M31 is also maintained at the off state, and the to-be-driven voltage VCC charges the capacitor C31 through the resistor R31 to repeat the next (pulse) detection.

Incidentally, the detection mode described in this embodiment may be defined as a period in which the driving voltage VCC is supplied to the mounting detection module 3000c, but the detection unit 3324 has not determined that the voltage signal of the resistor R34 is greater than or equal to the reference voltage. In the detection mode, the transistor M31 is repeatedly turned on and off by the control signal output by the detection result latch unit 3323, so that the discharge path is periodically turned on and off. The capacitor C31 is periodically charged and discharged in response to the on/off of the transistor M31. Therefore, the detection result latch unit 3323 outputs a control signal having a periodic pulse waveform in the detection mode. When the detecting unit 3324 determines that the voltage signal at the resistor R34 is greater than or equal to the reference voltage, or the driving voltage VCC is stopped, the detection mode is considered to be ended (it is determined that the LED lamp is correctly installed or removed). At this time, the detection result latch unit 3323 outputs the control signal maintained at the second high level voltage or the second low level voltage.

On the other hand, as shown in fig. 20A, the integrated control module 3320 of the present embodiment may be formed by integrating part of the circuit components of the detection pulse generating module 3210, the detection result latch circuit 3220, and the detection determining circuit 3230, and the non-integrated circuit components may respectively form the pulse generating auxiliary circuit 3310 and the detection determining auxiliary circuit 3330 of the present embodiment. In other words, the function/circuit configuration of the pulse generating unit 3322 of the integrated control module 3320 and the auxiliary pulse generating circuit 3310 may be identical to the detection pulse generating module 3210 of the second preferred embodiment, the function/circuit configuration of the detection result latch unit 3323 of the integrated control module 3320 may be identical to the detection result latch module 3220 of the second preferred embodiment, and the function/circuit configuration of the detection unit 3324 of the integrated control module 3320 and the auxiliary detection determining circuit 3330 may be identical to the detection determining circuit 3230.

Referring to fig. 22A, fig. 22A is a schematic circuit block diagram of an installation detection module according to a fourth embodiment of the present application. The mounting detection module of the present embodiment may be, for example, a three-terminal switch device 3000d including a power source terminal VP1, a first switch terminal SP1, and a second switch terminal SP 2. The power source terminal VP1 of the three-terminal switching device 3000d is adapted to receive the driving voltage VCC, the first switching terminal SP1 is adapted to connect to one of the first mounting detection terminal TE1 and the second mounting detection terminal TE2 (shown in the figure as being connected to the first mounting detection terminal TE1, but not limited thereto), and the second switching terminal SP2 is adapted to connect to the other of the first mounting detection terminal TE1 and the second mounting detection terminal TE2 (shown in the figure as being connected to the second mounting detection terminal TE2, but not limited thereto).

The three-terminal switching device 3000d includes a signal processing unit 3420, a signal generating unit 3410, a signal acquiring unit 3430, and a switching unit 3200. In addition, the three-terminal switching device 3000d may further include an internal power detecting unit 3440. The signal processing unit 3420 may output a control signal having a pulse waveform in the detection mode according to the signals provided by the signal generating unit 3410 and the signal acquiring unit 3430, and output a control signal maintained at a high voltage level or a low voltage level after the detection mode to control the on state of the switch unit 3200, so as to determine whether to turn on the power circuit of the LED straight tube lamp. The signal generating unit 3410 may generate a pulse signal to the signal processing unit 3420 when receiving the driving voltage VCC. The pulse signal generated by the signal generating unit 3410 may be generated according to a reference signal received from the outside or may be generated independently, and the present application is not limited thereto. The term "external" as used herein is relative to the signal generating unit 3410, i.e., a reference signal received from the outside as described herein, whether generated by other circuits within the three-terminal switching device 3000d or generated by circuits external to the three-terminal switching device 3000d, as long as the reference signal is not generated by the signal generating unit 3410. The signal acquisition unit 3430 may be configured to sample an electrical signal on a power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp, detect an installation state of the LED straight tube lamp according to the sampled signal, and transmit a detection result signal indicating a detection result to the signal processing unit 3420 for processing.

In an exemplary embodiment, the three-terminal switching device 3000d can be implemented by an integrated circuit, that is, the three-terminal switching device can be a three-terminal switching control chip, which can be applied to any type of LED straight lamp with two terminals powered on, so as to provide the function of protection against electric shock. It should be noted that the three-terminal switch device 3000d may not be limited to include only three pins/connecting terminals, but three of the pins are configured in the above manner, which all fall within the protection scope of the present embodiment.

In an exemplary embodiment, the signal processing unit 3420, the signal generating unit 3410, the signal acquiring unit 3430, the switch unit 3200 and the internal power detecting unit 3440 may be respectively implemented by the circuit architectures of fig. 22B to 22F (but not limited thereto), wherein fig. 22B to 22F are schematic circuit architectures of the installation detecting module according to the fourth embodiment of the present disclosure. The modules/units are described below.

Referring to fig. 22B, fig. 22B is a circuit architecture diagram of a signal processing unit of an installation detection module according to a fourth embodiment of the present application. The signal processing unit 3420 includes a driver DRV, an or gate OG, and a D-type flip-flop DFF. The driver DRV has an input terminal and an output terminal, and the output terminal of the driver DRV is connected to the switch unit 3200 through the path 3421, so as to provide the control signal to the switch unit 3200. The or gate OG has a first input, a second input, and an output. A first input of the or gate OG is connected to the signal generating unit 3410 via a path 3411, and an output of the or gate OG is coupled to an input of the driver DRV. The D-type flip-flop DFF has a data input (D), a frequency input (CK) and an output (Q). The data input terminal of the D-type flip-flop DFF receives the driving voltage VCC, the frequency input terminal of the D-type flip-flop DFF is connected to the signal acquisition unit 3430 via the path 3431, and the output terminal of the D-type flip-flop is coupled to the second input terminal of the or gate OG.

Referring to fig. 22C, fig. 22C is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a signal generating unit of an installation detection module according to a fourth embodiment of the present application. The signal generating unit 3410 includes resistors R41 and R42, a capacitor C41, a switch M41, and a comparator CP 41. One end of the resistor R41 receives the driving voltage VCC, and the resistor R41, the resistor R42 and the capacitor C41 are connected in series between the driving voltage VCC and the ground terminal. The switch M41 is connected in parallel with the capacitor C41. Comparator CP41 has a first input, a second input, and an output. A first input terminal of the comparator CP41 is coupled to the connection terminal of the resistors R41 and R42, a second input terminal of the comparator CP41 receives a reference voltage Vref1, and an output terminal of the comparator CP41 is coupled to the control terminal of the switch M41.

Referring to fig. 22D, fig. 22D is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a signal acquisition unit of an installation detection module according to a fourth embodiment of the present application. The signal acquisition unit 3430 includes an or gate OG and comparators CP42 and CP 43. The or gate OG has a first input terminal, a second input terminal, and an output terminal, and the output terminal of the or gate OG is connected to the signal processing unit 3420 via a path 3431. A first input terminal of the comparator CP42 is connected to one terminal of the switch unit 3200 (i.e., on the power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp) via a path 2962, a second input terminal of the comparator CP42 receives a first reference voltage (e.g., 1.25V, but not limited thereto), and an output terminal of the comparator CP42 is coupled to the first input terminal of the or gate OG. The first input of the comparator CP43 receives a second reference voltage (e.g., 0.15V, but not limited thereto), the second input of the comparator CP43 is coupled to the first input of the comparator CP42, and the output of the comparator CP43 is coupled to the second input of the or gate OG.

Referring to fig. 22E, fig. 22E is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a switch unit of an installation detection module according to a fourth embodiment of the present application. The switch cell 3200 includes a transistor M42 having a gate terminal, a drain terminal and a source terminal. A gate terminal of the transistor M42 is connected to the signal processing unit 3420 via a path 3421, a drain terminal of the transistor M42 is connected to the first switching terminal SP1 via a path 3201, and a source terminal of the transistor M42 is connected to the second switching terminal SP2, a first input terminal of the comparator CP42, and a second input terminal of the comparator CP43 via a path 3202.

Referring to fig. 22F, fig. 22F is a schematic circuit block diagram of an internal power detection unit of an installation detection module according to a fourth embodiment of the present application. The internal power supply detection unit 3440 includes a clamp circuit 3442, a reference voltage generation circuit 3443, a voltage adjustment circuit 3444, and a schmitt trigger STRG. The clamping circuit 3442 and the voltage adjusting circuit 3444 are respectively coupled to the power supply terminal VP1 for receiving the driving voltage VCC, so as to respectively perform voltage clamping and voltage adjusting operations on the driving voltage VCC. The reference voltage generating circuit 3443 is coupled to the voltage adjusting circuit for generating a reference voltage to the voltage adjusting circuit 3444. The schmitt trigger STRG has an input terminal coupled to the clamp circuit 3442 and the voltage adjustment circuit 3444, and an output terminal outputting a power confirmation signal indicating whether the driving voltage VCC is normally supplied. If the driving voltage VCC is in a normally supplied state, the schmitt trigger STRG outputs an enabled (e.g., high level) power confirmation signal, so that the driving voltage VCC is provided to each component/circuit in the three-terminal switching device 3000 d. Conversely, if the driving voltage VCC is in an abnormal state, the schmitt trigger STRG outputs an disable (e.g., low level) power confirmation signal, thereby preventing each component/circuit in the three-terminal switching device 3000d from being damaged due to the abnormal driving voltage VCC.

Referring to fig. 22A to 22F, in the specific circuit operation of the present embodiment, when the LED straight-tube lamp is replaced by a lamp socket, the driving voltage VCC is provided to the three-terminal switching device 3000d through the power source terminal VP 1. At this time, the driving voltage VCC charges the capacitor C41 through the resistors R41 and R42. When the capacitor voltage rises to exceed the reference voltage Vref1, the comparator CP41 switches to output a high level voltage to the first input terminal of the or gate OG and the control terminal of the switch M41. In response to the high level voltage, the switch M41 is turned on, so that the capacitor C41 starts to discharge to ground. Through the charging and discharging process, the comparator CP41 outputs an output signal having a pulse form.

On the other hand, during the period when the comparator CP41 outputs the high level voltage, the or gate OG outputs the high level voltage to turn on the transistor M42, so that the current flows through the power circuit of the LED straight tube lamp. When a current flows through the power loop, a voltage signal corresponding to the magnitude of the current is established on the path 3202. The comparator CP42 samples the voltage signal and compares it with a first reference voltage (e.g., 1.25V).

When the sampled voltage signal is greater than the first reference voltage (e.g., 1.25V), the comparator CP42 outputs a high level voltage. The or gate OG generates another high level voltage to the frequency input terminal of the D-type flip-flop DFF in response to the high level voltage outputted from the comparator CP 42. The D-type flip-flop DFF keeps outputting a high level voltage based on the output of the or gate OG. The driver DRV generates an enable control signal to turn on the transistor M42 in response to the high level voltage on the input terminal. At this time, even though the capacitor C41 has been discharged until the capacitor voltage is lower than the reference voltage Vref1, and the output of the comparator CP41 is pulled down to the low level voltage, the transistor M42 can be maintained in the on state because the D-type flip-flop DFF maintains the output of the high level voltage.

When the sampled voltage signal is smaller than the first reference voltage (e.g., 1.25V), the comparator CP42 outputs a low level voltage. The or gate OG generates another low level voltage to the frequency input terminal of the D-type flip-flop DFF in response to the low level voltage outputted from the comparator CP 42. The D-type flip-flop DFF keeps outputting a low level voltage based on the output of the OR gate OG. At this time, once the capacitor C41 discharges to a capacitor voltage lower than the reference voltage Vref1 and the output of the comparator CP41 is pulled down to the low level voltage (i.e., at the end of the pulse period), since both input terminals of the or gate OG are maintained at the low level voltage, the output terminal also outputs the low level voltage, the driver DRV generates the disable control signal to turn off the transistor M42 in response to the received low level voltage, so that the power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp is turned off.

As can be seen from the above description, the operation of the signal processing unit 3420 of the present embodiment is similar to the detection result latch circuit 3220 of the second preferred embodiment, the operation of the signal generating unit 3410 is similar to the detection pulse generating module 3210 of the second preferred embodiment, the operation of the signal acquiring unit 3430 is similar to the detection determining circuit 3230 of the second preferred embodiment, and the operation of the switch unit 3200d is similar to the switch circuit 3200b of the second preferred embodiment.

Referring to fig. 23A, fig. 23A is a schematic circuit block diagram of an installation detection module according to a fifth embodiment of the present application. The mounting detection module 3000e includes a detection pulse generation module 3510, a control circuit 3520, a detection determination circuit 3530, a switch circuit 3200e, and a detection path circuit 3560. Sense decision circuit 3530 is coupled to sense path circuit 3560 via path 3561 to sense signals on sense path circuit 3560. The detection decision circuit 3530 is also coupled to the control circuit 3520 via a path 3531, so as to transmit the detection result signal to the control circuit 3520 via the path 3531. The detection pulse generating module 3510 is coupled to the detection path circuit 3560 via a path 3511, and generates a pulse signal to notify the detection path circuit 3560 of a timing point for turning on the detection path or performing the detection operation. The control circuit 3520 latches the detection result according to the detection result signal, and is coupled to the switch circuit 3200e via the path 3521, so as to transmit or reflect the detection result to the switch circuit 3200 e. The switch circuit 3200e determines whether to turn on or off the first mounting detection terminal TE1 and the second mounting detection terminal TE2 based on the detection result. The detection path circuit 3560 is coupled to the power circuit of the power module via the first detection connection DE1 and the second detection connection DE 2.

In the present embodiment, the detection pulse generating module 3510 may refer to the detection pulse generating module 3110 in fig. 19B or the detection pulse generating module 3210 in fig. 20B. Referring to fig. 19B, when the structure of the detection pulse generating module 3110 is applied as the detection pulse generating module 3510, the path 3511 of the embodiment can be compared as the pulse signal output terminal 3111, i.e., the or gate OG1 can be connected to the detection path circuit 3560 through the path 3511. Referring to fig. 20B, when the structure of the detection pulse generating module 3210 is applied as the detection pulse generating module 3510, the path 3511 of the present embodiment can be compared with the path 3311. In addition, the detection pulse generating module 3510 is also connected to the output end of the control circuit 3520 through a path 3521, so that the path 3521 of the present embodiment can be compared with a path 3321.

The control circuit 3520 may be implemented by a control chip or any circuit having signal processing capability. When the control circuit 3520 determines that the user does not touch the lamp according to the detection result signal, the control circuit 3520 controls the switching state of the switch circuit 3200e, so that the external power can be normally supplied to the rear LED module when the lamp is correctly mounted on the lamp holder. At this time, the control circuit 3520 turns off the detection path. On the contrary, when the control circuit 3520 determines that the user touches the lamp according to the detection result signal, the control circuit 3520 will keep the switch circuit 3200e in the off state because the user may get an electric shock.

The configuration of the detection decision circuit 3530 may refer to the detection decision circuit 3130 of fig. 19C or the detection decision circuit 3230 of fig. 20C. Referring to fig. 19C, when the structure of the detection decision circuit 3130 is applied as the detection decision circuit 3530, the resistor R14 may be omitted. The path 3561 of the present embodiment can be compared with the switch coupling 3201, that is, the positive input of the comparator CP11 is connected to the detection path circuit 3560. The path 3531 of the present embodiment can be compared as the detection result terminal 3131, i.e., the output terminal of the comparator CP11 is connected to the control circuit 3520. Referring to fig. 20C, when the structure of the detection decision circuit 3230 is applied as the detection decision circuit 3530, the resistor R24 can be omitted. The path 3561 of the present embodiment can be compared to the path 3201, i.e., the anode of the diode D21 is connected to the detection path circuit 3560. The path 3531 of the present embodiment can be compared to a path 3331, i.e., the output terminals of the comparators CP21 and CP22 are connected to the control circuit 3520.

The configuration of the switching circuit 3200E may refer to the switching circuit 3200a of fig. 19E or the switching circuit 3200b of fig. 20E. Since the two switch circuits are similar in structure, the switch circuit 3200a in fig. 19E is used for representation. Referring to fig. 19E, when the switch circuit 3200a is implemented as the switch circuit 3200E, the path 3521 of the present embodiment can be compared as the path detection result latch terminal 3121, and the switch coupling terminal 3201 is not connected to the detection decision circuit 3130, but is directly connected to the second installation detection terminal TE 2.

The configuration of the detection path circuit 3560 can be as shown in fig. 23B, 23C, or 23D, and fig. 23B, 23C, and 23D are schematic circuit architectures of detection path circuits according to various embodiments of the present disclosure.

Referring to fig. 23B, fig. 23B is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a detection path circuit according to a first embodiment of the present application. The detection path circuit 3560a includes a transistor M51 and resistors R51 and R52. The transistor M51 has a base, a collector, and an emitter, and the emitter is connected to the detection pulse generation module 3510 via a path 3511. The resistor R52 has a first terminal connected to the emitter of the transistor M51, and a second terminal connected to the ground GND as the second detection connection terminal DE2, i.e., the resistor R52 is connected in series between the emitter of the transistor M51 and the ground GND. The first terminal of the resistor R51 is connected to the first mounting detection terminal 2521 as the first detection connection terminal DE1, and the first mounting detection terminal TE1 is connected to the second rectification output terminal 512, i.e., the resistor R51 is connected in series between the collector of the transistor M51 and the first rectification output terminal 511. As for the configuration of the detection path, the detection path of the present embodiment is equivalent to be configured between the rectification output terminal and the ground terminal GND.

In the present embodiment, when the transistor M51 receives the pulse signal provided by the detection pulse generating module 3510 (detection mode), it is turned on during the pulse period. In the case where at least one end of the lamp is mounted to the socket, a sensing path from the first mounting detection terminal TE1 to the ground GND (via the resistor R51, the transistor M51 and the resistor R52) is turned on in response to the turned-on transistor M51, and a voltage signal is established at a node X of the sensing path. When the user does not touch the lamp/the lamp is correctly installed to the socket, the level of the voltage signal is determined according to the voltage division of the resistors R51 and R52. When the user touches the lamp, the equivalent resistance of the human body is equivalent to be connected in series between the second detection connection terminal DE2 and the ground terminal GND, i.e. in series with the resistors R51 and R52. The level of the voltage signal is determined according to the resistors R51 and R52 and the equivalent resistance of the human body. Therefore, by providing the resistors R51 and R52 with appropriate resistance values, the voltage signal at the node X can reflect whether the user touches the lamp, so that the detection determining circuit 3530 can generate a corresponding detection result signal according to the voltage signal at the node X. In addition, besides the transistor M51 is turned on briefly in the detection mode, in the case that the control circuit 3520 determines that the lamp is properly installed in the socket, the transistor M51 is maintained in the off state, so that the power module can operate normally to supply power to the LED module.

Referring to fig. 23C, fig. 23C is a circuit architecture diagram of a detection path circuit according to a second embodiment of the present application. The main difference between the detection path circuit 3560b of the present embodiment, which includes the transistor M52 and the resistors R53 and R54, is that the configuration and operation of the detection path circuit 3560b are substantially the same as those of the detection path circuit 3560a of the previous embodiment, and the detection path circuit 3560b of the present embodiment is disposed between the first rectifying output terminal 511 and the second rectifying output terminal 512. That is, a first terminal (the first detection connection terminal DE1) of the resistor R53 is connected to the first rectification output terminal 511, and a second terminal (the second detection connection terminal DE2) of the resistor R54 is connected to the second rectification output terminal 512.

In the present embodiment, when the transistor M52 receives the pulse signal provided by the detection pulse generating module 3510 (detection mode), it is turned on during the pulse period. In the case where at least one end of the lamp is mounted to the socket, a sensing path from the first rectifying output terminal 511 to the second rectifying output terminal 512 (via the resistor R53, the transistor M52 and the resistor R54) is turned on in response to the turned-on transistor M52, and a voltage signal is established at a node X of the sensing path. When the user does not touch the lamp/the lamp is correctly installed to the socket, the level of the voltage signal is determined according to the divided voltages of the resistors R53 and R54, and the second detection terminal DE2 and the ground terminal GND are equal in level. When the user touches the lamp, the equivalent resistance of the human body is equivalent to be connected in series between the second terminal/second detection connection terminal DE2 of the resistor R54 and the ground GND, i.e., connected in series with the resistors R53 and R54. The level of the voltage signal is determined according to the resistors R51 and R52 and the equivalent resistance of the human body. Therefore, by providing the resistors R51 and R52 with appropriate resistance values, the voltage signal at the node X can reflect whether the user touches the lamp, so that the detection determining circuit can generate a corresponding detection result signal according to the voltage signal at the node X. In addition, besides the transistor M52 is turned on briefly in the detection mode, in the case that the control circuit 3520 determines that the lamp is properly installed in the socket, the transistor M52 is maintained in the off state, so that the power module can operate normally to supply power to the LED module.

Referring to fig. 23D, fig. 23D is a circuit architecture diagram of a detection path circuit according to a third embodiment of the present application. The configuration and operation of the detection path circuit 3560c of the present embodiment are substantially the same as those of the previous embodiments, and the main difference is that the detection path circuit 3560c of the present embodiment further includes a current limiting device D51 disposed on the power circuit. The current limiting device D51 is exemplified by a diode (hereinafter, referred to as diode D51) disposed between the first rectifying output terminal 511 and the input terminal of the filter circuit 520 (i.e., the connection terminal of the capacitor 725 and the inductor 726), and the filter circuit 520 is exemplified by a pi-type filter circuit, but the application is not limited thereto. In the present embodiment, the diode D51 is added to limit the current direction in the main power loop, so as to prevent the charged capacitor 725 from reversely discharging to the detection path when the transistor M51 is turned on, thereby affecting the accuracy of the anti-electric shock detection. It should be noted that the configuration of the diode D51 is only an example of a current limiting device, and in other applications, as long as an electronic device that can be disposed on a power circuit and acts to limit the direction of current can be implemented, the present application is not limited thereto.

In summary, the present embodiment can determine whether the user is at risk of electric shock by turning on the detection path and detecting the voltage signal on the detection path. In addition, compared to the foregoing embodiments, the detection path of the present embodiment is additionally established, rather than using the power loop as the detection path (i.e., the power loop and the detection path at least partially do not overlap). Since the number of the electronic components on the additionally established detection path is less than that on the power supply circuit, the voltage signal on the additionally established detection path can reflect the touch state of the user more accurately.

Moreover, similar to the foregoing embodiments, a part or all of the circuits/modules described in this embodiment may also be integrated into a chip configuration, as shown in fig. 21A to 22F, and thus are not described herein again.

Referring to fig. 24A, fig. 24A is a schematic circuit block diagram of an installation detection module according to a sixth embodiment of the present application. The mounting detection module 3000f includes a detection pulse generation module 3610, a control circuit 3620, a detection determination circuit 3630, a switch circuit 3200f, and a detection path circuit 3660. The connection relationship among the detection pulse generating module 3610, the control circuit 3620, the detection determining circuit 3630 and the switch circuit 3200f is the same as that in the embodiment shown in fig. 23A, and the detection pulse generating module 3610, the control circuit 3620, the detection determining circuit 3630 and the switch circuit 3200f are connected to each other through

corresponding paths

3611, 3621, 3631 and 3661, which is not repeated herein. In the present embodiment, the main difference from the aforementioned embodiment of fig. 23A lies in the configuration and operation of the detection path circuit 3660. The first detection connection DE1 of the detection path circuit 3660 of the present embodiment is coupled to the low-level terminal of the filter circuit 520, and the second detection connection DE2 is coupled to the second rectified output terminal 512. In other words, the detection path circuit 3660 is connected between the low level end of the filter circuit 520 and the second rectified output terminal 512 of the rectifier circuit 510, i.e., the low level end of the filter circuit 520 is connected to the second rectified output terminal 512 via the detection path circuit 3660.

The configuration of the detection path circuit 3660 can be as shown in fig. 24B or fig. 24C, and fig. 24B and fig. 24C are schematic circuit architectures of installation detection modules according to different embodiments of the present application.

Referring to fig. 24B, fig. 24B is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an installation detection module according to a fifth embodiment of the present application. In the present embodiment, the filter circuit 520 is exemplified by a pi-type filter

structure including capacitors

725 and 727 and an inductor 726 (the application is not limited thereto), that is, the inductor 726 is connected in series between the first rectification output terminal 511 and the first filter output terminal 521, first terminals of the

capacitors

725 and 727 are correspondingly connected to two terminals of the inductor 726, and second terminals of the

capacitors

725 and 727 are connected together, wherein the second terminals of the

capacitors

725 and 727 are low-level terminals. The mounting detection module includes a detection pulse generation module 3610, a control circuit 3620, a detection decision circuit 3630, a switch circuit 3200f, and a detection path circuit 3660. The detection path circuit 3660 includes a transistor M61 and a resistor R61. The transistor M61 has a gate coupled to the detection pulse generation module 3610, a source coupled to the first end of the resistor R61, and a drain coupled to the second ends of the

capacitors

725, 727. A second terminal of the resistor R61 is connected to the second rectified output 512 and the first installation detection terminal TE1 as a second detection connection terminal 3292. The detection decision circuit 3170 is coupled to the first end of the resistor R61 for detecting the current flowing through the detection loop. In the present embodiment, the detection loop is equivalently composed of

capacitors

725 and 727, inductor 726, transistor M61 and resistor R61.

In the present embodiment, when the transistor M61 receives the pulse signal provided by the detection pulse generating module 3610 (detection mode), it is turned on during the pulse period. In the case where at least one end of the lamp is mounted to the socket, the current path from the first rectified output terminal 511 to the second rectified output terminal 512 via the detection path is conducted in response to the conducting transistor M61, and a voltage signal is established at the first end of the resistor R61. When the user does not touch the lamp/the lamp is properly mounted to the socket, the level of the voltage signal is determined according to the equivalent impedance of the filter circuit 520 and the divided voltage of the resistor R61. When the user touches the lamp tube, the equivalent resistance of the human body is equivalent to be connected in series between the second detection connecting end and the grounding end. At this time, the level of the voltage signal is determined by the equivalent impedance of the filter circuit 520, the resistance R61, and the equivalent resistance of the human body. Therefore, by providing the resistor R61 with a suitable resistance value, the voltage signal at the first end of the resistor R61 can reflect whether the user touches the lamp, so that the detection determining circuit 3630 can generate a corresponding detection result signal according to the voltage signal at the first end of the resistor R61, and the control circuit 3620 can control the on state of the switch circuit 3200f according to the detection result signal. In addition, the transistor M61 briefly conducts the notification in the detection mode, and in case that the control circuit 3620 determines that the lamp is correctly installed in the lamp holder, the switch circuit 3200f is switched to the conducting state, so that the power module can operate normally to supply power to the LED module.

Referring to fig. 24C, fig. 24C is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an installation detection module according to a sixth embodiment of the present application. The mounting detection module of the present embodiment includes a detection pulse generation circuit 3610, a control circuit 3620, a detection decision circuit 3630, a switch circuit 3200f, and a detection path circuit 3660. The configuration and operation of the installation detection module of this embodiment are substantially the same as those of the aforementioned embodiment shown in fig. 24B, and the main difference is that the detection path circuit 3660 of this embodiment is disposed between the second terminal of the capacitor 725 and the second rectification output terminal 512, and the second terminal of the capacitor 727 is directly connected to the second installation detection terminal TE 2/the second filtering output terminal 522.

Compared with the embodiment of fig. 23A, since the passive components of the filter circuit 520 become a part of the detection path, the current size (current size) flowing through the detection path circuit 3660 is much smaller than that flowing through the detection path circuit 3560, so that the transistors M61/3395 in the detection path circuit 3660 can be implemented by using smaller-sized components, which can effectively reduce the cost; in addition, the resistor R61 can be designed as a relatively small resistor, so that when the human body resistor is equivalently connected to the lamp tube, the equivalent impedance change on the detection path is obvious, and the detection result is less susceptible to the deviation of other component parameters. Moreover, due to the smaller current scale, the signal transmission design of the control circuit 3620 and the detection decision circuit 3170 can more easily meet the signal format requirement of the driving controller, thereby reducing the difficulty of the integrated design of installing the detection module and the driving circuit (this part will be further explained in the following embodiments).

Referring to fig. 25A, fig. 25A is a schematic circuit block diagram of an installation detection module according to a seventh embodiment of the present application. The power module of the present embodiment includes a rectifying circuit 510, a filtering circuit 520, a driving circuit 530, and an installation detection module 3000 g. The mounting detection module 3000g includes a detection controller 3100g, a switch circuit 3200g and a bias circuit 3300g, wherein the detection controller 3100g includes a control module 3710, a start-up circuit 3770 and a detection period decision circuit 3780. The configuration and operation of the rectifying circuit 510, the filtering circuit 520 and the driving circuit 530 can refer to the description of the related embodiments, and are not described herein again.

In the installation detection module 3000g, the switch circuit 3200g is connected in series to the power supply loop/power supply loop of the power supply module (in the figure, the switch circuit is connected between the rectifying circuit 510 and the filter circuit 520 as an example), and is controlled by the control module 3710 to switch the on state. The control module 3710 may send a control signal to turn on the switch circuit 3200g temporarily in the detection mode, so as to detect whether there is an additional impedance connected to the detection path of the power module (representing the risk of electric shock of the user) during the period that the switch circuit 3200g is turned on (i.e. during the period that the power supply loop/power supply loop is turned on), and determine to remain in the detection mode according to the detection result, so that the switch circuit 3200g is turned on temporarily in a discontinuous manner, or enter the working mode, so that the switch circuit 3200g remains in the on or off state in response to the installation state. The period length represented by the "short conduction" is a period length during which the current on the power supply loop passes through the human body and does not cause harm to the human body, and is less than 1 millisecond, for example, but the application is not limited thereto. Generally, the control module 3710 can send a control signal with a pulse form to turn on the switch circuit 3200g briefly. The specific design of the short-time conducting period can be adjusted according to the set impedance of the detection path. The circuit configuration implementation examples of the control module 3710 and the switch circuit 3200g and the related control actions can refer to other embodiments related to the installation detection module.

The bias circuit 3300 is connected to the power supply loop to generate the driving voltage VCC based on the rectified signal (i.e., the bus voltage). The driving voltage VCC is provided to the control module 3710 such that the control module 3710 starts and operates in response to the driving voltage VCC.

The start circuit 3770 is connected to the control module 3710 and is used for determining whether to affect the operating state of the control module 3710 according to the output signal of the detection period determining circuit 3780. For example, when the detection period determination circuit 3780 outputs an enable signal, the start circuit 3770 controls the control module 3710 to stop operating in response to the enable signal; when the determination circuit 3780 outputs the disable signal during the detection period, the start circuit 3780 controls the control module 3710 to maintain the normal operation state (i.e., does not affect the operation state of the control module 3710) in response to the disable signal. The start circuit 3780 may control the control module 3710 to stop operating by bypassing the driving voltage VCC or providing a low level start signal to the enable pin of the control module 3710, which is not limited in this application.

The detection period determining circuit 3780 is used for sampling the electrical signal on the detection path/power loop to count the operation period of the control module 3710 and outputting a signal indicating the count result to the start circuit 3770, so that the start circuit 3770 determines the operation state of the control module 3710 based on the signal indicating the count result.

The operation of the mounting detection circuit 3000g of the present embodiment will be described below. When the rectifying circuit 510 receives an external power through the

pins

501 and 502, the bias circuit 3300g generates the driving voltage VCC according to the rectified bus voltage. The control module 3710 is activated in response to the driving voltage VCC and enters the detection mode. In the detection mode, the control module 3710 may periodically send a control signal having a pulse waveform to the switching circuit 3200g, so that the switching circuit 3200g is turned off after being periodically turned on for a short time. In the detection mode of operation, the current waveform on the power supply loop will be similar to the current waveform in the detection time interval Tw in fig. 41D (i.e., the plurality of current pulses Idp with intervals). In addition, the detection period determining circuit 3780 starts counting the operation time of the control module 3710 in the detection mode when receiving the bus voltage on the power circuit, and outputs a signal indicating the counting result to the start circuit 3770.

In the case that the operating time of the control module 3710 has not reached the set time, the start circuit 3770 does not affect the operating state of the control module 3710. At this time, the control module 3710 determines to maintain the detection mode or enter the working mode according to its own detection result. If the control module 3710 determines to enter the operating mode, the control module 3710 controls the switch circuit 3200g to maintain the conducting state and shield the influence of other signals on the operating state. In other words, in the operating mode, whatever signal is output by the start circuit 3770 does not affect the operating state of the control module 3710.

In the case where the operation duration of the control module 3710 has reached the set duration and the control module 3710 is still in the detection mode, the start circuit 3770 may control the control module 3710 to stop operating in response to the output of the detection duration determining circuit 3780. At this point, control module 3710 no longer pulses and switch circuit 3200g is maintained in the off state until control module 3710 resets. As shown in fig. 41D, the set time period is the detection time interval Tw.

According to the above working method, the installation detection module 3000g can achieve the current waveforms of fig. 41D to 41F by setting the pulse interval and the reset period of the control signal, thereby ensuring that the electric power in the detection mode is still within a reasonable safety range, and avoiding human harm caused by the detection current.

From the circuit operation point of view, the start-up circuit 3770 and the detection period determination circuit 3780 can be regarded as a delay control circuit, which is used to delay a set time period and then turn on a specific path to control the target circuit (e.g., the control module 3710) when the LED straight tube lamp is powered on. Through the setting and selection of a specific path, the delay control circuit can realize the delay on of a power supply loop or the delay off of an installation detection module and other circuit actions in the LED straight tube lamp.

Referring to fig. 25B, fig. 25B is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an installation detection module according to a seventh embodiment of the present application. The power module of the present embodiment includes a rectifying circuit 510, a filtering circuit 520, a driving circuit 530, and an installation detection module 3000 h. The mounting detection module 3000h includes a detection controller 3100h, a switch circuit 3200h, and a bias circuit 3300h, where the detection controller 3100h includes a control module 3810, a start circuit 3870, and a detection period determination circuit 3880. The configuration and operation of the rectifier circuit 510, the filter circuit 520, and the driver circuit 530 may refer to the description of the related embodiments; in addition, the configuration and operation of the control module 3810 and the switch circuit 3200h can refer to the description of the embodiment shown in fig. 25A, and are not described herein again.

In the present embodiment, the bias circuit 3300h includes a resistor R71, a capacitor C71, and a zener diode ZD 1. A first terminal of resistor R71 is connected to the rectified output terminal (i.e., to the bus). The capacitor C71 and the zener diode ZD1 are connected in parallel, and the first terminal is connected to the second terminal of the resistor R71 in common. The power input terminal of the control module 3810 is connected to a common node (i.e., the bias node of the bias circuit 3300 h) of the resistor R71, the capacitor C71 and the zener diode ZD1 to receive the driving voltage VCC on the common node.

The start circuit 3870 includes a zener diode ZD2, a transistor M71, and a capacitor C72. The anode of zener diode ZD2 is connected to the control terminal of transistor M71. The first terminal of the transistor M71 is connected to the control module 3810, and the second terminal of the transistor M71 is connected to the ground GND. The capacitor C72 is connected between the first terminal and the second terminal of the transistor M71.

The detection period determination circuit 3880 includes a resistor R72, a diode D71, and a capacitor C73. A first terminal of the resistor R72 is connected to the bias node of the bias circuit 3300, and a second terminal of the resistor R72 is connected to the cathode of the zener diode ZD 2. An anode of the diode D71 is connected to the second terminal of the resistor R72, and a cathode of the diode D71 is connected to the first terminal of the resistor R72. The first terminal of the capacitor C73 is connected to the second terminal of the resistor R72 and the anode of the diode D71, and the second terminal of the capacitor C73 is connected to the ground GND.

The operation of the mounting detection circuit 3000h of the present embodiment will be described below. When the rectifying circuit 510 receives an external power source through the

pins

501 and 502, the rectified bus voltage charges the capacitor C71, and thus the driving voltage VCC is established at the bias node. The control module 3810 is enabled in response to the driving voltage VCCVCC and enters the detection mode. In the detection mode, when the first signal period is used, the control module 3810 sends a control signal with a pulse waveform to the switch circuit 3200h, so that the switch circuit 3200h is turned on briefly and then turned off.

During the period when the switch circuit 3200h is turned on, the capacitor C73 is charged in response to the driving voltage VCC on the bias node, so that the voltage across the capacitor C73 gradually rises. In the first signal period, the voltage across the capacitor C73 has not yet risen to the threshold level of the transistor M71, so that the transistor M71 is kept at the off state, and the enable signal Ven is correspondingly kept at the high level. Then, during the off period of the switch circuit 3200h, the capacitor C73 will be approximately kept at the level, or will be slowly discharged, wherein the level change caused by the capacitor C73 discharging during the off period of the switch is smaller than the level change caused by the capacitor C73 charging during the on period of the switch. In other words, the voltage across the capacitor C73 during the off period of the switch is less than or equal to the highest level during the on period of the switch, and the lowest voltage is not lower than the initial level at the charging start point, so the transistor M71 is always kept at the off state during the first signal period, and the start signal Ven is kept at the high level. The control module 3810 maintains an enable state in response to the enable signal Ven being at a high level. In the activated state, the control module 3810 determines whether the LED straight lamp is correctly installed (i.e., determines whether there is an additional impedance connected thereto) according to the signal on the detection path.

In the case where the control module 3810 determines that the LED straight lamp is not correctly mounted to the lamp socket, the control module 3810 maintains the detection mode and continuously outputs the control signal having the pulse waveform to control the switch circuit 3200 h. In each subsequent signal cycle, the enabling circuit 3870 and the sensing period determining circuit 3880 continue to operate in a manner similar to the first signal cycle, i.e., the capacitor C73 is charged during the on period of each signal cycle, such that the voltage across the capacitor C73 rises in a step-wise manner in response to the pulse width and the pulse period. When the voltage across the capacitor C73 exceeds the threshold level of the transistor M71, the transistor M71 is turned on so that the enable signal Ven is pulled down to the ground/low level. The control module 3810 is turned off in response to the low level enable signal Ven. When the control module 3810 is turned off, the switch circuit 3200h is kept in an off state regardless of whether an external power is supplied.

When the control module 3810 determines that the LED straight lamp has been correctly installed on the device socket, the control module 3810 enters an operating mode and sends a control signal to maintain the switch circuit 3200h in a conducting state. In the operating mode, the control module 3810 does not change the output control signal in response to the enable signal Ven. In other words, even if the enable signal Ven is pulled down to a low level, the control module 3810 does not turn off the switching circuit 3200h again.

From the dimensions of the signal periods in the detection mode, the current waveform measured on the power supply loop is as shown in fig. 41D, wherein the period from the initial charging of the capacitor C73 to the threshold level of the transistor M71 corresponds to the detection time interval Tw. In other words, in the detection mode, the control module 3810 may continue to pulse the capacitor C73 before charging to the threshold level of the transistor M71 to intermittently conduct current on the power circuit, and stop pulsing after the voltage across the capacitor C73 exceeds the threshold level, so as to prevent the power on the power circuit from rising to a level that is high enough to harm human body.

From another perspective, the detection period determining circuit 3880 of the embodiment is equivalent to the pulse on period of the control signal of the accounting number, and sends a signal to control the start circuit 3870 when the pulse on period reaches the set value, so that the start circuit 3870 affects the operation of the control module 3910 to shield the pulse output.

Under the circuit architecture of the present embodiment, the length of the detection time interval Tw (i.e., the time required for the voltage across the capacitor C73 to reach the threshold voltage of the transistor M71) is mainly controlled by adjusting the capacitance of the capacitor C73. The components of the resistor R72, the diode D71, the zener diode ZD2, and the capacitor C72 mainly assist the operation of the start-up circuit 3870 and the detection period determination circuit 3880 to provide voltage stabilization, voltage limitation, current limitation, or protection functions.

Referring to fig. 25C, fig. 25C is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an installation detection module according to an eighth embodiment of the present application. The power supply module of the present embodiment includes a rectifying circuit 510, a filtering circuit 520, a driving circuit 530, and an installation detection module 3000 i. The mounting inspection module 3000i includes an inspection controller 3100i, a switch circuit 3200i and a bias circuit 3300i, in which the inspection controller 3100i includes a control module 3910, a start circuit 3970 and an inspection period determining circuit 3980. The configuration and operation of the rectifier circuit 510, the filter circuit 520, and the driver circuit 530 may refer to the description of the related embodiments; in addition, the configuration and operation of the control module 3910 and the switch circuit 3200i can refer to the description of the embodiment of fig. 25A, which is not repeated herein.

The bias circuit 3300i includes a resistor R81, a capacitor C81, and a zener diode ZD 3. A first terminal of resistor R81 is connected to the rectified output terminal (i.e., to the bus). The capacitor C81 and the zener diode ZD3 are connected in parallel, and the first terminal is connected to the second terminal of the resistor R81 in common. The power input terminal of the control module 3910 is connected to a common node (i.e., the bias node of the bias circuit 3300) of the resistor R81, the capacitor C81 and the zener diode ZD3 to receive the driving voltage VCC at the common node.

The start circuit 3970 includes a zener diode ZD4, a resistor R82, a transistor M81, and a resistor R83. The anode of zener diode ZD2 is connected to the control terminal of transistor M81. A first terminal of the resistor R82 is connected to the anode of the zener diode ZD4 and the control terminal of the transistor M81, and a second terminal of the resistor R82 is connected to the ground GND. A first terminal of the transistor M81 is connected to the bias node of the bias circuit 3300 through the resistor R83, and a second terminal of the transistor M81 is connected to the ground GND.

The detection period determination circuit 3980 includes a diode D81, resistors R84 and R85, a capacitor C82, and a zener diode 3775. The anode of the diode D81 is connected to a terminal of the switch circuit 3200i, which can be regarded as a detection node of the detection period determination circuit 3980. A first terminal of the resistor R84 is connected to the cathode of the diode D81, and a second terminal of the resistor R84 is connected to the cathode of the zener diode ZD 4. The first terminal of the resistor R85 is connected to the second terminal of the resistor R84, and the second terminal of the resistor R85 is connected to the ground GND. The capacitor C82 and the zener diode ZD5 are respectively connected in parallel with the resistor R85, wherein the cathode and the anode of the zener diode ZD5 are respectively connected to the first end and the second end of the resistor R85.

The operation of the mounting detection circuit 3000i of the present embodiment will be described below. When the rectifying circuit 510 receives an external power source through the

pins

501 and 502, the rectified bus voltage charges the capacitor C81, and thus the driving voltage VCC is established at the bias node. The control module 3910 is activated in response to the driving voltage VCC and enters a detection mode. In the detection mode, when the first signal period is viewed, the control module 3910 sends a control signal having a pulse waveform to the switch circuit 3200i, so that the switch circuit 3200i is turned on briefly and then turned off.

During the period when the switch circuit 3200i is conducting, the anode of the diode D81 is equivalently grounded, so the capacitor C82 is not charged. In the first signal period, the voltage across the capacitor C82 is maintained at the initial level during the on period of the switch circuit 3200i, and the transistor M81 is maintained at the off state, so that the operation of the control module 3910 is not affected. Then, during the period when the switch circuit 3200i is turned off, the disconnected power loop will make the level at the detection node rise in response to the external power, wherein the level applied to the capacitor C82 is equal to the voltage division of the resistors R84 and R85. Therefore, during the period when the switch circuit 3200i is turned off, the capacitor C82 is charged in response to the divided voltage of the resistors R84 and R85, and the voltage across the capacitor C82 gradually rises. In the first signal period, the voltage across the capacitor C82 has not yet risen to the threshold level of the transistor M81, and therefore the transistor M81 is kept in the off state, so that the driving voltage VCC is kept unchanged. In the first signal period, the transistor M81 is kept in the off state regardless of the on period or the off period of the switch circuit 3200i, so that the driving voltage VCC is not affected. The control module 3910 is maintained in the start-up state in response to the driving voltage VCC. In the activated state, the control module 3910 determines whether the LED straight lamp is correctly installed (i.e., determines whether additional impedance is connected or not) according to the signal on the detection path.

In the case where the control module 3910 determines that the LED straight lamp is not properly mounted on the lamp holder, the control module 3910 maintains the detection mode and continuously outputs the control signal having the pulse waveform to control the switch circuit 3200 i. In each subsequent signal cycle, the start-up circuit 3970 and the detection period determining circuit 3980 continue to operate in a manner similar to the first signal cycle, i.e., the capacitor C82 is charged during the off period of each signal cycle, so that the voltage across the capacitor C82 gradually rises in response to the pulse width and the pulse period. When the voltage across the capacitor C82 exceeds the threshold level of the transistor M81, the transistor M81 is turned on to short the bias node to the ground GND, so that the driving voltage VCC is pulled down to the ground/low level. At this time, the control module 3910 is turned off in response to the low level driving voltage VCC. When the control module 3910 is turned off, the switch circuit 3200i is maintained in the off state regardless of whether the external power is turned on.

When the control module 3910 determines that the LED straight lamp is correctly installed on the device lamp holder, the control module 3910 enters the operation mode and sends a control signal to maintain the switch circuit 3200i in the on state. In the operating mode, since the switch circuit 3200i is continuously turned on, the transistor M81 is kept in the off state, and therefore the driving voltage VCC is not affected, and the control module 3910 can operate normally.

From the dimensions of the signal periods in the detection mode, the current waveform measured on the power supply loop is as shown in fig. 41D, wherein the period from the initial charging of the capacitor C82 to the threshold level of the transistor M81 corresponds to the detection time interval Tw. In other words, in the detection mode, the control module 3910 continues to pulse the capacitor C82 before it charges to the threshold level of the transistor M81 to intermittently conduct current on the power circuit, and stops pulsing after the voltage across the capacitor C82 exceeds the threshold level to prevent the power on the power circuit from rising sufficiently to harm human body.

From another perspective, the detection period determining circuit 3980 of the present embodiment is equivalent to the pulse off period of the accounting control signal, and sends a signal to control the start circuit 3970 when the pulse off period reaches a set value, so that the start circuit 3970 affects the operation of the control module 3910 to mask the pulse output.

In the circuit architecture of the present embodiment, the length of the detection time interval Tw (i.e., the time required for the voltage across the capacitor C82 to reach the threshold voltage of the transistor M81) is mainly controlled by adjusting the capacitance of the capacitor C82 and the resistance of the resistors R84, R85 and R82. The diode D81, the zener diodes ZD4 and ZD5, and the resistor R83 assist the operation of the start-up circuit 3970 and the detection period determination circuit 3980 to provide voltage stabilization, voltage limitation, current limitation, or protection.

Referring to fig. 26A, fig. 26A is a schematic circuit block diagram of an installation detection module according to an eighth embodiment of the present application. In the present embodiment, the installation detection module 3000k is an architecture configured to continuously detect a signal on the power supply loop, wherein the installation detection module 3000k includes a control circuit 3020, a detection determination circuit 3030, and a current limiting circuit/switch circuit 3200 k. The control circuit 3020 is used to control the current limiting circuit 3200k according to the detection result generated by the detection decision circuit 3030, so that the current limiting circuit 3200k can determine whether to perform the current limiting operation in response to the control of the control circuit 3020. The control circuit 3020 presets the control current limit circuit 3180 not to perform the current limiting operation, i.e., the current on the power loop is preset to be not limited by the current limit circuit 3200 k. Therefore, in the predetermined state, as long as the external power is connected, the rectified and filtered power can be provided to the LED module 50 through the power loop.

More specifically, the detection decision circuit 3030 is enabled by the external power source, and starts to continuously detect the signal at a specific node in the power loop and transmit the detection result signal to the control circuit 3020. The control circuit 3020 determines whether a human touch has occurred according to one or more of the level, waveform, frequency, and other signal characteristics of the detection result signal. When the control circuit 3020 determines that a person touches the touch panel according to the detection result signal, the current limiting circuit 3180 is controlled to perform a current limiting operation, so that the current on the power loop is limited to be lower than a specific current value, thereby preventing an electric shock. It should be noted herein that the specific node may be located on the input side or the output side of the rectifying circuit 510, the filtering circuit 520, the driving circuit 530 or the LED module 50, and the application is not limited thereto.

Referring to fig. 26B, fig. 26B is a schematic circuit block diagram of an installation detection module according to a ninth embodiment of the present application. The installation detection module 3000L of the present embodiment is substantially the same as the installation detection module 3000k of the previous embodiment, and the main difference is that the installation detection module 3000L is an architecture configured to continuously detect a signal on a detection path. The mounting detection module 3000L includes a control circuit 3020, a detection determining circuit 3030, a current limiting circuit 3200L and a detection path circuit 3060, wherein the operations of the control circuit 3020, the detection determining circuit 3030 and the current limiting circuit 3200L can refer to the description of the above embodiments, and the description thereof is not repeated.

It should be noted herein that the detection path circuit 3060 may be disposed on the input side or the output side of the rectifying circuit 510, the filtering circuit 520, the driving circuit 530 or the LED module 50, which is not limited in this application. An embodiment in which the detection path circuit 3060 is provided on the input side of the rectification circuit 510 may be described with reference to the embodiments of fig. 27-28B and fig. 34. In addition, the detection path circuit 3060 can be implemented by any circuit configuration that can respond to the change of impedance due to the touch of the human body, such as passive components (e.g., resistors, capacitors, inductors, etc.) or active components (e.g., transistors, silicon controlled rectifiers, etc.).

In general, the power module of fig. 26A and 26B is applicable and configured in a continuous detection setting, and can be used as a mechanism for installation detection alone or in combination with a pulse detection setting. For example, in an exemplary embodiment, the lamp may apply the pulse detection setting in an unlit state and apply the continuous detection setting instead after the lamp is lit. From the circuit operation perspective, the switching between the pulse detection setting and the continuous detection setting may be determined based on the current on the power loop, for example, when the current on the power loop is less than a specific value (e.g. 5MIU), the installation detection module selects to enable the pulse detection setting, and when the current on the power loop is greater than the specific value, the installation detection module switches to enable the continuous detection setting. From the perspective of lamp installation and operation, the installation detection module is preset to enable pulse detection setting, so that when the lamp tube is powered on or receives an external power supply each time, the installation detection module firstly detects whether the lamp tube is correctly installed and carries out electric shock protection by the pulse detection setting, and once the lamp tube is correctly installed on the lamp holder and is lighted, the installation detection module is switched to detect whether the lamp tube is mistakenly contacted with the conductive part by continuous detection setting to generate electric shock risk. In addition, if the lamp tube is powered off, the installation detection module is reset to the pulse detection setting again.

In terms of the hardware configuration of the LED straight lamp lighting system, no matter whether the installation detection module is built in the LED straight lamp (as shown in fig. 17A) or externally mounted on the lamp holder (as shown in fig. 17B), the designer can selectively apply the pulse detection setting and the continuous detection setting to the LED straight lamp lighting system according to the requirement. In other words, regardless of the configuration of the internal installation detection module 3000 or the external installation detection module 3000, the installation detection module can perform the operations of installation detection and electric shock protection according to the above description of the embodiments.

The difference between the internal installation detection module and the external installation detection module is that the first installation detection end and the second installation detection end of the external installation detection module are connected between an external power grid/signal source and a pin of the LED straight tube lamp (i.e., connected in series on a signal line of an external driving signal), and are electrically connected to a power circuit of the LED straight tube lamp through the pin. On the other hand, although not directly illustrated in the drawings, it should be understood by those skilled in the art that in the embodiment of the installation detection module of the present disclosure, the installation detection module further includes a bias circuit for generating a driving voltage, wherein the driving voltage is provided to a power source required by the operation of each circuit in the installation detection module.

The embodiments of fig. 19A, 20A, 21A, 22A, 23A, 24A, 28A, 30A, 34 and 35A teach that the installation detection module includes a pulse generation mechanism for generating a pulse signal, such as the detection

pulse generation modules

3110, 3210 and 3510, the pulse generation auxiliary circuit 3310 and the signal generation unit 3410, but the pulse generation means of the present application is not limited thereto. In an exemplary embodiment, the installation detection module may utilize the existing frequency signal of the power module to replace the function of the pulse generation mechanism of the previous embodiment. For example, a driving circuit (e.g., a dc-dc converter) has a reference frequency for generating a lighting control signal having a pulse waveform. The function of the pulse generating mechanism can be implemented by using the reference frequency of the reference lighting control signal, so that hardware circuits such as the detection

pulse generating modules

3110, 3210 and 3510, the pulse generating auxiliary circuit 3310 and the signal generating unit 3410 can be omitted. In other words, the installation detection module may share a circuit architecture with other parts in the power supply module, thereby implementing a function of generating the pulse signal. In addition, the duty ratio of the pulse generated by the pulse generating means in the embodiment of the present application may be any value in the interval from greater than 0 (normally closed) to equal to or less than 1, and the specific setting is determined according to the actual installation detection mechanism.

If the duty ratio of the pulse signal generated by the pulse generating means is set to be greater than 0 and less than 1, the installation detection module determines whether the lamp tube is correctly installed on the premise of not causing electric shock hazard by temporarily turning on the power supply circuit/detection path and detecting the signal on the power supply circuit/detection path during the turning on period, and switches the current limiting means to an off/disabled state (for example, switches the switch circuit to be on) when determining that the lamp tube is correctly installed on the lamp holder (both end pins are correctly connected with the lamp holder socket), so that the LED module can be normally turned on. In this arrangement, the current limiting means is preset to be in an enabled/enabled state (e.g., the switch circuit is preset to be turned off), so that the power circuit is maintained in a turned-off/current-limiting state (i.e., the LED module cannot be lit up) before confirming that there is no risk of electric shock (i.e., the lamp is correctly installed), and the current limiting means is switched to be in a turned-off/disabled state after determining that the lamp is correctly installed. Such a configuration may be referred to as a pulse detection setting (duty cycle set to greater than 0 and less than 1). Under the pulse detection setting, the installation detection action is carried out in the enabling period of each pulse after the external power supply is connected (namely, the LED module is not lighted at the moment), and the specific electric shock prevention means is realized by 'current limitation is not carried out when the lamp tube is determined to be correctly installed'.

If the duty ratio of the pulse signal generated by the pulse generating means is 1, the installation detection module can detect the signal on the power supply loop/detection path in real time/continuously to serve as a basis for judging the equivalent impedance, and when the equivalent impedance change is judged to indicate that people have electric shock risks, the current limiting means is switched to be in an on/enabled state (for example, the switch circuit is switched to be off), and then the lamp tube is powered off. In this arrangement, the current limiting means is preset to be in an off/disabled state (e.g., the switch circuit is preset to be on), so that the power circuit is maintained in an on/off state (i.e., the LED module can be turned on) before the risk of electric shock is confirmed, and the current limiting means is switched to be in an on/enabled state when it is determined that the real risk of electric shock may exist. Such a configuration may be referred to as a continuous detection setting (duty cycle set to 1). Under the continuous detection setting, the installation detection action is continuously carried out no matter whether the lamp tube is lighted or not after the external power supply is connected, and at the moment, the specific electric shock prevention means is realized by carrying out current limiting immediately when the electric shock risk is determined to occur.

Further, the risk of electric shock is likely to occur whenever an external power source is connected to either end of the lamp tube, as shown in fig. 23A, and the installer is exposed to the risk of electric shock whenever a hand touches a conductive portion of the lamp tube, regardless of whether the installer is performing the installation or removal of the lamp tube. In order to avoid such risks, in the embodiment, the installation detection module can perform comprehensive detection and protection on the installation situation and the electric shock situation according to the pulse detection setting or the continuous detection setting under the condition that the lamp is connected with the external power supply no matter whether the lamp is in the lighted state or not, so that the use safety of the lamp can be further improved.

In addition, in the application of the continuous detection setting, the pulse generating means can also be regarded as a path enabling means for presetting a turn-on signal to turn on the power circuit/detection path. In an exemplary embodiment, the circuit configurations of the detection

pulse generating modules

3110, 3210, 3510, the pulse generating auxiliary circuit 3310, and the signal generating unit 3410 of the foregoing embodiments may be modified correspondingly to the circuit configuration for providing the fixed voltage. In addition, the switching logic of the current limiting circuits/switching

circuits

3200, 3200a-3200L may be modified to be preset to be on and turned off when determining that there is an electric shock risk (which may be implemented by adjusting the logic gates of the detection result latch circuits). In another exemplary embodiment, by adjusting the arrangement of the detection decision circuit and the detection path circuit, the circuit structure for generating the pulse can be omitted. For example, the mounting detection module 3000a of the first preferred embodiment may only include the detection result latch circuit 3120, the detection decision circuit 3130 and the current limit circuit 3200a, the mounting detection module of the second preferred embodiment may only include the detection result latch circuit 3220, the detection decision circuit 3230 and the switch circuit 3200b, and so on for the configurations of the other preferred embodiments. Further, under the architecture provided with the additional detection path, if the continuous detection setting is adopted, the detection pulse generation module 3510 may be omitted, and the detection path circuit 3560 may be set to remain in the on state (e.g., omitting the transistor M51).

Referring to fig. 27, fig. 27 is a circuit block diagram of a power module according to an eleventh embodiment of the present application. In the present embodiment, the LED straight tube lamp 1200, for example, directly receives an external driving signal provided by the external power grid 508, wherein the external driving signal is provided to the two

end pins

501 and 502 of the LED straight tube lamp 1200 through the live line (L) and the neutral line (N). In practical applications, the LED straight lamp 1200 may further include

pins

503 and 504. Under the structure that the LED straight tube lamp 1200 includes 4

pins

501 and 504, the two pins (e.g. 501 and 503, or 502 and 504) on the same side of the lamp cap can be electrically connected together or electrically independent from each other according to design requirements, which is not limited in this application. The shock detection module 4000 is disposed in the lamp tube and includes a detection control circuit 4100 and a current limiting circuit 4200, and the shock detection module 4000 may also be referred to as an installation detection module 4000 (the installation detection module 3000 is described below). The current limiting circuit 4200 is coupled to the rectifying circuit 510 via the first mounting detection terminal TE1, and is coupled to the filter circuit 520 via the second mounting detection terminal TE2, that is, is connected in series to the power supply loop of the LED straight lamp 1200. The detection control circuit 4100 detects a signal at the input end of the rectification circuit 510 (i.e., a signal provided by the external power grid 508) in the detection mode, and determines whether to prohibit current from flowing through the LED straight lamp 1200 according to the detection result. When the LED straight lamp 1200 is not properly mounted on the lamp socket, the detection control circuit 4100 detects a small current signal and determines that the signal flows through an excessively high impedance, and the current limiting circuit 4200 cuts off the current path between the first mounting detection terminal TE1 and the second mounting detection terminal TE2 to stop the operation of the LED straight lamp 1200 (i.e., to turn off the LED straight lamp 1200). If not, the detection control circuit 4100 determines that the LED straight lamp 1200 is correctly mounted on the lamp socket, and the current limiting circuit 4200 maintains the conduction between the first mounting detection terminal TE1 and the second mounting detection terminal TE2 to enable the LED straight lamp 1200 to normally operate (i.e. enable the LED straight lamp 1200 to be normally lighted). In other words, when the detection control circuit 4100 samples from the input terminal of the rectification circuit 510 and the detected current is higher than the installation setting current (or current value), the detection control circuit 4100 determines that the LED straight tube lamp 1200 is correctly installed on the lamp holder to turn on the current limiting circuit 4200, so that the LED straight tube lamp 1200 operates in an on state; when the detection control circuit 4100 samples from the input terminal of the rectification circuit 510 and the detected current is lower than the installation setting current (or current value), the detection control circuit 4100 determines that the LED straight tube lamp 1200 is not correctly installed on the lamp holder and turns off the current limiting circuit 4200, so that the LED straight tube lamp 1200 enters a non-conducting state or the effective value of the current on the power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp 1200 is limited to be less than 5mA (5 MIU based on the verification criterion). In other words, the installation detection module 4000 determines on or off based on the detected impedance, so that the LED straight lamp 1200 operates in an on or non-on/current-limited state. Therefore, the problem that a user is electrocuted due to mistakenly touching the conductive part of the LED straight lamp 1200 when the LED straight lamp 1200 is not correctly mounted on the lamp holder can be avoided.

More specifically, since the impedance of the human body will change the equivalent impedance of the power circuit when the human body contacts the lamp, the installation detection module 4000 can detect the voltage/current change of the power circuit to determine whether the user contacts the lamp, so as to achieve the above-mentioned anti-electric-shock function. In other words, in the embodiment of the present application, the installation detection module 4000 can determine whether the lamp is correctly installed and whether the user mistakenly touches the conductive portion of the lamp if the lamp is not correctly installed by detecting the electrical signal (including the voltage or the current). Compared with the embodiment of fig. 18, the detection control circuit 4100 of the present embodiment detects the signal before the sampling bridge, so that it is less susceptible to the influence of other circuits in the power module and the occurrence of erroneous determination.

From the viewpoint of circuit operation, the step of the detection control circuit 4100 determining whether the LED straight lamp 1200 is correctly mounted to the lamp socket/whether there is an abnormal impedance connection is shown in fig. 44A, and includes: turning on the detection path for a period of time and then turning off (step S101); sampling the electric signal on the detection path while the detection path is on (step S102); judging whether the sampled electric signal conforms to the preset signal characteristics (step S103); when the determination of step S103 is yes, the control current limiting circuit 4200 operates in the first configuration (step S104); and when the determination of step S103 is no, controlling the current limiting circuit 4200 to operate in the second configuration (step S105), and then returning to step S101.

In this embodiment, the detection path may be connected to a current path between the input side of the rectifier circuit 510 and the ground terminal, and the specific configuration thereof may refer to the description of the embodiment in fig. 28A and 28B. In addition, the detection control circuit 4100 may set the period length, interval, trigger time, etc. for turning on the detection path, and reference may be made to the description of the related embodiments.

In step S103, the action of determining whether the sampled electrical signal meets the predetermined signal characteristic may be, for example, comparing the relative relationship between the sampled electrical signal and a predetermined signal. In this embodiment, the detection controller 4100 may determine that the electrical signal meets the preset signal characteristic and may correspond to a state of determining that the LED straight lamp is correctly installed/has no abnormal impedance access, and the detection controller 7100 may determine that the electrical signal does not meet the preset signal characteristic and may correspond to a state of determining that the LED straight lamp is incorrectly installed/has abnormal impedance access.

In steps S104 and S105, the first configuration and the second configuration are two different circuit configurations, and may depend on the location and the type of the current limiting circuit 3200. For example, in an embodiment where the current limiting circuit 4200 is a switching circuit/current limiting circuit that is independent of the driver circuit and connected in series on the power supply circuit, the first configuration may be an on configuration (no current limiting configuration) and the second configuration may be an off configuration (current limiting configuration).

The detailed operation and circuit examples of the above steps can be referred to various embodiments of the electrocution detection module/installation detection module.

Referring to fig. 28A, fig. 28A is a schematic circuit block diagram of an installation detection module according to a tenth embodiment of the present application. The mounting detection module 4000a includes a detection pulse generation module 4110, a control circuit 4120, a detection determination circuit 4130, a detection path circuit 3560, and a switch circuit 4200 a. The detection decision circuit 4130 is coupled to the detection path circuit 4160 via path 4161 to detect the signal on the detection path circuit 4160. The detection decision circuit 4130 is also coupled to the control circuit 4120 via the path 4131 to transmit the detection result signal to the control circuit 4120 via the path 4131. The detection pulse generating module 4110 is coupled to the detection path circuit 4160 via a path 4111, and generates a pulse signal to notify the detection path circuit 4160 of a timing point for turning on the detection path or performing the detection operation. The control circuit 4120 latches the detection result according to the detection result signal, and is coupled to the switch circuit 4200a via the path 4121 to transmit or reflect the detection result to the switch circuit 4200 a. The switch circuit 4200a determines whether to turn on or off the connection between the first mounting detection terminal TE1 and the second mounting detection terminal TE2 based on the detection result. The detection path circuit 4160 is coupled to the power circuit of the power module via the first detection connection DE1 and the second detection connection DE 2. For the description of the detection pulse generating module 4110, the control circuit 4120, the detection determining circuit 4130 and the switch circuit 4200a, reference may be made to the embodiment shown in fig. 23A, which is not repeated herein.

In the present embodiment, the detection path circuit 4160 has a first detection connection terminal DE1, a second detection connection terminal DE2 and a third detection connection terminal DE3, wherein the first detection connection terminal DE1 and the second detection connection terminal DE2 are electrically connected to two input terminals of the rectifying circuit 510, so as to receive/sample the external driving signal from the first pin 501 and the second pin 502. The detection path circuit 6160 rectifies the received/sampled external driving signal, and is controlled by the detection pulse generation module to determine whether to enable the rectified external driving signal to flow through a detection path. In other words, the detection path circuit 6160 determines whether to turn on the detection path in response to the control of the detection pulse generation module 6110. For detailed circuit operations such as turning on the detection path by using the pulse signal and detecting whether there is an abnormal external impedance access, reference may be made to the descriptions of fig. 23B to 23D, and detailed descriptions thereof are not repeated.

In some embodiments, the installation detection module 4000a may further include an emergency control module 4140 and a ballast detection module 4150. The operation of the emergency control module 4140 and the ballast detection module 4150 of this embodiment may be as described above with reference to the embodiment of fig. 19A. The difference between the present embodiment and the previous embodiment is that the emergency control module 4140 and the ballast detection module 4150 of the present embodiment perform the determination and subsequent operations by detecting the signal on the input side of the rectifier circuit 510. The same or similar parts will not be repeated here.

Referring to fig. 28B, fig. 28B is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an installation detection module according to a tenth embodiment of the present application. The configuration and operation of the detection path circuit 3560 of the present embodiment are substantially the same as those of the previous embodiments, and the main difference is that the detection path circuit 3560 of the present embodiment further includes current limiting elements 3097 and 3098. The current limiting component 3097 is exemplified by a diode (hereinafter, diode 3097) disposed between the first rectifying input terminal (i.e., and the first terminal of the resistor R51), and the current limiting component 3098 is exemplified by a diode (hereinafter, diode 3098) disposed between the second rectifying input terminal 502 and the first terminal of the resistor R51. The anode of the diode 3097 is coupled to the first rectifying input terminal (i.e. the terminal of the rectifying circuit 510 connected to the first pin 501), and the cathode of the diode 3097 is coupled to the first terminal of the resistor R51. The anode of the diode 3098 is coupled to the second rectifying input terminal (i.e., the terminal of the rectifying circuit 510 connected to the second pin 502), and the cathode of the diode 3098 is coupled to the second terminal of the resistor R51. In the present embodiment, the external driving signal/ac signal received by the first pin 501 and the second pin 502 is provided to the first end of the resistor R51 through the diodes 3097 and 3098. During the positive half-wave of the external driving signal, diode 3097 is forward biased to turn on, and diode 3098 is reverse biased to turn off, so that detection path circuit 3560 is equivalent to establishing a detection path between the first and second rectified input terminals 512 (and second filtered output terminal 522 in this embodiment). During the negative half-wave of the external drive signal, diode 3097 is reverse biased to turn off and diode 3098 is forward biased to turn on, making detection path circuit 3560 equivalent to establishing a detection path between the second rectified input and second rectified output 512.

The diodes 3097 and 3098 of this embodiment play a role of limiting the power direction of the ac signal, so that the first end of the resistor R51 receives a positive level signal (compared to the ground level) during either the positive half-wave or the negative half-wave of the ac signal, and the voltage signal at the node X is not affected by the phase change of the ac signal, resulting in an erroneous detection result. Furthermore, compared to the previous embodiments, the detection path established by the detection path circuit 3560 of the present embodiment is not directly connected to the power loop of the power module, but establishes an independent detection path between the rectification input terminal and the rectification output terminal through the diodes 3097 and 3098. Since the detection path circuit 3560 is not directly connected to the power circuit and is only turned on in the detection mode, the current for driving the LED module on the power circuit does not flow through the detection path circuit 3560 when the LED straight lamp is normally installed and the power module is normally operated. Because the detection path circuit 3560 does not need to bear the large current of the power module under normal operation, the selection of the specification of the components on the detection path circuit 3560 is flexible, and the power loss caused by the detection path circuit 3560 is low. Furthermore, compared to the embodiment in which the detection path is directly connected to the power supply loop (as shown in fig. 20B to 20D), since the detection path circuit 3560 of the embodiment is not directly connected to the filter circuit 520 in the power supply loop, the problem that the filter capacitor will reversely charge the detection path is not considered in the circuit design, and the circuit design is simpler.

Referring to fig. 29, fig. 29 is a circuit block diagram of a power module according to a twelfth embodiment of the present application. In the present embodiment, the LED straight tube lamp 1300, for example, directly receives an external driving signal provided by the external power grid 508, wherein the external driving signal is provided to the two

end pins

501 and 502 of the LED straight tube lamp 1200 through the hot line (L) and the neutral line (N). In practical applications, the LED straight lamp 1300 may further include

pins

503 and 504. Under the structure that the LED straight lamp 1300 includes 4

pins

501 and 504, the two pins (e.g. 501 and 503, or 502 and 504) on the same side of the lamp cap can be electrically connected together or electrically independent from each other according to design requirements, which is not limited in this application. The electric shock detection module 5000 is disposed in the lamp tube and includes a detection control circuit 5100 and a current limiting circuit 5200, and the electric shock detection module 5000 may also be referred to as an installation detection module (the installation detection module 5000 is described below). The current limiting circuit 5200 is configured with the driving circuit 530, which may be, for example, the driving circuit itself or a bias adjusting circuit for controlling the disable/enable of the driving circuit (further described in the following embodiments). The detection control circuit 5100 is electrically connected to the power supply loop through the first detection connection terminal DE1 and the second detection connection terminal DE2, so as to sample and detect a signal on the power supply loop in the detection mode, and control the current limiting circuit 5200 according to the detection result to determine whether to prohibit current from flowing through the LED straight lamp 1300. When the LED straight lamp 1300 is not properly mounted on the lamp socket, the detection control circuit 5100 detects a small current signal and determines that the signal flows through an excessively high impedance, and the current limiting circuit 5200 disables the driving circuit 530 to stop the LED straight lamp 1300 (i.e., to turn off the LED straight lamp 1200). If not, the detection control circuit 5100 determines that the LED straight lamp 1300 is correctly mounted on the lamp socket, and the current limiting circuit 4200 enables the driving circuit 530, so that the LED straight lamp 1300 operates normally (i.e., the LED straight lamp 1300 can be normally turned on). In other words, when the detection control circuit 5100 samples from the power supply loop and detects a current higher than the installation setting current (or current value), the detection control circuit 5100 determines that the LED straight lamp 1300 is correctly installed on the lamp holder and controls the current limiting circuit to enable the driving circuit; when the detection control circuit 5100 samples from the power supply loop and the detected current is lower than the installation set current (or current value), the detection control circuit 5100 judges that the straight LED tube lamp 1300 is not correctly installed on the lamp holder and controls the current limiting circuit to disable the driving circuit, so that the straight LED tube lamp 1300 enters a non-conducting state or the effective value of the current on the power supply loop of the straight LED tube lamp 1200 is limited to be less than 5mA (5 MIU based on the verification criterion). In other words, the installation detection module 5000 determines whether to turn on or off based on the detected impedance, so that the LED straight lamp 1300 operates in a normal driving or a driving prohibition state. Therefore, the problem that a user is electrocuted due to mistakenly touching the conductive part of the LED straight lamp 1200 when the LED straight lamp 1300 is not correctly mounted on the lamp holder can be avoided.

More specifically, since the impedance of the human body may cause the equivalent impedance on the power circuit to change when the human body contacts the lamp, the installation detection module 5000 may determine whether the user contacts the lamp by detecting the voltage/current change on the power circuit, so as to achieve the above-mentioned anti-electric-shock function. In other words, in the embodiment of the present application, the installation detection module 5000 can determine whether the lamp is correctly installed and whether the user accidentally touches the conductive portion of the lamp if the lamp is not correctly installed by detecting the electrical signal (including the voltage or the current). Compared to the embodiment shown in fig. 18 or 27, since the current limiting circuit 5200 of the present embodiment realizes the current limiting/shock preventing effect by controlling the driving circuit 530, it is not necessary to connect an additional switch circuit in series on the power circuit for shock protection. Since the switching power supply connected in series to the power supply circuit is usually required to withstand a large current, the size of the transistor to be selected is severely limited. Therefore, the switch circuit connected in series on the power circuit is omitted, and the overall cost for installing the detection module can be greatly reduced.

From the viewpoint of circuit operation, the step of the detection control circuit 5100 determining whether the LED straight lamp 1300 is correctly mounted to the lamp socket/has an abnormal impedance connection is shown in fig. 44A, and includes: turning on the detection path for a period of time and then turning off (step S101); sampling the electric signal on the detection path while the detection path is on (step S102); judging whether the sampled electric signal conforms to the preset signal characteristics (step S103); when the determination of step S103 is yes, the control current limiting circuit 5200 operates in a first state (step S104); and when the determination of step S103 is no, the control current limiting circuit 5200 operates in the second configuration (step S105), and then returns to step S101.

In the present embodiment, the detection path may be a current path connected to the output side of the rectifier circuit 510, and the specific configuration thereof may refer to the following description of the embodiment of fig. 30A to 33D. In addition, the detection control circuit 4100 may set the period length, interval, trigger time, etc. for turning on the detection path, and reference may be made to the description of the related embodiments.

In step S103, the action of determining whether the sampled electrical signal meets the predetermined signal characteristic may be, for example, comparing the relative relationship between the sampled electrical signal and a predetermined signal. In this embodiment, the detection controller 5100 determines that the electrical signal meets the preset signal characteristic and may correspond to a state of determining that the LED straight lamp is correctly mounted/has no abnormal impedance access, and the detection controller 7100 determines that the electrical signal does not meet the preset signal characteristic and may correspond to a state of determining that the LED straight lamp is incorrectly mounted/has abnormal impedance access.

In steps S104 and S105, the first configuration and the second configuration are two different circuit configurations, and may depend on the location and the type of the current limiting circuit 3200. For example, in an embodiment where the current limiting circuit 5200 is a bias adjusting circuit connected to a power or start terminal of the driver circuit controller, the first configuration may be an off configuration (normal bias configuration) and the second configuration may be an on configuration (adjusted bias configuration). In the embodiment where the current limiting circuit 5200 is a power switch in a driving circuit, the first configuration may be a driving control configuration (i.e., the switching of the power switch is controlled only by the driving circuit controller, and the detection controller 7100 does not affect the control of the power switch), and the second configuration may be an off configuration.

Referring to fig. 30A, fig. 30A is a schematic circuit block diagram of an installation detection module according to an eleventh embodiment of the present application. The installation detection module includes a detection pulse generation module 5110, a control circuit 5120, a detection decision circuit 5130, and a detection path circuit 5160. The detection pulse generating module 5110 is electrically connected to the detection path circuit 5160 via a path 5111 for generating a control signal comprising at least one pulse. The detection path circuit 5160 is connected to the power loop of the power module via the first detection connection DE1 and the second detection connection DE2, and is responsive to the control signal to turn on the detection path during the pulse. The detection decision circuit 5130 is connected to the detection path circuit 5160 via a path 5161, so as to determine the installation state between the LED straight lamp and the lamp holder according to the signal characteristics on the detection path, and to issue a corresponding detection result signal according to the detection result, wherein the detection result signal is provided to the control circuit 5120 at the rear end via a path 5131. The control circuit 5120 is connected to the driving circuit 530 via the path 5121, wherein the driving circuit 530 adjusts the operation status thereof with reference to the installation status signal sent by the control circuit 5120.

In view of the overall operation of the installation detection module 5000a, when the LED straight lamp is powered on, the detection pulse generating module 5110 is activated in response to the external power, so as to generate a pulse to briefly turn on the detection path formed by the detection path circuit 5160. During the period of the conduction of the detection path, the detection and determination circuit 5130 samples the signal on the detection path and determines whether the LED straight lamp is correctly mounted on the lamp holder or whether there is human body contacting the LED straight lamp to cause electric leakage. The detection decision circuit 5130 generates a corresponding detection result signal according to the detection result and transmits the detection result signal to the control circuit 5120. When the control circuit 5120 receives the detection result signal indicating that the lamp tube is correctly installed, the control circuit 5120 sends a corresponding installation state signal to control the driving circuit 530 to be normally started, and performs power conversion to provide power to the rear-end LED module. Conversely, when the control circuit 5120 receives the detection result signal indicating that the lamp is not properly installed, the control circuit 5120 sends a corresponding installation status signal to control the driving circuit 530 not to start/stop, so that the current flowing through the power circuit can be limited below the safe value.

Specifically, the configuration and operation of the detection pulse generating module 5110, the detection determining circuit 5130 and the detection path circuit 5160 of the present embodiment can refer to the descriptions of other embodiments. The main difference between the present embodiment and the previous embodiments is that the present embodiment mainly uses the control circuit 5120 to control whether the driving circuit 530 at the back end is started or not, so that when it is determined that there is an electric shock risk or incorrect installation, the operation of the driving circuit 530 can be directly stopped, thereby achieving the effect of limiting the leakage current. With this configuration, the driving circuit 530 or the power switch therein can be regarded as the current limiting circuit 5200a, so that the switch circuits (e.g., 3200a-L) originally disposed on the power supply loop can be omitted compared to the embodiments of fig. 18-28B. Since the switch circuit originally disposed on the power supply circuit needs to carry a large current, the selection and design of the transistor specification are strictly considered, so the design of this embodiment can significantly reduce the overall design cost of the installation detection module by omitting the switch circuit. On the other hand, in some embodiments, since the control circuit 5120 can implement the start-up control of the driving circuit 530 by sending the installation state signal conforming to the voltage format of the driving controller to the start-up pin of the driving controller, the design of the driving circuit 530 does not need to be changed greatly, which is beneficial to the commercialized design.

In an exemplary embodiment, the detection pulse generating module 5110, the detection path circuit 5160, the detection decision circuit 5130 and the control circuit 5120 can be respectively implemented by the circuit architectures of fig. 30B to 30F (but not limited thereto), wherein fig. 30B to 30F are schematic circuit architectures of an installation detection module according to the eleventh embodiment of the present application. The modules/units are described below.

Referring to fig. 30B, fig. 30B is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a detection pulse generating module of an installation detection module according to an eleventh embodiment of the present application. The detection pulse generating module 5110 includes resistors Ra1 and Ra2, a capacitor Ca1, and a pulse generating circuit 5112. A first terminal of the resistor Ra1 is connected to the rectifying circuit 510 via the first rectifying output terminal 511. A first terminal of the resistor Ra2 is connected to the second terminal of the resistor Ra1, and a second terminal of the resistor Ra2 is connected to the rectifier circuit 510 via the second rectifier output terminal 512. The capacitor Ca1 and the resistor Ra2 are connected in parallel. The pulse generating circuit 5112 has an input terminal connected to the connection terminal of the resistors Ra2 and Ca1, and an output terminal connected to the detection path circuit 5160 for providing a control signal with a pulse DP.

In this embodiment, the resistors Ra1 and Ra2 form a voltage dividing resistor string for sampling the bus voltage, wherein the pulse generating circuit 5112 can determine the time point of pulse generation according to the bus voltage information and output the pulse DP according to the set pulse width. For example, the pulse generating circuit 5112 can emit a pulse after a period of time after the bus voltage over-voltage zero point, so as to avoid the erroneous determination problem that may be caused by performing the electric shock prevention detection on the voltage zero point. The waveforms and intervals of the pulses generated by the pulse generating circuit 5112 can be referred to the description of the aforementioned embodiments, and are not described herein again.

Referring to fig. 30C, fig. 30C is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a detection path circuit of an installation detection module according to an eleventh embodiment of the present application. The detection path circuit 5160 includes a resistor Ra3, a transistor Ma1, and a diode Da 1. A first terminal of resistor Ra3 is connected to first rectified output terminal 511. The transistor Ma1 can be a MOSFET or a BJT, and has a first terminal connected to the second terminal of the resistor Ra3, a second terminal connected to the second rectified output terminal 512, and a control terminal receiving the control signal Sc. The anode of the diode Da1 is connected to the first end of the resistor Ra3 and the first rectification output terminal 511, and the cathode of the diode Da1 is connected to the input terminal of the filter circuit 530 at the rear end, for example, a pi filter, and the diode Da1 is connected to the connection end of the capacitor 725 and the inductor 726.

In the present embodiment, the resistor Ra3 and the transistor Ma1 form a detection path, wherein the detection path is turned on when the transistor Ma1 is turned on by the control signal Sc. During the period when the detection path is on, the detection voltage Vdet changes due to the current flowing through the detection path, and the change width of the detection voltage Vdet is determined according to the equivalent impedance of the detection path. Taking the sampling position of the detection voltage Vdet shown in the figure as an example (the first end of the resistor Ra 3), when no body impedance is connected (correctly installed) during the conduction period of the detection path, the detection voltage Vdet is equal to the bus voltage at the rectification output terminal 511; when the body impedance is connected (not properly installed), the body impedance is equivalent to be connected in series between the rectification output terminal 511 and the ground terminal, so that the detection voltage Vdet becomes the voltage division of the body resistance and the resistor Ra 3. Therefore, the detection voltage Vset can indicate whether the human body resistor is connected to the LED straight lamp or not.

Referring to fig. 30D, fig. 30D is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a detection determining circuit of an installation detection module according to an eleventh embodiment of the present application. The detection decision circuit 5130 includes a sampling circuit 5132 and a comparison circuit 5133. In the embodiment, the sampling circuit 5132 samples the detection voltage Vdet according to a set time point, and generates the sampling signals Ssp _ t1-Ssp _ tn corresponding to the detection voltage Vdet at different time points. The comparing circuit 5133 is coupled to the sampling circuit 5132 to receive the sampling signals Ssp _ t1-Ssp _ tn, wherein the comparing circuit 5133 can select some or all of the sampling signals Ssp _ t1-Ssp _ tn to compare with each other, or compare the sampling signals Ssp _ t1-Ssp _ tn with a predetermined signal, and then sequentially output the comparison result Scp to the determining circuit. In an exemplary embodiment, the comparing circuit 5133 can output a corresponding comparison result according to the comparison of the sampled signals at every two adjacent time points, but the application is not limited thereto.

Specifically, when the LED straight lamp is correctly mounted to the lamp holder (or no abnormal external impedance is connected), the first detection connection terminal DE1 (the same as the first rectification output terminal 511) and the second detection connection terminal DE2 (the same as the second rectification output terminal 512) of the detection path circuit 5160 may be equivalent to be directly connected to the external power grid, so that the voltage waveform of the detection voltage Vdet changes with the phase of the external driving signal and has a complete sine wave form no matter whether the detection path is conducted or not. In other words, in the case that the LED is properly connected to the lamp socket, the sampling circuit 5132 generates the sampling signal Ssp _ t1-Ssp _ tn having the same or similar level regardless of whether the detection path is turned on.

In contrast, when the LED straight lamp is not properly mounted to the lamp socket (or there is an abnormal external impedance access), the first detection connection terminal DE1 can be equivalently electrically connected to the external power grid through the external impedance (i.e. the human body impedance), so that when the detection path is turned on, the detection voltage Vdet is reduced by the external impedance and the partial voltage of the impedance on the detection path. Under the condition that the detection path is not conducted, no voltage drop is generated on the first detection connection terminal DE1 because there is no conducting current path in the power supply module, and the voltage waveform of the detection voltage Vdet is still in a complete sine wave form. As shown in fig. 30E, fig. 30E is a signal waveform diagram of a mounting detection module according to an eleventh embodiment of the present application. In the case where the LED is not properly connected to the lamp socket, the signal level sampled by the sampling circuit 5132 during the pulse period DPW (e.g., the sampling signal Ssp _ t1) is lower than the signal level sampled by the DPW during the non-pulse period (e.g., the sampling signal Ssp _ t 2). Therefore, the comparison circuit 5133 may select some or all of the sampling signals Ssp _ t1-Ssp _ tn to compare with each other, or compare the sampling signals Ssp _ t1-Ssp _ tn with a predetermined signal, thereby generating the comparison result Scp effectively corresponding to the mounting status. For example, the comparison circuit 5133 may generate the comparison result Scp of the first logic level when the levels of the comparison signals Ssp _ t1 and Ssp _ t2 are the same or similar, and generate the comparison result Scp of the second logic level when the level difference of the comparison signals Ssp _ t1 and Ssp _ t2 reaches a set value. The comparison result Scp of the first logic level is a comparison result meeting the correct mounting condition, and the comparison result Scp of the second logic level is a comparison result not meeting the correct mounting condition.

The determining circuit 5134 receives the comparison result Scp and sends out a corresponding detection result signal Sdr according to the comparison result Scp, in some embodiments, the determining circuit 5134 may be designed to send out the detection result signal Sdr corresponding to correct installation only when the comparison result Scp is determined to meet the correct installation condition and the comparison result Scp continuously appears more than a certain number of times, so as to avoid the occurrence of erroneous determination, and further reduce the risk of electric shock.

Referring to fig. 30F, fig. 30F is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a control circuit of an installation detection module according to an eleventh embodiment of the present application. The input end of the control circuit 5120 receives the detection result signal Sdr, and the output end thereof is electrically connected to the controller 633 of the driving circuit 630, wherein the configuration of the driving circuit 630 can refer to the description of the embodiment in fig. 13B, and is not repeated herein.

When the control circuit 5120 receives the detection result signal Sdr indicating that the LED straight lamp is correctly mounted (no body resistance is connected), the control circuit 5120 sends a corresponding mounting state signal Sidm to the controller 633 of the driving circuit 630. The controller 633 is activated in response to the installation state signal Sidm and controls the switch 635 to operate, so as to generate a driving signal to drive the LED module. When the control circuit 5120 receives the detection result signal Sdr indicating that the LED straight lamp is not correctly mounted (human body resistance is connected), the control circuit 5120 sends a corresponding mounting state signal Sidm to the controller 633 of the driving circuit 630. The controller 633 will not activate at this time in response to the installation state signal Sidm.

Referring to fig. 30G, fig. 30G is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of an installation detection module according to a twelfth embodiment of the present application. The installation detection module 5000c of the present embodiment is substantially the same as the previous embodiment shown in fig. 30B to 30F, and includes a detection pulse generation module 5110, a control circuit 5120, a detection determination circuit 5130 and a detection path circuit 5160. The driving circuit 1030 of the present embodiment is exemplified by the power conversion circuit architecture of fig. 13B, and includes a controller 1033, a diode 1034, a transistor 1035, an inductor 1036, a capacitor 1037, and a resistor 1038.

In contrast to the embodiments of fig. 30B-30F, the detection path circuit 5160 of the present embodiment is configured similarly to the embodiment of fig. 24B, and includes a transistor Ma1 and a resistor Ra 1. The transistor Ma1 has a drain coupled to the second terminals of the

capacitors

725, 727 and a source coupled to the first terminal of the resistor Ra 1. The second terminal of the resistor Rb1 is coupled to the first ground GND 1. Incidentally, the first ground GND1 and the second ground GND2 of the LED module 50 may be the same ground or two electrically independent grounds, which is not limited in the present application.

The detection pulse generating module 5210 is coupled to the gate of the transistor Ma1 and is used to control the on state of the transistor Ma 1. The detection decision circuit 5130 is coupled to the first terminal of the resistor Rb1 and the control circuit 5120, wherein the detection decision circuit 5130 samples the electrical signal at the first terminal of the resistor Ra1 and compares the sampled electrical signal with a reference signal to generate a detection result signal indicating whether the lamp is properly installed; the control circuit 5120 generates an installation status signal according to the detection result signal and transmits the installation status signal to the controller 1033. In the present embodiment, details and characteristics of the operations of the detection pulse generating module 5110, the control circuit 5120, the detection determining circuit 5130 and the detection path circuit 5160 can be described in the foregoing embodiments, and will not be repeated herein.

Referring to fig. 31A, fig. 31A is a schematic circuit block diagram of an installation detection module according to a twelfth embodiment of the present application. The mounting detection module 5000A includes a detection pulse generation module 5110, a detection determination circuit 5130, a detection path circuit 5160, and a current limiting circuit 5200A. For the description of the detection pulse generating module 5110, the detection determining circuit 5130 and the detection path circuit 5160, reference is made to the above description of the embodiment of fig. 30A to 30E, and the description thereof is not repeated herein.

The difference between the present embodiment and the previous embodiment is that the current limiting circuit 5200A of the present embodiment is implemented by a bias adjusting circuit (described below with reference to the bias adjusting circuit 5200A). The detection result signal Sdr of the detection decision circuit 5130 is provided to the bias adjustment circuit 5200A, wherein the bias adjustment circuit 5200A is connected to the driving circuit 530 via the path 5201 and is used to influence/adjust the bias of the driving circuit 530, so as to control the operation status of the driving circuit 530.

Referring to fig. 31B, fig. 31B is a circuit architecture diagram of a bias voltage adjusting circuit according to an embodiment of the present application. The bias adjustment circuit 5200A includes a transistor Ma2, a first terminal of which is connected to the connection terminal of the resistor Rbias and the capacitor Cbias and the power input terminal of the controller 633, a second terminal of which is connected to the second filter output 522, and a control terminal of which receives the comparison result signal Sdr. In the present embodiment, the resistor Rbias and the capacitor Cbias are external bias circuits of the driving circuit 630, which are used to provide power for the operation of the controller 633.

When the detection determination circuit 5130 determines that the LED straight lamp is correctly mounted (no body resistor is connected), the detection determination circuit 5130 sends an disable comparison result signal Sdr to the transistor Ma 2. At this time, the transistor Ma2 is turned off in response to the disabled comparison result signal Sdr, so the controller 633 can normally obtain the operating power and control the switch 635 to operate, thereby generating the driving signal to drive the LED module. When the detection determination circuit 5130 determines that the LED straight lamp is not correctly mounted (a human body resistor is connected), the detection determination circuit 5130 sends an enabled comparison result signal Sdr to the transistor Ma 2. At this time, the transistor Ma2 is turned on in response to the enabled comparison result signal Sdr, so the power input terminal of the controller 633 is shorted to the ground, and the controller 633 cannot be activated. It should be noted that, although an extra leakage path may be established through the transistor Ma2 when the transistor Ma2 is turned on, since the input power used by the controller 633 is generally relatively small (compared to the power of the entire lamp tube), even a slight leakage current will not cause damage to the human body, and the requirement of safety can be met.

Referring to fig. 32A, fig. 32A is a schematic circuit block diagram of an installation detection module according to a thirteenth embodiment of the present application. The installation detection module of the present embodiment may be regarded as including a detection circuit 5000b and a drive circuit 1030. The connection relationship among the rectifying circuit 510, the filtering circuit 520, the driving circuit 1030 and the LED module 50 is as described in the embodiment of fig. 9A, and is not described herein again. The detection circuit 5000b of the present embodiment has an input terminal and an output terminal, wherein the input terminal is coupled to the power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp, and the output terminal is coupled to the driving circuit 1030.

Specifically, in some embodiments, after the LED straight lamp is powered on (whether correctly mounted or incorrectly mounted), the driving circuit 530 is preset to enter a mounting detection mode. In the mounting detection mode, the driving circuit 1130 provides the lighting control signal with a narrow pulse (e.g., a pulse width less than 1ms) to drive the power switch (not shown), so that the driving current generated by the driving circuit 1130 in the mounting detection mode is less than 5MIU or 5 mA. On the other hand, in the installation detection mode, the detection circuit 5000b detects the electrical signal on the power circuit, and generates an installation status signal Sidm according to the detected result and transmits the installation status signal Sidm back to the driving circuit 1130. The driving circuit 1130 determines whether to enter the normal driving mode according to the received mounting state signal Sidm. If the driving circuit 1030 determines that the mounting detection mode is maintained, the driving circuit 1130 outputs a lighting control signal with a narrow pulse according to a predetermined frequency to turn on the power switch briefly, so that the detecting circuit 5000b can detect the electrical signal on the power loop, and at the same time, the current on the power loop is less than 5MIU in the entire mounting detection mode. On the contrary, if the driving circuit 1130 determines to enter the normal driving mode, the driving circuit 1030 generates the lighting control signal with the adjustable pulse width according to at least one or a combination of the input voltage, the output voltage and the output current.

The first exemplary embodiment is described below with reference to fig. 32B, and fig. 32B is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a driving circuit with shock detection function according to the first embodiment of the present application. The driving circuit 1130 of the present embodiment includes a controller 1133 and a converting circuit 1134, wherein the controller 1133 includes a signal receiving unit 1137, a sawtooth wave generating unit 1138 and a comparing unit CUd, and the converting circuit 1134 includes a switching circuit (also referred to as a power switch) 1135 and a tank circuit 1136. An input of the signal receiving unit 1137 receives the feedback signal Vfb and the installation state signal Sidm, and an output of the signal receiving unit 1137 is coupled to a first input of the comparing unit CUd. An output terminal of the sawtooth wave generating unit 1038 is coupled to a second input terminal of the comparing unit CUd. An output terminal of the comparing unit CUd is coupled to a control terminal of the switching circuit 1035. The relative configuration and actual circuit example between the switch circuit 1135 and the tank circuit 1036 are as described in fig. 13A to 13E, and are not repeated herein.

In the controller 1133, the signal receiving unit 1137 may be a circuit composed of an error amplifier, for example, and may be used to receive a feedback signal Vfb related to the voltage and current information in the power module and the installation state signal Sidm provided by the detection circuit 5000 b. In one embodiment, the signal receiving unit 1137 selectively outputs a predetermined voltage Vp or a feedback signal Vfb to the first input terminal of the comparing unit CUd according to the installation state signal Sidm. The sawtooth wave generating unit 1038 is used for generating a sawtooth wave signal Ssw to the second input terminal of the comparing unit CUd, wherein the sawtooth wave signal Ssw has at least one of a rising edge and a falling edge with a non-infinite slope in a signal waveform of each period. In addition, the sawtooth wave generating unit 1138 of the present embodiment may generate the sawtooth wave signal Ssw at a fixed operating frequency regardless of the mode in which the driving circuit 1030 operates, or may generate the sawtooth wave signal Ssw according to different operating frequencies in different operating modes (i.e., the sawtooth wave generating unit 1138 may change its operating frequency according to the installation state signal Sidm), which is not limited in this application. The comparison unit CUd compares the signal levels on the first input terminal and the second input terminal and outputs the lighting control signal Slc at a high level when the signal level on the first input terminal is greater than the signal level on the second input terminal and outputs the lighting control signal Slc at a low level when the signal level on the first input terminal is not greater than the signal level on the second input terminal. In other words, the comparing unit CUd outputs a high level during the period when the signal level of the sawtooth wave signal Ssw is greater than the preset voltage Vp or the feedback signal Vfb, so as to generate the lighting control signal Slc in a pulse form.

Referring to fig. 32B and fig. 41C together, fig. 41C is a signal timing diagram of a power module according to a third embodiment of the present application. When the LED straight lamp is powered on (both ends are mounted to the lamp socket, or one end is mounted to the lamp socket and the other end is touched by a user by mistake), the driving circuit 1130 is activated and enters the installation detection mode DTM in advance. In the following description, the operation within the first period T1 is described, in the mounting detection mode, the signal receiving unit 1137 outputs the preset voltage Vp to the first input terminal of the comparing unit CUd, and the sawtooth wave generating unit 1138 starts generating the sawtooth wave signal Ssw to the second input terminal of the comparing unit CUd. In terms of the signal level variation of the sawtooth wave SW, the signal level of the sawtooth wave SW gradually rises from the initial level after the time point ts when the driving circuit 1130 is activated, and gradually falls to the initial level after reaching the peak level. Before the signal level of the sawtooth wave SW rises to the preset voltage Vp, the comparing unit CUd outputs a low-level lighting control signal Slc; during the period after the signal level of the sawtooth wave SW rises to exceed the preset voltage Vp and before the signal level falls back to be lower than the preset voltage Vp again, the comparing unit CUd will pull up the lighting control signal Slc to a high level; and after the signal level of the sawtooth wave SW falls below the preset voltage Vp again, the comparing unit CUd will pull down the lighting control signal Slc to the low level again. By the comparison operation, the comparing unit CUd generates the pulse DP based on the sawtooth wave SW1 and the preset voltage Vp, wherein the pulse period DPW of the pulse DP is a period during which the signal level of the sawtooth wave SW is higher than the preset voltage Vp.

The lighting control signal Slc with the pulse DP is transmitted to the control terminal of the switch circuit 1135, so that the switch circuit 1035 is turned on during the pulse DPW, and the energy storage unit 1136 stores energy, and generates a driving current on the power supply circuit. Since the generation of the driving current may cause the signal characteristics of the power loop, such as signal level/waveform/frequency, to change, the detection circuit 5000b may detect that the level change SP occurs in the sampling signal Ssp at this time. The detection circuit 5000b further determines whether the level change SP exceeds a reference voltage Vref. In the first period T1, since the level change SP has not exceeded the reference voltage Vref, the detection circuit 5000b outputs the corresponding installation state signal Sidm to the signal receiving unit 1037, so that the signal receiving unit 1137 continues to maintain the installation detection mode DTM and continues to output the preset voltage Vp to the comparison unit CUd. In the second period T2, since the level change of the sampling signal Ssp is similar to that in the first period T1, the overall circuit operation is the same as that in the first period T1, and thus, the description thereof is not repeated.

In other words, in the first period T1 and the second period T2, the LED straight tube lamp is determined to be not installed correctly. In addition, in this state, although the driving circuit 1130 generates the driving current on the power supply circuit, the current value of the driving current is not harmful to the human body (less than 5mA/MIU, which can be as low as 0) because the on-time of the switch circuit 1035 is relatively short.

After entering the third period T3, the detection circuit 5000b determines that the level change of the sampling signal Ssp exceeds the reference voltage Vref, and thus sends a corresponding installation state signal Sidm to the signal receiving unit 1137, thereby indicating that the LED straight lamp has been correctly installed on the lamp socket. When the signal receiving unit 1137 receives the installation state signal Sidm indicating that the LED straight lamp is correctly installed, the driving circuit 1130 enters the normal driving mode DRM from the installation detection mode DTM after the third period T3 is over. In the fourth period T4 under the normal driving mode DRM, the signal receiving unit 1037 generates a corresponding signal to the comparing unit CUd according to the feedback signal Vfb received from the outside, so that the comparing unit CUd can dynamically adjust the pulse width of the lighting control signal Slc according to the information of the input voltage, the output voltage, the driving current, and the like, and thus the LED module can be lighted and maintained at the set brightness. In the normal driving mode DRM, the detecting circuit 5000b may stop operating, or continue operating but the signal receiving unit 1037 ignores the installation status signal sipm, which is not limited in this application.

Referring to fig. 32A again, in the second exemplary embodiment, after the LED straight lamp is powered on (whether correctly mounted or incorrectly mounted), the detection circuit 5000b is activated in response to the formation of the current path, detects the electrical signal of the power circuit for a short period of time, and transmits a mounting status signal Sidm back to the driving circuit 1130 according to the detection result. The driving circuit 1130 determines whether to be activated for performing a power conversion operation according to the received mounting state signal Sidm. When the detection circuit 5000b outputs an installation state signal Sidm indicating that the lamp tube is correctly installed, the driving circuit 1030 is started in response to the installation state signal Sidm and generates a driving signal to drive the power switch, thereby converting the received power into an output power which is output to the LED module; in this case, the detection circuit 5000b switches to an operation mode that does not affect the power supply changeover operation after outputting the installation state signal Sidm indicating that the lamp is correctly installed. On the other hand, when the detection circuit 5000b outputs the installation state signal Sidm indicating that the lamp is not correctly installed, the driving circuit 1130 is maintained in the closed state until receiving the installation state signal Sidm indicating that the lamp is correctly installed; in this case, the detection circuit 5000b will continue to detect the electrical signal on the power circuit in the original detection mode until it detects that the lamp is correctly installed.

Referring to fig. 33A, fig. 33A is a schematic circuit block diagram of an installation detection module according to a fourteenth embodiment of the present application. The power supply module of this embodiment includes a rectifying circuit 510, a filtering circuit 520, an installation detection module 5000d, and a driving circuit 1230. The configuration of the rectifying circuit 510 and the filtering circuit 520 is similar to that described in the previous embodiment. The installation detection module includes a detection trigger circuit 5310, and the detection trigger circuit 5310 is disposed on the power circuit (which is disposed at the rear stage of the filter circuit 520, but the application is not limited thereto), and is coupled to the power source terminal or the voltage detection terminal of the driving circuit 1230. The output terminal of the driving circuit 1230 is coupled to the LED module 630.

In the present embodiment, the detection trigger circuit 5310 is activated when an external power is applied to the power module to adjust the electrical signal provided to the power terminal or the voltage detection terminal of the driving circuit 1230 into an electrical signal having a first waveform characteristic. When the driving circuit 1230 receives the electrical signal with the first waveform characteristic, it enters a detection mode to output a narrow pulse meeting the detection requirement to drive the power switch, and then determines whether the lamp is correctly installed on the socket by detecting the current flowing through the power switch or the LED module 50. If the lamp tube is correctly installed, the driving circuit 1230 drives the power switch by changing the driving mode under normal operation, so that the driving circuit 1230 can provide stable output power to light the LED module 630; the detection trigger circuit 5310 is turned off at this time, so that the power supplied to the driving circuit 1230 is not affected, i.e., the electrical signal supplied to the power source terminal or the voltage detection terminal of the driving circuit does not have the first waveform characteristic at this time. If the lamp is not correctly installed, the driving circuit 1230 continues to drive the power switch with narrow pulses until the lamp is correctly installed. The signal timing of this portion is similar to that shown in FIG. 41C and can be described with reference to the corresponding paragraphs.

For example, fig. 33B and fig. 33C are combined to illustrate specific circuit modules, where fig. 33B is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a driving circuit with an electric shock detection function according to a second embodiment of the present application, and fig. 33C is a schematic circuit block diagram of an integrated controller according to an embodiment of the present application. In the present embodiment, the driving circuit 1230 includes an integrated controller 1233, an inductor 1236, a diode 1234, an inductor 1237, and a resistor 1238, wherein the integrated controller 1233 includes a plurality of signal receiving terminals, such as a power terminal P _ VIN, a voltage detecting terminal P _ VSEN, a current detecting terminal P _ ISEN, a driving terminal P _ DRN, a compensation terminal P _ COMP, and a reference ground terminal P _ GND. A first terminal of the inductor 1236 and an anode of the diode 1234 are commonly connected to the driving terminal P _ DRN of the integrated controller 1233. The resistor 1238 is connected to the current sensing terminal I _ SEN of the integrated controller 1233. The detection trigger circuit 5310 may be, for example, a switch circuit connected to the voltage detection terminal V _ SEN of the integrated controller 1233. In addition, in order to meet the operation requirement of the integrated controller 1233, the power module further includes a plurality of auxiliary circuits disposed outside the integrated controller 1233, such as resistors Rb1 and Rb2 connected to the output end of the filter circuit 520. Other external auxiliary circuits, not shown, may be included in the power module, but this part does not affect the description of the overall circuit operation.

The integrated controller 1233 includes a pulse control unit PCU, a power switch unit 1235, a current control unit CCU, a gain amplification unit Gm, a bias unit BU, a detection trigger unit DTU, a switching unit SWU, and comparison units CU1 and CU 2. The pulse control unit PCU is configured to generate a pulse signal to control the power switch unit 1235. The power switch unit 1235 connects the inductor 1236 and the diode 1234 through the driving terminal P _ DRN, and switches in response to the control of the pulse signal, so that the inductor 1236 can be repeatedly charged and discharged in the normal operation mode to provide a stable output current to the LED module 50. The current control unit CCU receives the voltage detection signal VSEN through the voltage detection terminal P _ VSEN and receives a current detection signal (denoted by ISEN) indicating the magnitude of the current ISEN flowing through the resistor 1238 through the current detection terminal P _ ISEN, wherein the current control unit CCU knows the real-time working state of the LED module 50 according to the voltage detection signal VSEN and the current detection signal ISEN in the normal working mode, and generates an output adjustment signal according to the working state. The output adjustment signal is processed by the gain amplifying unit Gm and then provided to the pulse control unit PCU, which is used as a reference for the pulse control unit PCU to generate the pulse signal. The bias unit BU receives the signal filtered by the filter circuit 520 from the power module and generates a stable driving voltage VCC and a reference voltage V _REFFor use by the various units in the integrated controller 1233. The detection trigger unit DTU is connected to the detection trigger circuit 5310 and the resistors Rb1 and Rb2 through the voltage detection terminal P _ VSEN, and is configured to detect whether a signal characteristic of the voltage detection signal VSEN received from the voltage detection terminal P _ VSEN meets a first waveform characteristic, and output a detection result signal to the pulse control unit PCU according to the detection result. The switching unit SWU is connected to a first terminal of the resistor 1238 through a current detection terminal P _ ISEN, which is connected to the first terminal of the resistor 1238Will selectively detect the current I according to the detection result of the detection trigger unit DTU_SENTo the comparison unit CU1 or CU 2. The comparing unit CU1 mainly serves as an overcurrent protection, and receives the current detection signal ISEN and an overcurrent reference signal V_OCPA comparison is made and the result of the comparison is output to the pulse control unit PCU. The comparing unit CU2 is mainly used for protection against electric shock, and receives the current detection signal ISEN and an installation reference signal V_IDMA comparison is made and the result of the comparison is output to the pulse control unit PCU.

Specifically, when the LED straight lamp is powered on, the detection trigger circuit 5310 is first activated, and influences/adjusts the voltage detection signal VSEN provided to the voltage detection terminal P _ VSEN by switching the switch, so that the voltage detection signal VSEN has a specific first waveform characteristic. For example, taking the detecting trigger circuit 5310 as a switch, the detecting trigger circuit 5310 may switch the conducting state for a short time and continuously for a predetermined time interval several times during the start-up, so that the voltage detecting signal VSEN may oscillate in response to the voltage waveform of the switch. The integrated controller 1233 is preset to be inactive when receiving power, i.e. the pulse control unit PCU does not immediately output a pulse signal to drive the power switch unit 1235 to light the LED module 50. The detection trigger unit DTU determines whether the waveform characteristics thereof meet the set first waveform characteristics according to the voltage detection signal VSEN, and transmits the determination result to the pulse control unit PCU.

When the pulse control unit PCU receives a signal indicating that the voltage detection signal VSEN conforms to the first waveform characteristic from the detection trigger unit DTU, the integrated controller 1233 enters the installation detection mode. In the installation detection mode, the pulse control unit PCU outputs a narrow pulse to drive the power switch unit 1235, so that the current in the power supply circuit is limited to a current value that does not pose a risk of human electric shock (e.g. 5MIU), and the specific pulse signal setting in the detection mode can be described with reference to the aforementioned embodiment related to the installation detection module. On the other hand, in the mounting detection mode, the switching unit SWU switches to transmit the current sensing signal ISENTo the comparison unit CU2, so that the comparison unit CU2 can compare the current sensing signal ISEN with the installation reference signal V_IDM. In the case of incorrect installation, the second end of the resistor 1238 is equivalently connected to the ground GND1 through the body resistor Rbody, and in the case of series connection of resistors, the equivalent resistance value is increased, so that the current detection signal ISEN pulse control unit PCU can determine whether the LED straight lamp is correctly installed on the lamp socket according to the comparison result of the comparison unit CU 2. Therefore, if the pulse control unit PCU determines that the LED straight lamp is not correctly mounted on the lamp socket according to the comparison result of the comparison unit CU2, the integrated controller 1233 remains to operate in the mounting detection mode, i.e., the pulse control unit PCU continues to output narrow pulses to drive the power switch unit 1235 and determines whether the LED straight lamp is correctly mounted according to the current sensing signal ISEN. If the pulse control unit PCU determines that the LED straight lamp is correctly mounted to the lamp socket according to the comparison result of the comparison unit CU2, the integrated controller 1233 enters the normal operation mode.

In the normal operation mode, the detection trigger circuit 5310 stops functioning, i.e., the detection trigger circuit 5310 no longer affects/adjusts the voltage detection signal VSEN. At this time, the voltage detection signal VSEN is determined only by the divided voltages of the resistors Rb1 and Rb 2. In the integrated controller 1233, the detection trigger unit DTU may be disabled, or the pulse control unit PCU may no longer refer to the signal output by the detection trigger unit DTU. The pulse control unit PCU mainly uses the signals output by the current control unit CCU and the gain amplification unit Gm as a basis for adjusting the pulse width, so that the pulse control unit PCU outputs a pulse signal corresponding to the rated power to drive the power switch unit 1235, thereby providing a stable current to the LED module 50. On the other hand, the switching unit SWU switches to a circuit configuration for transmitting the current sensing signal ISEN to the comparing unit CU1, so that the comparing unit CU1 can compare the current sensing signal ISEN with the over-current protection signal V_OCPTherefore, the pulse control unit PCU can adjust the output pulse signal when the overcurrent condition occurs, and the circuit damage is avoided. It should be noted here that the function of the over-current protection is optional in the integrated controller 1233. At it In other embodiments, the integrated controller 1233 may not include the comparing unit CU1, and in this configuration, the switching unit SWU may be omitted at the same time, so that the current detection signal ISEN may be directly provided to the input terminal of the comparing unit CU 2.

Referring to fig. 33D, fig. 33D is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a driving circuit with shock detection function according to a third embodiment of the present application. The driving circuit 1330 of the present embodiment is substantially the same as the embodiment shown in fig. 33B, and includes an integrated controller 1333, a diode 1334, an inductor 1336, a capacitor 1337 and a resistor 1338, but the driving circuit 1330 of the present embodiment is configured by adding a transistor Mp and a parallel resistor array Rpa, wherein the drain of the transistor Mp is connected to the first end of the resistor 1338, the gate is connected to a detection control end of the integrated controller 1333, and the source is connected to the first end of the parallel resistor array Rpa. The parallel resistor array Rpa includes a plurality of resistors connected in parallel, and the resistance value of the resistor array Rpa can be set corresponding to the resistor 1238, wherein the second end of the parallel resistor array Rpa is connected to the ground GND 1.

In the present embodiment, the integrated controller 1333 sends a corresponding signal to the gate of the transistor Mp via the detection control terminal according to the current operation mode, so that the transistor Mp is turned on in response to the received signal in the installation detection mode, and turned off in response to the received signal in the normal operation mode. In the case where the transistor Mp is turned on, the parallel resistor array Rpa may be equivalently connected in parallel with the resistor 1338, so that the equivalent resistance value is reduced, thereby matching with the human body resistance. Therefore, when the straight tube lamp is not correctly installed and the human body resistor is connected to the power circuit, the detection current signal ISEN can make the current change when the human body resistor is added more obvious through the adjustment of the equivalent resistance value, and the accuracy of installation detection is further improved.

Referring to fig. 34, fig. 34 is a circuit block diagram of a power module according to a thirteenth embodiment of the present application. In the present embodiment, the LED straight tube lamp 1400, for example, directly receives an external driving signal provided by the external power grid 508, wherein the external driving signal is provided to the two

end pins

501 and 502 of the LED straight tube lamp 1200 through the hot line (L) and the neutral line (N). In practical applications, the LED straight lamp 1400 may further include

pins

503 and 504. Under the structure that the LED straight lamp 1400 includes 4

pins

501 and 504, the two pins (e.g. 501 and 503, or 502 and 504) on the same side of the lamp cap can be electrically connected together or electrically independent from each other according to design requirements, which is not limited in this application. The electric shock detection module 6000 is disposed in the lamp tube and includes a detection control circuit 6100 and a current limiting circuit 6200, and the electric shock detection module 6000 may also be referred to as an installation detection module 6000 (the installation detection module is described below as 6000). The current limiting circuit 6200 is disposed with the driving circuit 530, which may be, for example, a bias adjusting circuit for controlling the disable/enable of the driving circuit, or a power switch of the driving circuit itself (refer to the description of the related embodiment). The detection control circuit 6100 detects a signal at the input of the rectifying circuit 510 (i.e., a signal provided by the external power grid 508) in the detection mode, and controls the current limiting circuit 6200 according to the detection result to determine whether to prohibit current from flowing through the LED straight lamp 1400. When the LED straight lamp 1400 is not correctly mounted on the lamp socket, the detection control circuit 6100 detects a small current signal to determine that the signal flows through a too high impedance, and the current limiting circuit 6200 disables the driving circuit to stop the operation of the LED straight lamp 1400 (i.e., the LED straight lamp 1400 is not lit). If not, the detection control circuit 6100 determines that the LED straight lamp 1400 is correctly mounted on the lamp holder, and the current limiting circuit 6200 enables the driving circuit, so that the LED straight lamp 1400 operates normally (i.e., the LED straight lamp 1400 can be normally lit). In other words, when the detection control circuit 6100 samples from the input end of the rectification circuit 510 and the detected current is higher than the installation setting current (or current value), the detection control circuit 6100 determines that the LED straight lamp 1400 is correctly installed on the lamp socket to control the current limiting circuit to enable the driving circuit; when the detection control circuit 6100 samples from the input end of the rectification circuit 510 and the detected current is lower than the installation setting current (or current value), the detection control circuit 6100 determines that the LED straight lamp 1400 is not correctly installed on the lamp holder and controls the current limiting circuit to disable the driving circuit, so that the LED straight lamp 1400 enters a non-conducting state or the effective value of the current on the power supply loop of the LED straight lamp 1400 is limited to be less than 5mA (5 MIU based on the verification criterion). In other words, the installation detection module 6000 determines whether to turn on or off based on the detected impedance, so that the LED straight lamp 1400 operates in a conducting state or enters a non-conducting/current-limiting state. Therefore, the problem that a user is electrocuted due to mistakenly touching the conductive part of the LED straight lamp 1400 when the LED straight lamp 1400 is not correctly mounted on the lamp holder can be avoided.

More specifically, since the impedance of the human body will change the equivalent impedance of the power circuit when the human body contacts the lamp, the installation detection module 6000 can determine whether the user contacts the lamp by detecting the voltage/current change of the power circuit, so as to achieve the above-mentioned anti-electric-shock function. In other words, in the embodiment of the present application, the installation detection module 6000 can determine whether the lamp tube is correctly installed and whether the user mistakenly touches the conductive portion of the lamp tube if the lamp tube is not correctly installed by detecting the electrical signal (including the voltage or the current). Compared with the embodiments shown in fig. 18 and 29, the detection control circuit 6100 of the present embodiment performs detection by sampling the pre-bridge signal, so that the problem of erroneous determination due to influence of other circuits in the power module is less likely to occur, and the switch circuit connected in series to the power circuit can be omitted.

From the viewpoint of circuit operation, the step of the detection control circuit 6100 determining whether the LED straight lamp 1400 is correctly mounted to the lamp holder/has abnormal impedance access is shown in fig. 44A, and includes: turning on the detection path for a period of time and then turning off (step S101); sampling the electric signal on the detection path while the detection path is on (step S102); judging whether the sampled electric signal conforms to the preset signal characteristics (step S103); when the determination of step S103 is yes, the control current limiting circuit 5200 operates in a first state (step S104); and when the determination of step S103 is no, the control current limiting circuit 5200 operates in the second configuration (step S105), and then returns to step S101.

In this embodiment, the detection path may be a current path connected between the input side of the rectifying circuit 510 and the ground terminal, and the specific configuration thereof may refer to the following description of the embodiment of fig. 35A to 35C. In addition, the detection control circuit 6100 may refer to the description of the related embodiments in terms of the length, interval, and trigger time of the period for turning on the detection path.

In steps S104 and S105, the first configuration and the second configuration are two different circuit configurations, and may depend on the location and the type of the current limiting circuit 6200. For example, in an embodiment where the current limiting circuit 6200 is a bias adjustment circuit connected to a power supply terminal or an enable terminal of the driving circuit controller, the first configuration may be an off configuration (normal bias configuration) and the second configuration may be an on configuration (adjusted bias configuration). In the embodiment where the current limiting circuit 6200 is a power switch in a driving circuit, the first configuration may be a driving control configuration (i.e., the switching of the power switch is controlled only by the driving circuit controller, and the detection control circuit 6100 does not affect the control of the power switch), and the second configuration may be an off configuration.

Referring to fig. 35A, fig. 35A is a schematic circuit block diagram of an installation detection module according to a fifteenth embodiment of the present application. The mounting detection module 6000a includes a detection pulse generation module 6110, a control circuit 6120, a detection determination circuit 6130, and a detection path circuit 6160. Sense decision circuit 6130 couples to sense path circuit 6160 via path 6161 to sense signals on sense path circuit 6160. The detection decision circuit 6130 is also coupled to the control circuit 6120 via the path 6131, so as to transmit the detection result signal to the control circuit 6120 via the path 6131. The detection pulse generating module 6110 is coupled to the detection path circuit 6160 through a path 6111, and generates a pulse signal to notify the detection path circuit 6160 of a timing point of turning on the detection path or executing the detection operation. The control circuit 6120 is coupled to the driving circuit 1430 via a path 6121, so as to control the operation of the driving circuit 1430 according to the detection result signal.

In the embodiment, the detection path circuit 6160 has a first detection connection terminal DE1, a second detection connection terminal DE2 and a third detection connection terminal DE3, wherein the first detection connection terminal DE1 and the second detection connection terminal DE2 are electrically connected to two input terminals of the rectifying circuit 510, so as to receive/sample the external driving signal from the first pin 501 and the second pin 502. The detection path circuit 6160 rectifies the received/sampled external driving signal, and is controlled by the detection pulse generation module 6110 to determine whether to enable the rectified external driving signal to flow through a detection path. In other words, the detection path circuit 6160 determines whether to turn on the detection path in response to the control of the detection pulse generation module 6110. The detection path circuit 6160 turns on the detection path based on the pulse signal and detects whether there is abnormal external impedance access, and other circuit actions can refer to the descriptions in fig. 23B to 23D, which are not repeated herein. In addition, for the detection pulse generation module and the detection decision circuit, reference may be made to other descriptions related to embodiments of the detection pulse generation module and the detection decision circuit, and repeated descriptions are omitted here.

From the overall operation of the installation detection module, when the LED straight-tube lamp is powered on, the detection pulse generation module 6110 will be activated in response to the added external power source, so as to generate a pulse to briefly turn on the detection path formed by the detection path circuit 6160. During the period of detecting the conduction of the path, the detection determining circuit 6130 will sample the signal on the detection path and determine whether the LED straight lamp is correctly installed on the lamp socket or whether there is human body contacting the LED straight lamp to cause electric leakage. The detecting and determining circuit 7130 generates a corresponding detecting result signal according to the detecting result and transmits the signal to the control circuit 6120.

In some embodiments, the control circuit 6120 may be a circuit for sending a control signal to a driving controller in the driving circuit 1430. In this embodiment, when the control circuit 6120 receives the detection result signal indicating that the lamp is correctly installed, the control circuit 6120 further sends a corresponding control signal to the driving circuit 1430, so that the driving circuit 1430 performs power conversion normally in response to the control signal to provide power to the rear-end LED module. Conversely, when the control circuit 6120 receives a detection result signal indicating that the lamp is not correctly installed, the control circuit 6120 sends a corresponding control signal to the driving circuit 1430, so that the driving circuit 1430 stops power conversion in response to the control signal, and further, the current flowing in the power loop can be limited below a safe value.

In some embodiments, the control circuit 6120 may be a bias voltage adjustment circuit (hereinafter, the bias voltage adjustment circuit 6120), which can control the operation state of the driving circuit 1430 by influencing/adjusting the bias voltage of the driving circuit 1430. In this embodiment, when the bias adjustment circuit 6120 receives the detection result signal indicating that the lamp is correctly installed, the bias adjustment circuit 6120 does not adjust the bias of the driving circuit 1430, so that the driving circuit 1430 can be normally started according to the received bias power, and performs power conversion to provide power to the rear-end LED module. Conversely, when the bias adjustment circuit 6120 receives the detection result signal indicating that the lamp is not properly installed, the bias adjustment circuit 6120 will start to adjust the bias power provided to the driving circuit 1430, wherein the adjusted bias power is not enough to start the driving circuit 1430 or perform power conversion normally, so that the current flowing through the power loop can be limited below the safe value.

Under the configuration of the control circuit 6120, the switching circuits (e.g., 3200a-L, 4200a) originally provided on the power supply loop may be omitted. Since the switch circuit originally disposed on the power supply circuit needs to carry a large current, the selection and design of the transistor specification are strictly considered, so the design of this embodiment can significantly reduce the overall design cost of the installation detection module by omitting the switch circuit. On the other hand, the control circuit 6120 of the embodiment controls the operation of the driving circuit 1430 by adjusting the bias state of the driving circuit 1430, and does not need to change the design of the driving circuit 1430, thereby being more beneficial to the commercialized design.

In an exemplary embodiment, the detection pulse generation module 6110 and the detection path circuit 6160 can be implemented by the circuit architectures of fig. 35B and 35C, respectively (but not limited thereto), and the circuit configurations of other parts (the detection decision circuit 6130 and the control circuit 6120) can be referred to the description of the related embodiments, where fig. 35B and 35C are schematic circuit architectures of the installation detection module according to the thirteenth embodiment of the present application. The modules/units are described below.

Referring to fig. 35B, fig. 35B is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a detection pulse generating module of an installation detection module according to a fifteenth embodiment of the present application. The detection pulse generating module 6110 includes resistors Rd1 and Rd2, a capacitor Cd1 and a pulse generating circuit 6112. The configuration of the present embodiment is substantially the same as that of the detection pulse generating module 5110 of the previous embodiment, and the main difference between the two is that the first end of the resistor Rd1 of the present embodiment is connected to the first rectifying input end (represented by the first pin 501) and the second rectifying input end (represented by the second pin 502) of the rectifying circuit 510 through the diodes Dd1 and Dd 2. The configuration and function of the diodes Dd1 and Dd2 can be described with reference to the embodiment of fig. 28B, and are not described herein again.

Referring to fig. 35C, fig. 35C is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a detection path circuit of an installation detection module according to a fifteenth embodiment of the present application. The detection path circuit 6160 includes a resistor Rd3, a transistor Md1, a diode Dd1 and a diode Dd 2. The configuration of the present embodiment is substantially the same as that of the detection path circuit 5160 of the previous embodiment, and the main difference between the two is that the detection path circuit 6160 of the present embodiment is provided with diodes Dd1 and Dd2, wherein the first end of the resistor Rd3 is connected to the first rectifying input (represented by the first pin 501) and the second rectifying input (represented by the second pin 502) of the rectifying circuit 510 through the diodes Dd1 and Dd2, so as to establish a detection path between the rectifying input and the rectifying output, which is independent of the power circuit. The specific configuration and operation of the diodes Dd1 and Dd2 are as described above with reference to the embodiment of fig. 28B, and thus are not described herein again.

In summary, compared to the power module including the installation detection module (2520), the power module according to the ninth preferred embodiment integrates the installation detection and the electric shock prevention circuits and functions into the driving circuit, so that the driving circuit becomes a driving circuit with the electric shock prevention and installation detection functions. More specifically, the power module of the first exemplary embodiment only needs to be provided with a detection circuit 5000c for detecting an electrical signal of the power circuit, so as to implement the installation detection and the electric shock prevention of the LED straight tube lamp in cooperation with the function of the driving circuit 1030, that is, by adjusting the control manner of the driving circuit 1030, the detection pulse generation module, the detection result latch circuit and the switch circuit in the installation detection module can all be implemented by the existing hardware architecture of the driving circuit 1030 without adding additional circuit components. In the first exemplary embodiment, since there is no need for a complicated circuit design in which the detection module includes the detection pulse generation module, the detection result latch circuit, the detection determination circuit, the switch circuit, and the like as described above, in the power supply module, the design cost of the entire power supply module can be effectively reduced. In addition, due to the reduction of circuit components, the layout of the power module has larger space and lower power consumption, which is beneficial to enabling the input power supply to be more used for lighting the LED module, further improving the lighting effect and reducing the heat caused by the power module.

The configuration and operation mechanism of the detection circuit 5000c of the second exemplary embodiment are similar to the detection pulse generation module, the detection path circuit and the detection decision circuit in the installation detection module, and the detection result latch circuit and the switch circuit part in the original installation detection module are replaced by the existing controller and power switch of the driving circuit. In the second exemplary embodiment, the installation status signal Sidm can be easily designed to be compatible with the signal format of the controller 1133 through a specific configuration of the detection path circuit (5260), thereby greatly reducing the difficulty of circuit design on the basis of reducing the circuit complexity.

Incidentally, although the second exemplary embodiment is described with a configuration similar to the detection path circuit 3660 of fig. 24B, the present application is not limited thereto. In other applications, the detection path circuit may also utilize the configurations of the other embodiments described above to achieve sampling/monitoring of transient electrical signals.

Referring to fig. 36A, fig. 36A is a schematic circuit block diagram of an installation detection module according to a sixteenth embodiment of the present application. In the installation detection module 7000, a circuit related to detecting an installation state and used to perform switching control may be collectively or integrally referred to as a detection controller 7100; the circuitry to affect the magnitude of current on the power supply loop in response to control by the detection controller 7100 may be referred to collectively or integrally as the current limit circuitry 7200. In addition, although not specifically shown in the foregoing embodiments, it should be understood by those skilled in the art that any circuit including active devices requires a corresponding driving voltage VCC for operation, and therefore some components/circuits are used for generating the driving voltage in the mounting of the detection module 7000. In the present embodiment, the circuit for generating the driving voltage VCC is referred to as a bias circuit 7300 (e.g., the bias circuit in fig. 25A-25C).

Under the function module allocation of this embodiment, the detection controller 7100 is similar to the detection control circuit 2100, and is used for performing the installation status detection/impedance detection to determine whether the LED straight lamp is correctly installed on the lamp socket, or to say, whether there is an abnormal impedance access (e.g., body impedance), wherein the detection controller 7100 controls the current limiting circuit 7200 according to the determination result. When the detection controller 7100 judges that the LED straight lamp is not correctly installed/has abnormal impedance access, the detection controller 7100 controls the current limiting circuit 7200 to be disconnected, so that electric shock hazard caused by overlarge current on a power supply loop is avoided. The current limiting circuit 7200 is similar to the current limiting circuit 2200 described above, and is a circuit for controlling the normal flow of the current in the power supply circuit when it is determined that the LED straight lamp is correctly mounted or has no abnormal impedance access, and for controlling the current in the power supply circuit to be less than or equal to the electric shock safety value when it is determined that the LED straight lamp is incorrectly mounted or has abnormal impedance access. The current limiting circuit 7200 may be a switching circuit (e.g., the switching circuit 3200A of fig. 19A, the switching circuit 3200B of fig. 20A, the switching circuit 3200C of fig. 21A, the switching unit 3200d of fig. 22A, the switching circuit 3200e of fig. 23A, the switching circuit 3200f of fig. 24A, the switching circuit 3200g of fig. 25A, the switching circuit 3200h of fig. 25B, the switching circuit 3200i of fig. 25C, the current limiting circuit 3200k of fig. 26A, the current limiting circuit 3200L of fig. 26B), which is independent of the driving circuit and connected in series to the power supply circuit (e.g., the bias adjusting circuit 5200A of fig. 31A), or may be a driving circuit itself (e.g., the driving circuit 530 of fig. 30A) connected to the power supply terminal or the start-up terminal of the driving circuit controller. The bias circuit 7300 is used to provide the driving voltage VCC for the operation of the detecting controller 7100, and an embodiment thereof can be seen in fig. 36B and 37, which will be described in part later.

As can be seen from the above embodiments, from a functional perspective, the detection controller 7100 may be regarded as a detection control means used in the installation detection module of the present application, and the current limiting circuit 7200 may be regarded as a current limiting means used in the installation detection module of the present application, wherein the current limiting means may correspond to any one of the possible circuit implementation types of the current limiting circuit/switching circuit, and the detection control means may correspond to part or all of the circuits except the switching means in the installation detection module.

The operation of the installation detection module after entering the operational mode (DRM) is further described below with the step flow of fig. 44C. Referring to fig. 28A and 44C, fig. 44C is a flowchart illustrating steps of a control method for installing a detecting module according to a second embodiment of the present application. The detecting controller 7100 continuously detects the bus voltage after entering the operating mode DRM (step S301), and determines whether the bus voltage is continuously lower than a third level within a second period (step S302), wherein the second period may be, for example, 200ms to 700ms, preferably 300ms or 600ms, and the third level may be, for example, 80V to 120V, preferably 90V or 115V. In other words, in one embodiment of step S302, the detecting controller 7100 determines whether the bus voltage is continuously lower than 115V for more than 600 ms.

If the installation detection module determines yes in step S302, it indicates that the external driving signal is stopped being provided, i.e., the LED straight lamp is powered down. At this time, the detecting controller 7100 controls the current limiting circuit 7200 to switch to the second configuration again (step S303), and resets (step S304). On the contrary, if the detection controller 7100 determines no in step S302, it may be considered that the external driving signal is normally supplied to the LED straight tube lamp. At this time, the detection controller 7100 returns to step S301 to continuously detect the bus voltage and determine whether the LED straight lamp is powered down.

Referring to fig. 36B, fig. 36B is a circuit architecture diagram of a bias circuit according to a first embodiment of the present application. Under the application of ac power input, the bias circuit 7300a includes a rectifying circuit 7310, resistors Re1 and Re2, and a capacitor Ce 1. In the present embodiment, the rectifying circuit 7310 is a full-wave rectifying bridge, but the present application is not limited thereto. The input terminal of the rectifying circuit 7310 receives the external driving signal Sed and rectifies the external driving signal Sed to output a direct-current rectified signal at the output terminal. The resistors Re1 and Re2 are connected in series between the output ends of the rectifying circuit 7310, and the capacitor Ce1 and the resistor Re2 are connected in parallel, wherein the rectified signal is converted into the driving voltage VCC through voltage division of the resistors Re1 and Re2 and voltage stabilization of the capacitor Ce1, and then is output from two ends (i.e., the node PN and the ground) of the capacitor Ce 1.

In the embodiment of the built-in mounting detection module, since the power module of the LED straight-tube lamp itself includes the rectifier circuit (e.g. 510), the rectifier circuit 7310 can be replaced by the existing rectifier circuit of the power module, and the resistors Re1 and Re2 and the capacitor Ce1 can be directly connected to the power circuit, so as to use the rectified bus voltage (i.e. rectified voltage) on the power circuit as the power source. In the embodiment of the external installation detection module, since the installation detection module directly uses the external driving signal Sed as a power supply source, the rectification circuit 7310 is independent of the power supply module, so as to convert the ac signal into the dc driving voltage VCC for the internal circuit of the installation detection module.

Referring to fig. 36C, fig. 36C is a circuit architecture diagram of a bias circuit according to a second embodiment of the present application. In this embodiment, the bias circuit 7300b includes a rectifying circuit 7610, a resistor Re3, a zener diode ZD1, and a capacitor Ce 2. This embodiment is substantially the same as the embodiment shown in fig. 36B, and the main difference between the two embodiments is that the zener diode ZD1 is used to replace the resistor Re2 shown in fig. 36B, so that the driving voltage VCC is more stable.

Referring to fig. 37, fig. 37 is a circuit block diagram of a detection pulse generating module according to an embodiment of the present application. The detecting pulse generating module 7110 of the present embodiment includes a pulse start circuit 7112 and a pulse width determining circuit 7113. The pulse enable circuit 7112 is configured to receive the external driving signal set and determine a time point when the detection pulse generating module 7110 sends a pulse according to the external driving signal set. The pulse width determining circuit 7113 is coupled to the output terminal of the pulse enable circuit 7112 for setting the pulse width, and sends the pulse signal DP meeting the set pulse width at the time point indicated by the pulse enable circuit 7112.

In some embodiments, the detection pulse generation module 7110 may also further include an output buffer circuit 7114. The input terminal of the output buffer circuit 7114 is coupled to the output terminal of the pulse width determination circuit 7113, and is used to adjust the waveform (e.g., voltage, current) of the output signal of the pulse width determination circuit 7113, so as to output the pulse signal DP meeting the operation requirement of the back-end circuit.

Taking the detecting pulse generating module 3110 illustrated in fig. 19B as an example, the time point of the pulse sending is based on the time point of receiving the driving voltage VCC, so the bias circuit generating the driving voltage VCC can be regarded as the pulse start circuit of the detecting pulse generating module 3110. On the other hand, the pulse width of the pulse signal generated by the detection pulse generating module 3110 is mainly determined by the charging and discharging time of the RC charging and discharging circuit composed of the capacitors C11, C12 and C13 and the resistors R11, R12 and R13, so the capacitors C11, C12 and C13 and the resistors R11, R12 and R13 can be regarded as the pulse width determining circuit of the detection pulse generating module 3110. The buffers BF1 and BF2 are output buffer circuits of the detection pulse generating module 3110.

Taking the detecting pulse generating module 3210 shown in fig. 20B as an example, the time point of the pulse generation is related to the time point of receiving the driving voltage VCC and the charging and discharging time of the RC circuit formed by the resistor R21 and the capacitor C21, so the bias circuit generating the driving voltage VCC, the resistor R21 and the capacitor C21 can be regarded as the pulse start circuit of the detecting pulse generating module 3210. On the other hand, the pulse width of the pulse signal generated by the detection pulse generating module 3210 is mainly determined by the forward threshold voltage and the negative threshold voltage of the schmitt trigger STRG and the switching delay time of the transistor M21, so the schmitt trigger STRG and the transistor M21 can be regarded as the pulse width determining circuit of the detection pulse generating module 3210.

In some exemplary embodiments, the pulse start circuit of the detection

pulse generation modules

3110, 3210 may control the pulse start time point by adding a comparator, as shown in fig. 38A. Fig. 38A is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a detection pulse generating module according to the first embodiment of the present application. Specifically, the detecting pulse generating module 7110a includes a comparator (hereinafter referred to as the comparator 7112 a) as a pulse start circuit 7112a and a pulse width determining circuit 7113 a. The comparator 7112a has a first input terminal receiving the external driving signal Sed, a second input terminal receiving the reference level Vps, and an output terminal connected to one terminal of the resistor Rf1 (the terminal corresponds to the driving voltage VCC input terminal of fig. 20B). Here, the reception of the external driving signal Sed by the comparator 3241 is not limited to being performed by directly applying the external driving signal Sed to the first input terminal of the comparator 3241. In some embodiments, the external driving signal Sed can be converted into a state signal related to the external driving signal by signal processing means such as rectification and/or voltage division, and the comparator 3241 can know the state of the external driving signal when receiving the state signal, which is equivalent to receiving the external driving signal Sed or performing subsequent signal comparison operation based on the external driving signal Sed. The pulse width determining circuit 7113a includes resistors Rf1-Rf3, a schmitt trigger STRG, a transistor Mf1, a capacitor Cf1, and a zener diode ZD1, wherein the configuration of the above components is similar to that of fig. 20B, so the circuit connection related description can refer to the above embodiment. With this configuration, the RC circuit composed of the resistor Rf1 and the capacitor Cf1 starts to charge when the level of the external driving signal Sed exceeds the reference level Vps, thereby controlling the generation time point of the pulse signal DP. The specific signal timing is shown in fig. 39A.

Referring to fig. 38A and 39A together, fig. 39A is a signal timing diagram of a detection pulse generating module according to a first embodiment of the present application. In the present embodiment, the comparator 3241, which is a pulse start circuit, outputs a high level signal to one end of the resistor Rf1 when the level of the external driving signal Sed is higher than the reference level Vps, so that the capacitor Cf1 starts to charge. The voltage Vcp on the capacitor Cf1 will gradually rise over time. When the voltage Vcp reaches the forward threshold voltage Vsch1 of the schmitt trigger STRG, the output terminal of the schmitt trigger STRG outputs a high-level signal, thereby turning on the transistor Mf 1. After the transistor Mf1 is turned on, the capacitor Cf1 starts to discharge to ground through the resistor Rf2 and the transistor Mf1, so that the voltage Vcp gradually decreases with time. When the voltage Vcp is reduced to the reverse threshold voltage Vsch2 of the schmitt trigger STRG, the output terminal of the schmitt trigger STRG switches from outputting the high signal to outputting the low signal, and a pulse waveform DP1 is generated, wherein the pulse width DPW of the pulse DP1 is determined by the switching delay time of the forward threshold voltage Vsch1, the reverse threshold voltage Vsch2, and the transistor Mf 1. After the set time interval TIV has elapsed (i.e., the period from the level of the external driving signal Sed falling below the reference level Vps to the level rising above the reference level Vps again), the schmitt trigger STRG generates the pulse waveform DP2 again according to the above operation, and so on.

In some embodiments, the pulse enable circuit 7112 may issue a pulse generation indication when the external driving signal Sed reaches a certain level, so as to determine the generation time point of the pulse signal, as shown in fig. 38B. Fig. 38B is a schematic circuit architecture diagram of a detection pulse generating module according to a second embodiment of the present application. Specifically, the detecting pulse generating module 7110b includes a pulse start circuit 7112b and a pulse width determining circuit 7113 b. The pulse start circuit 7112b includes a comparator CPf1 and an edge trigger circuit SETC. The comparator CPf1 has a first input terminal receiving the external drive signal Sed, a second input terminal receiving the reference level Vps, and an output terminal connected to an input terminal of the signal edge at-generator SETC. The edge trigger circuit SETC may be, for example, a rising edge trigger circuit or a falling edge trigger circuit, which detects the time point when the output of the comparator CPf1 transits, and accordingly, issues a pulse generation indication to the pulse width determination circuit 7113b at the back end. The pulse width determining circuit 7113B may be any pulse generating circuit capable of generating and setting a set pulse width at a specific time point according to a pulse generation instruction, such as the aforementioned circuits of fig. 19B and 20B, or an integrated component such as a 555 timer, and the application is not limited thereto. Incidentally, although fig. 38B shows that the first input terminal of the comparator CPf1 directly receives the external driving signal Sed, the application is not limited thereto. In some embodiments, the first input terminal of the comparator CPf1 may also receive the external driving signal Sed after signal processing (e.g. rectification, filtering, voltage division, etc.) as a reference. In other words, pulse initiation circuit 7112b may be based on any correlated signal that indicates the level or phase state of the external driving signal as a reference for the timing of the pulse generation.

The specific signal timing of the detection pulse generation module 7110 can be as shown in fig. 39B or 39C. Fig. 39B is a signal timing diagram of a detection pulse generating module according to a second embodiment of the present application, which illustrates an embodiment of a signal waveform triggered by a rising edge; fig. 39C is a signal timing diagram of a detection pulse generating module according to a third embodiment of the present application, which illustrates an embodiment of a signal waveform triggered by a falling edge. Referring to fig. 38B and fig. 39B together, in the present embodiment, the comparator CPf1 outputs the high-level signal when the level of the external driving signal Sed rises above the reference level Vps, and maintains the high-level signal output during the period when the level of the external driving signal Sed is higher than the reference level Vps. When the level of the external driving signal Sed gradually decreases from the peak value to be lower than the reference level Vps, the comparator CPf1 outputs the low level signal again. Thus, the output terminal of the comparator CPf1 generates the output voltage Vcp having a pulse waveform. The edge trigger circuit SETC triggers an enable signal output in response to the rising edge of the output voltage Vcp, so that the pulse width determining circuit 7113b at the rear end generates the pulse signal DP near the rising edge of the output voltage Vcp according to the enable signal and the set pulse width DPW. Based on the above operation, the detecting pulse generating module 3610 can correspondingly change the pulse generating time point of the pulse signal DP by adjusting the setting of the reference level Vps, so that the pulse signal DP triggers the pulse output when the external driving signal Sed reaches a specific level or phase. Thus, the problem of erroneous determination caused by the pulse signal DP generated near the zero point of the external driving signal Sed in the previous embodiment can be avoided.

In some embodiments, the reference level Vps may be adjusted based on the magnitude of the bus voltage, so that the detection pulse generation module may generate the pulse signal at different time points in response to different grid voltages (e.g., 120V and 277V). Therefore, no matter what power grid voltage specification the received external driving signal is, the signal level on the detection path can be limited within a corresponding range, and the accuracy of installation detection/impedance detection is further improved. For example, the reference level Vps may include a first reference level corresponding to a first grid voltage (e.g., 120V) and a second reference level corresponding to a second grid voltage (e.g., 277V). When the external driving signal Sed received by the pulse generating module 7110 is detected to be the first grid voltage, the pulse start circuit 7112b determines a time point for generating the pulse signal based on the first reference level; when the external driving signal received by the pulse generating module 7110 is detected to be the second grid voltage, the pulse starting circuit 7112b determines the time point for generating the pulse signal based on the second reference level.

Referring to fig. 38B and 39C, the operation of the present embodiment is substantially the same as that of the embodiment shown in fig. 39B, and the main difference between the two embodiments is that the edge trigger circuit SETC of the present embodiment triggers the enable signal to be output in response to the falling edge of the output voltage Vcp, so that the pulse width determining circuit 7113B generates the pulse signal DP near the falling edge of the output voltage Vcp. In some embodiments, the reference level Vps may include a first reference level corresponding to a first grid voltage (e.g., 120V) and a second reference level corresponding to a second grid voltage (e.g., 277V), where the first reference level is, for example, 115V and the second reference level is, for example, 200V. In other words, when the external driving signal set received by the pulse generating module 7110 is detected as the first grid voltage, the pulse start circuit 7112b outputs the pulse signal DP at 115V of the falling edge of the external driving signal set; when the external driving signal Sed received by the detection pulse generating module 3610 is the second grid voltage, the pulse start circuit 7112b outputs the pulse signal DP at 200V of the falling edge of the external driving signal Sed.

Based on the above teachings, those skilled in the art will appreciate that many possible pulse generation timing determination mechanisms, in conjunction with the edge triggered operation of the signal, can be implemented by the pulse enable circuit 7112. For example, the pulse enable circuit 7112 may be designed to start timing after detecting the rising/falling edge of the output voltage Vcp, and trigger the enable signal to the pulse width determination circuit 7113 at the back end after reaching a predetermined time (which may be set by itself). For another example, the pulse enable circuit 7112 may activate the pulse width determination circuit 7113 in advance when a rising edge of the output voltage Vcp is detected, and trigger the enable signal to the pulse width determination circuit 7113 to output the pulse signal DP when a falling edge of the output voltage Vcp is detected, so that the pulse width determination circuit 7113 may respond quickly to generate the pulse signal DP at a precise time.

Referring to fig. 39D, fig. 39D is a schematic signal timing diagram of a detection pulse generating module according to a fourth embodiment of the present application. This embodiment operates substantially the same as the previous embodiments shown in fig. 39B and 39C, and the main difference between this embodiment and the previous embodiments is that the present embodiment starts counting a delay period DLY when the level of the external driving signal Sed is detected to exceed the reference level Vps, and generates a pulse (DP1) after the delay period DLY. The detection pulse generation module then generates a pulse again (DP2) according to the set time interval TIV, and so on for subsequent operations.

Referring to fig. 40, fig. 40 is a schematic circuit block diagram of a power module according to a fourteenth embodiment of the present application. Compared to the embodiment of fig. 17A, the installation detection module 8000 of the present embodiment is disposed outside the LED straight lamp 1500, and the current limiting circuit 8200 is located on a power supply path of the external power grid 508, for example, disposed in a lamp socket. When the pins of the LED straight lamp 1500 are electrically connected to the external power grid 508, the current limiting circuit 8200 is connected to the power supply loop of the LED straight lamp 500 in series through the corresponding pins 501, so that the detection control circuit 8100 can determine whether the LED straight lamp 1500 is correctly installed on the lamp holder and/or whether the user has an electric shock risk by the installation detection method described in the embodiments of fig. 17A to 39D, and when it is determined that the electric shock risk exists/the user is incorrectly installed, the current limiting circuit 8200 limits the power supplied to the LED straight lamp 1500 by the external power grid 508. It should be noted that, although the modules/circuits are named functionally in the description of the present application, those skilled in the art should understand that, according to different circuit designs, the same circuit element may be regarded as having different functions, and different modules/circuits may share the same circuit element to realize their respective circuit functions. Accordingly, the functional nomenclature herein is not intended to limit the inclusion of particular circuit elements only in particular modules/circuits, as will be described in detail herein.

It should be noted that the current limiting

circuits

4200 and 4200a mentioned in the above embodiments are implemented as a current limiting means, which is used to limit the current on the power supply loop to be less than a predetermined value (e.g. 5MIU) when enabled (e.g. the switch circuit is turned off). It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, with reference to the above embodiments, that the current limiting means may be implemented by an architecture generally similar to a switching circuit. For example, the switching circuit may be implemented using electronic switches, electromagnetic switches, relays, TRIACs (silicon controlled or TRIAC), thyristors (Thyristor), adjustable impedance components (variable resistors, variable capacitors, variable inductors, etc.). In other words, those skilled in the art will appreciate that while the present disclosure has been particularly disclosed with respect to the concept of implementing current limiting using a switching circuit, the scope of the present disclosure is equally applicable and equivalent to the various embodiments of the switching circuit described above.

In addition, in view of the above preferred embodiments, it should be understood by those skilled in the art that the mounting detection module disclosed in the second preferred embodiment of the present invention can be designed not only as a distributed circuit in the LED straight tube lamp, but also can integrate a part of circuit components into an integrated circuit (as in the third preferred embodiment), or integrate all circuit components into an integrated circuit (as in the fourth preferred embodiment), so as to save the circuit cost and volume of the mounting detection module. In addition, through the modularized/integrated arrangement of the installation detection module, the installation detection module can be more easily matched in the design of different types of LED straight tube lamps, and further the design compatibility is improved. On the other hand, the integrated installation detection module is applied below the LED straight tube lamp, and the light emitting area of the LED straight tube lamp can be obviously improved because the circuit area in the lamp tube is obviously reduced, so that the lighting characteristic performance of the LED straight tube lamp is improved. Moreover, due to the integrated design, the working current of the integrated components can be reduced (by about 50%), and the working efficiency of the circuit can be improved, so that the saved power can be used for supplying the LED module for light emitting, and the light emitting efficiency of the LED straight tube lamp can be further improved.

For example, the installation detection module of the above embodiments may also be referred to as a detection module/circuit, a leakage protection module/circuit, or an impedance detection module/circuit; the detection result latch module can also be called a detection result storage module/circuit, a control module/circuit and the like; the detection controller may be a circuit including a detection pulse generation module, a detection result latch module, and a detection determination circuit, which is not limited in this application. In addition, the detection pulse generation module of the above embodiments may also be referred to as a detection trigger circuit in some embodiments.

In summary, the embodiments shown in fig. 17A to 44C teach the concept of using electronic control and detection to achieve protection against electric shock. Compared with the technology of preventing electric shock by using mechanical structure actuation, the electronic control and detection method has no problem of mechanical fatigue, so that the electric shock protection of the lamp tube by using electronic signals has better reliability and service life.

It should be noted that, in the embodiment of pulse detection, the installation detection module does not substantially change the characteristics and states of the LED straight lamp itself with respect to driving and light emission. The driving and light-emitting characteristics include characteristics that influence the light-emitting brightness and output power of the LED straight-tube lamp in the on state, such as power phase and output current. In other words, the operation of the installation detection module is only related to the leakage protection operation of the LED straight lamp in the non-lit state, and is different from the circuits for adjusting the lighting state characteristics of the LED straight lamp, such as the dc power conversion circuit, the power factor correction circuit, and the dimming circuit.

The application also provides an installation detection device for detecting whether the LED straight lamp is assembled on the lamp holder with the ballast by mistake. The installation detection device utilizes a power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp to detect signals. The installation detection device may be configured in the power supply module mentioned below, and in some embodiments, the installation detection device is described in the example shown in the misuse alert module described below.

Referring to fig. 42A, fig. 42A is a schematic circuit block diagram of a power module according to a fifteenth embodiment of the present application. Compared to the power module of the above embodiment, the power module of the present embodiment further includes a misuse warning module 580 in addition to the rectifying circuit 510, the filtering circuit 520 and the driving circuit 530. The misuse warning module 580 is coupled to the rectifying circuit 510, and is capable of detecting the bus voltage, determining whether the external driving signal is an ac signal provided by the ballast, and controlling the light emitting mode of the LED straight tube lamp according to the determination result, so that when the ballast bypass type LED straight tube lamp is erroneously mounted in a lamp holder with the ballast, the LED straight tube lamp can emit a prompt (e.g., flashing) to remind a user of misuse, thereby preventing the ac signal output by the ballast from damaging the ballast bypass type LED straight tube lamp.

An exemplary configuration of the misuse alert module can be seen in fig. 42B, where fig. 42B is a circuit block diagram of the misuse alert module according to the first embodiment of the present application. In the present embodiment, the misuse alert module 580 includes a misuse detection control circuit 583 and a switch circuit 584. The misuse detection control circuit 583 detects the bus voltage, and determines that the external driving signal currently received by the LED straight tube lamp is an ac signal output by the ballast or an ac signal directly provided by the power grid according to the signal characteristic of the detected bus voltage. Since the ac signal output by the ballast (especially the electronic ballast) has high frequency and high voltage characteristics, and the ac signal provided by the ac power grid is generally a relatively low frequency (50Hz to 60Hz) and low voltage (generally lower than 305V), the source of the external driving signal can be identified by detecting the electrical signal characteristics such as the frequency, amplitude or phase of the bus voltage.

In some embodiments, when the signal characteristics detected by the misuse detection control circuit 583 conform to the output signal characteristics of the power grid, that is, the currently input external driving signal may be an ac signal provided by the ac power grid, the misuse detection control circuit 583 sends out a control signal to turn on the switch circuit 584, so that the power circuit can be maintained in a conductive state. On the other hand, when the signal characteristic detected by the misuse detection control circuit 583 does not conform to the output signal characteristic of the power grid, that is, it indicates that the currently input external driving signal may be an ac signal provided by the ballast, therefore, the misuse detection control circuit 583 sends a control signal to control the switching state of the switch circuit 3200, so as to affect the current continuity on the power circuit, and enable the rear-end LED module to generate a specific lighting mode as a misuse warning in response to the current continuity change on the power circuit.

In the example shown in fig. 42B, the misuse detection control circuit 583 can be configured in a misuse detection module; the switch circuit 584 is connected in series with the power supply loop and can be configured in a prompt module. The misuse detection module is connected to a power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp through a terminal of the misuse detection module, and is used for acquiring a signal in the power supply loop and outputting a first detection signal when the signal is detected to be a ballast characteristic signal. The prompt module is electrically connected with the misuse detection module and used for sending the misuse prompt of the LED straight tube lamp according to the received first detection signal. Here, the first detection signal is a control signal from the misuse detection control circuit 583 in the example shown in fig. 42B.

In connection with the example shown in fig. 42B, the ballast characteristic signal is used to describe the characteristics of the high frequency, high voltage, etc. of the ac signal output by the ballast (especially, the electronic ballast). For example, the ballast characteristic signal represents a high-frequency value (or interval) of an ac signal output by the ballast by a potential (or interval) of the voltage signal. For example, the ballast characteristic signal represents the valley phase of the ac signal output by the ballast by the potential (or potential interval) of the voltage signal. In an embodiment, the misuse detecting module detects at least one of a frequency, a phase, and an amplitude of a signal in the power circuit through a terminal thereof to determine whether the signal is a ballast characteristic signal.

In order to effectively retain characteristic information of high frequency, high voltage and the like of a signal in a power circuit, in some embodiments, a terminal of the misuse detection module is connected to an output end or an input end of a rectification circuit in the power circuit of the LED straight tube lamp.

In some embodiments, the misuse alert module further includes other detection result latch circuits, not shown, electrically connected between the misuse detection module and the prompt module, for temporarily storing the first detection signal output by the misuse detection module and outputting the temporarily stored first detection signal to the prompt module. The detection result latch unit may be implemented by using a flip-flop and a logic gate circuit structure, but not limited thereto, and any analog/digital circuit structure capable of latching and outputting the first detection signal to the hint module may be applied thereto. It should be noted that in practical applications, the detection result latch circuit can be omitted, shared, or multiplexed based on timing according to the actual circuit design requirement without affecting the overall circuit operation.

In an embodiment, the installation detection device includes a misuse detection module and a prompt module (not shown), the misuse detection module has a terminal for electrically connecting a power supply loop of an LED straight tube lamp, and is configured to obtain a signal in the power supply loop through the terminal, and output a first detection signal when detecting that the signal is a ballast characteristic signal, and the prompt module is electrically connected to the misuse detection module and is configured to send a misuse prompt of the LED straight tube lamp according to the received first detection signal. The prompt module comprises a control circuit and a switch circuit connected in series with the power supply circuit, wherein the control circuit is electrically connected with the misuse detection module and used for controlling the switch circuit to be switched on or switched off according to the received first detection signal, so that the switch circuit enables the LED module in the LED straight tube lamp to send misuse prompt by influencing the continuity of the current of the power supply circuit. Here, the control circuit and the switch circuit may be, for example, part of a drive circuit of an LED straight tube lamp.

The control circuit can also be implemented by using a control chip or any circuit with signal operation processing capability. When the control circuit judges that the currently input external driving signal is an alternating current signal provided by an alternating current power grid according to the first detection signal, the control circuit controls the switch circuit to be kept on so that the power supply loop can be kept in a conducting state, and the external power supply is normally provided for the rear-end LED module. When the control circuit judges that the currently input external driving signal is an alternating current signal provided by the ballast according to the first detection signal, the control circuit controls the switching circuit to be in a switching state so as to influence the current continuity on the power supply loop, and the LED module at the rear end sends out a misuse prompt. For example, the current continuity on the power loop is to adjust the current on-off change in the power loop, so that the LED module at the back end generates a specific light-on-off lighting pattern (light pattern) as the misuse indication. For another example, the current continuity on the power circuit is to adjust the current strength-strength variation in the power circuit, so that the LED module at the back end generates a specific light-dark lighting pattern (light pattern) as the misuse indication.

It should be noted that, in an actual circuit design, the control circuit and the misuse detection control circuit may share a circuit device. Such as driver devices, logic devices, etc. that share switching circuitry. In addition, all circuit components in the misuse warning module can be integrated into one integrated circuit, so that the circuit cost and the volume of the misuse warning module are saved, the misuse warning module is easier to match in different types of LED straight tube lamp designs, and the design compatibility is further improved.

It should be noted that the switch circuit 584 mentioned in the first embodiment of the misuse alert module is an implementation mode that affects the current continuity of the power circuit. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, with reference to the above embodiments, that the current continuity affecting the power supply loop may be implemented by an architecture generally similar to a switching circuit. For example, the switching circuit may be implemented using electronic switches, electromagnetic switches, relays, TRIACs (silicon controlled or TRIAC), thyristors (Thyristor), adjustable impedance components (variable resistors, variable capacitors, variable inductors, etc.). In other words, it should be understood by those skilled in the art that the scope of the present disclosure is also intended to include the equivalent scope of the embodiments of the switching circuit described above, while the present disclosure specifically discloses the concept of using the switching circuit to implement the current continuity influencing circuit.

In some embodiments, the misuse detection control circuit 583 keeps the switch circuit 584 in the off state after the misuse alarm is issued by the control switch circuit 584, thereby avoiding the danger that the user may not remove the LED straight lamp in real time.

Referring to fig. 43A, fig. 43A is a schematic circuit block diagram of a power module according to a sixteenth embodiment of the present application. The power supply module of the present embodiment includes a rectifying circuit 510, a filtering circuit 520, a driving circuit 530, and a misuse warning module 680. The misuse warning module 680 can detect the bus voltage and determine whether the external driving signal is an ac signal provided by the ballast, and send a misuse warning (e.g., sound) according to the determination result to remind a user of misuse, so as to prevent the ac signal output by the ballast from damaging the ballast bypass type LED straight lamp. Compared with the fifteenth embodiment, the misuse warning module 680 of the present embodiment does not need to be connected in series to the power circuit because it does not control the light emitting mode of the LED module as the misuse warning.

In the present embodiment, the misuse alert module 680 includes a misuse detection control circuit 683 and a prompt circuit 684. The misuse detection control circuit 583 detects the bus voltage, and determines that the external driving signal currently received by the LED straight tube lamp is an ac signal output by the ballast or an ac signal directly provided by the power grid according to the signal characteristic of the detected bus voltage.

In some embodiments, when the signal characteristic detected by the misuse detection control circuit 683 matches the output signal characteristic of the power grid, indicating that the currently input external drive signal may be an ac signal provided by the ac power grid, the misuse detection control circuit 683 disables the notification circuit 684 so that the notification circuit 684 does not issue a misuse alert. Conversely, when the signal characteristic detected by the misuse detection control circuit 683 does not match the output signal characteristic of the power grid, indicating that the currently input external driving signal may be an ac signal provided by the ballast, the misuse detection control circuit 683 will enable the notification circuit 684 to cause the notification circuit 684 to issue a misuse alert. In some embodiments, the prompt circuit 684 may be implemented using a buzzer to sound when a LED straight tube lamp is improperly installed in a lamp socket with a ballast to alert the user that a misuse condition currently occurs. However, in other embodiments, the prompt circuit 684 may further include a prompt lamp, for example, to emit different colors or different intensities of lights to remind the user of the current installation status (whether the external driving signal is provided for the ballast) when the LED straight lamp is installed in the lamp socket. In other embodiments, the notification circuit 684 may include both a buzzer and a notification light to alert a user of a current misuse condition when the LED tube light is improperly mounted to the lamp holder with the ballast by means of both a buzzer and illumination of the notification light.

In the example shown in fig. 43A, the misuse detection control circuit 683 is configured in a misuse detection module; the hinting circuit 684 is configured in a hinting module. The misuse detection module is connected to a power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp through a terminal of the misuse detection module, and is used for acquiring a signal in the power supply loop and outputting a first detection signal when the signal is detected to be a ballast characteristic signal. The prompt module is electrically connected with the misuse detection module and used for sending the misuse prompt of the LED straight tube lamp according to the received first detection signal. Here, the first detection signal is a disable or enable signal sent by the misuse detection circuit 683 in the example shown in fig. 43A.

In connection with the example shown in fig. 43A, the ballast characteristic signal is used to describe the characteristics of the high frequency, high voltage, etc. of the ac signal output by the ballast (especially, the electronic ballast). For example, the ballast characteristic signal represents a high-frequency value (or interval) of an ac signal output by the ballast by a potential (or interval) of the voltage signal. For example, the ballast characteristic signal represents the valley phase of the ac signal output by the ballast by the potential (or potential interval) of the voltage signal. In an embodiment, the misuse detecting module detects at least one of a frequency, a phase, and an amplitude of a signal in the power circuit through a terminal thereof to determine whether the signal is a ballast characteristic signal.

Fig. 44D is added to further describe a specific working mechanism of the LED straight tube lamp with the misuse warning module, and fig. 44D is a flowchart of steps of a control method of the misuse warning module according to the first embodiment of the present application. Referring to fig. 44D, after the power module of the LED straight tube lamp receives the external driving signal, the misuse warning module detects a signal on the power circuit of the LED straight tube lamp (step S401), and determines whether the detected signal characteristic meets the first signal characteristic (S402). The first signal characteristic may be, for example, signal frequency, amplitude, or phase, etc. The first signal characteristic is, for example, a signal characteristic conforming to an ac power grid, but the disclosure is not limited thereto. In other embodiments, the first signal characteristic may also be set to a signal characteristic corresponding to the ballast output.

When the misuse alert module determines that the detected signal characteristic conforms to the first signal characteristic, it indicates that the external driving signal is provided by the ac power grid at this time, so the misuse alert module does not issue a misuse alert (step S403), and the LED straight lamp can be normally lit (enter or maintain in the operating mode) or the installation detection module can perform installation state detection (detection mode) according to the action timing set in the power supply process of the misuse detection. On the contrary, when the misuse alert module determines that the detected signal characteristic does not conform to the first signal characteristic, it indicates that the external driving signal is provided by the ballast at this time, and therefore the misuse alert module issues a misuse alert (step S404). In some embodiments, after the misuse alarm is issued, the misuse alarm module further causes the LED straight lamp to enter the restricted mode (step S405). In the limited mode, the misuse warning module can prohibit the LED straight lamp from being turned on (i.e. prohibit the driving current from flowing or stop generating the driving current), or make the LED straight lamp work in the current-limiting state (i.e. reduce or limit the driving current), so as to avoid the LED straight lamp from being damaged. In other words, the limiting mode is a mode for limiting the output power of the power module of the LED straight tube lamp to be lower than the rated power thereof, so as to ensure the safe operation of the LED straight tube lamp.

Incidentally, since the first signal characteristic can be selected based on the signal characteristic of the ac power grid or the output signal characteristic of the ballast according to the design requirement, the logic replacement of the above-mentioned determination step (step S402) falls within the equal range. For example, in step S402, if the output signal characteristic of the ballast is selected as the first signal characteristic, the determining logic will perform step S403 if the determination is no, and perform steps S404 and S405 if the determination is yes, which is not limited by the disclosure.

In some embodiments where the misuse alert module is used in conjunction with an installation detection module (e.g., installation detection module 3000a including ballast detection module 3150 as shown in fig. 19A), the misuse detection step may be performed in a detection mode. For example, the misuse detection action of the misuse warning module (or the ballast detection module, the misuse detection module) may be performed simultaneously or sequentially with the installation detection action of the installation detection module, and when the misuse warning module determines that the misuse condition occurs, the misuse warning is issued and the LED straight lamp enters the restriction mode. In other embodiments, the step of misuse detection may also be performed in an operational mode. For example, the installation detection module enables the LED straight lamp to enter a working mode after determining that the LED straight lamp is correctly installed, so that the LED straight lamp can normally emit light, the misuse warning module (or the ballast detection module) performs misuse detection in the working mode, and when it is determined that a misuse condition occurs, the misuse warning module sends out a misuse warning and enables the LED straight lamp to leave the working mode and enter a restricted mode.

In the design of the power module, the external driving signal may be a low-frequency ac signal (e.g., provided by the utility power) or a dc signal (e.g., provided by a battery or an external driving power), and may be input to the LED straight tube lamp by a driving scheme of a dual-end power supply. In some embodiments of the driving architecture with the double-ended power supply, it is possible to support the use of only one end as a single-ended power supply to receive the external driving signal.

When the direct current signal is used as the external driving signal, the power module of the LED straight tube lamp can omit the rectifying circuit.

In the design of the rectifying circuit of the power supply module, a first rectifying unit and a second rectifying unit in the double rectifying circuits are respectively coupled with pins of lamp caps arranged at two ends of the LED straight tube lamp. The double rectification unit is suitable for a driving structure of a double-end power supply. And when at least one rectifying unit is configured, the driving device can be suitable for the driving environment of low-frequency alternating current signals, high-frequency alternating current signals or direct current signals.

The double rectification unit can be a double half-wave rectification circuit, a double full-wave rectification circuit or a combination of a half-wave rectification circuit and a full-wave rectification circuit.

In the pin design of the LED straight lamp, the LED straight lamp may have a structure with two ends and one pin (two pins in total), and two ends and two pins (four pins in total). The structure of each single pin at the two ends can be suitable for the design of a rectifier circuit of a single rectifier circuit. Under the framework of double-pin structure, the structure is suitable for the design of the rectifier circuit of the double rectifier circuit, and any one pin of the double-pin structure or any one single-end double-pin structure is used for receiving external driving signals.

In the design of the filter circuit of the power module, a single capacitance or pi-type filter circuit can be provided to filter out high-frequency components in the rectified signal and provide a low-ripple direct current signal as the filtered signal. The filter circuit may also include an LC filter circuit to present a high impedance for a particular frequency to meet current magnitude specifications for the particular frequency. Moreover, the filter circuit further comprises a filter unit coupled between the pin and the rectifying circuit so as to reduce electromagnetic interference caused by the circuit of the LED lamp. When the direct current signal is used as an external driving signal, the power module of the LED straight tube lamp can omit a filter circuit.

In addition, a protection circuit may be additionally added to protect the LED module. The protection circuit can detect the current or/and the voltage of the LED module to correspondingly start corresponding overcurrent or overvoltage protection.

In the design of the auxiliary power supply module of the power supply module, the energy storage unit can be a battery or a super capacitor and is connected with the LED module in parallel. The auxiliary power supply module is suitable for the design of a power supply module comprising a driving circuit.

In the LED module design of the power module, the LED module may include a plurality of strings of LED assemblies (i.e., a single LED chip, or an LED group consisting of a plurality of LED chips of different colors) connected in parallel with each other, and the LED assemblies in each string of LED assemblies may be connected to each other to form a mesh connection.

That is, the above features can be arbitrarily arranged and combined, and used for the improvement of the LED straight tube lamp.

Claims

1. A mounting detection device, comprising:

the misuse detection module is provided with a terminal for electrically connecting a power supply loop of an LED straight tube lamp, and is used for acquiring a signal in the power supply loop through the terminal and outputting a first detection signal when the signal is detected to be a ballast characteristic signal;

and the prompt module is electrically connected with the misuse detection module and is used for sending the misuse prompt of the LED straight tube lamp according to the received first detection signal.

2. The installation detection device of claim 1, wherein the misuse detection module determines whether the signal is a ballast characterization signal by detecting at least one of a frequency, a phase, and an amplitude of a signal in the power supply loop.

3. The installation detection device of claim 1, wherein a terminal of the misuse detection module is connected to an output end or an input end of a rectification circuit in the LED straight tube lamp.

4. The installation detection device of claim 1, wherein the prompting module comprises:

the switching circuit is connected in series with the power supply loop;

And the control circuit is electrically connected with the misuse detection module and is used for controlling the switching circuit to be switched on or switched off according to the received first detection signal, so that the switching circuit enables the LED module in the LED straight tube lamp to send the misuse prompt by influencing the current continuity of the power supply loop.

5. The installation detection device of claim 1, wherein the prompt module comprises a prompt circuit electrically connected to the misuse detection module for sending a prompt signal to provide a misuse prompt according to the received first detection signal.

6. The installation detection device of claim 5, wherein the alert circuit comprises at least one of: buzzer and warning light.

7. The mounting detection device of claim 1, further comprising a detection result latch circuit electrically connected between the misuse detection module and the prompt module for temporarily storing the first detection signal outputted by the misuse detection module and outputting the temporarily stored first detection signal to the prompt module.

8. A mounting detection device, comprising:

the detection pulse generation module is used for generating a pulse signal;

The detection judging circuit is used for detecting a signal of a power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp or a signal on a current path electrically connected with the power supply loop, and generating a corresponding detection result signal when the detected signal indicates that the LED straight tube lamp is not correctly installed on a lamp holder because a human body contacts the LED straight tube lamp;

the misuse detection module is used for outputting a first detection signal when detecting that the signal of the power supply loop is a ballast characteristic signal;

the installation prompting module is electrically connected with the detection judging circuit and the misuse detecting module and is used for controlling the power supply circuit to be disconnected according to the prompting logic of the pulse signal and the detection result signal; and/or sending a misuse prompt of the LED straight lamp according to the first detection signal.

9. The installation detection device of claim 8, wherein the misuse detection module determines whether the signal is a ballast characterization signal by detecting at least one of a frequency, a phase, and an amplitude of a signal in the power supply loop.

10. The installation detection device of claim 8, wherein a terminal of the misuse detection module is connected to an output end or an input end of a rectification circuit in the LED straight tube lamp.

11. The installation detection device of claim 8, wherein said installation prompting module comprises:

the switching circuit is connected in series with the power supply loop;

the control circuit is electrically connected with the detection pulse generation module, the detection judgment circuit, the misuse detection module and the switch circuit and is used for controlling the switch circuit to be switched off when the LED straight lamp is determined to be not correctly installed on the lamp holder according to the pulse signal and the detection result signal; or when the first detection signal is received, the switch circuit is controlled to be switched on or switched off to influence the continuity of the current on the power supply loop.

12. The installation detection device of claim 8 or 11, wherein the installation prompting module comprises a prompting circuit electrically connected to the misuse detection module for sending a prompting signal to provide a misuse prompt according to the received first detection signal.

13. The installation detection device of claim 12, wherein the alert circuit comprises at least one of: buzzer and warning light.

14. The mounting detection apparatus according to claim 8, further comprising a detection result latch circuit electrically connected to the misuse detection module and/or the detection decision circuit, for temporarily storing the first detection signal output by the misuse detection module and/or the detection result signal output by the detection decision circuit, and outputting the temporarily stored first detection signal and/or detection result signal to the mounting prompt module.

15. The installation detection device of claim 8, further comprising an emergency control module electrically connected to the power circuit and the installation prompt module, and configured to detect whether a signal in the power circuit is a dc signal provided by an auxiliary power supply module and output a status signal according to a detection result, so that the installation prompt module controls the continuity of the current on the power circuit based on a control logic preset by the status signal, the pulse signal, and the detection result signal.

16. An LED straight lamp, comprising:

the LED module is arranged in a lamp body, and at least one side of the lamp body is provided with a wiring terminal for connecting an external power supply;

the rectifying circuit is electrically connected with the connecting terminal and used for rectifying a power supply signal of an external power supply;

the filter circuit is electrically connected to the rectifying circuit and used for filtering the rectified signal;

the driving circuit is electrically connected to the filter circuit and used for performing power conversion based on the filtered signal to generate current for driving the LED module;

the rectifying circuit, the filter circuit, the driving circuit and the current path of the LED module form a power supply loop of the LED straight tube lamp; and

A mounting detection apparatus as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 7 or 8 to 15.

17. An LED straight lamp, comprising:

and the installation detection device is electrically connected with the power supply loop and acquires a signal of the power supply loop, and is used for sending a misuse prompt of the LED straight tube lamp when the signal is detected to be a ballast characteristic signal and/or disconnecting the power supply loop when the signal is detected to be in contact with a human body.

18. The LED straight lamp according to claim 17, wherein the mounting detection means comprises: a buzzer and/or a warning light for providing a misuse warning.

19. The LED straight lamp according to claim 17, wherein the mounting detection means comprises:

the switching circuit is connected in series with the power supply loop;

and the control circuit is electrically connected with the switch circuit and used for controlling the switch circuit to be switched on or switched off when the signal is detected to be a ballast characteristic signal, so that the switch circuit enables an LED module in the LED straight tube lamp to send a misuse prompt by influencing the current continuity of the power supply loop, or the switch circuit is switched off when the signal is detected to be contacted by a human body.